IIAS Newsletter 24 by International Institute for Asian Studies

V I S I T

W I D E

O U R

/ / W W W . I I A S

W E B

NEWSLETTER 24 'nstitute

for A *’

P. O. BOX 9 5 1 5 . 2 3 0 0 RA L E I DE N, THE

Forum

(P e o p le

N E T H E R L A N D S , T E L E P H O N E : + 3 1 - 7 1 - 5 2 7 22 2 7 , TELE F AX: + 3 1 - 7 1 - 5 2 7 41 6 2, E- MAI L: 11A S N E WS @ R U L L ET. Le I d e n U n I v. N L

Call lor Papers

■ Institutional ■News

■ P ublicalion ■ A sia n An iV a c a n c y I I I

<B> G E N E R A L NE WS

1 •2

On 27 October 2000, Deepak Lai was welcomed to Leiden to deliver the HAS Annual Lecture, entitled ‘Asia and Western Dominance: Retrospect and Prospect’.-(p.3j ★ In 1967, as the US was losing its grip on the Vietnam War, the new ASEAN had been an anti communist conglomeration fearing communist aggression, as some of its member states had collaborated with the US in anti-communist drives. Gaganath Jha reports in his ‘New Political and Cultural Issues in ASEAN’.-(p.5}

3 O

C E N T R A L AS I A

S O U T H E A S T ASI A

A brave but prudent book that deserves to be read by specialists from all sciences dealing with the prehistory contacts across the Bering Strait, as well as by historical linguists at large. Wolfgang Behr reviews Michael Fortescue’s language Relations across Bering Strait. - (p. 15)

Per Lundberg purports that the establishment of the Nordic Burma Studies Group (NOBUS] may point to resurgence in research on Burma in northern Europe. - (p.22) ★

iA g e n ila

■ S h o rtN ew s

Li PinkPages

EAST ASI A

H A S NE WS

T HE ME ASI AN FRONTIERS Frontiers are the borderlands between two, or perhaps more, different and geographically separate groups. Guest editors Freek Colombijn and Reed Wadley have compiled eight case studies of the frontier concept showing its broad application throughout Asia. The contributions to this issue’s theme address the critical relevance of the frontier to many of today’s concerns throughout Asia. - (p.8)

llm e r o e i I

‘O respectful father, village elder and shaman of high-standing...’ I proclaimed unnaturally loudly in my ‘I’m speaking to a foreigner voice’, ‘...your red hat is beautiful’. My first sentence was complete. Mark Turin reports from the field. -(p.18)

15 O

Highly original research on Thai historical murals of the Ayudhya period provide Alec Gordon and Napat Sirisambhand with insights into the history ofThai gender relations. - (p.23} ★ As national borders lose their relevance, the seminar ‘The Geopolitics of Globalization in Southeast Asia and Europe’ examined various new relations transcending national boundaries in these distinct regions, report Mario Rutten and Jacqueline Vel. - (p.28)

22 O

Vibeke Bordahl examines the art of Chinese storytelling, an art that serves to entertain and educate the ordinary Chinese even today. - (p.29] ★ With Korea: AHistorical and Cultural Dictionary, Keith Pratt and Richard Rutt have written a concise comprehensive English-language dictionary for Korea specialists. - (p.3oJ

29 O

Qiaoxiang Ties Programme Successfully Concluded

41 Dissemination of Religious Authority in 20th- Century Indonesia

43 ESF ASI A COMMI TT EE ESF Asia Committee News

A S I A N ART

47 The 3rd EUROSEAS Conference

48 A L L I A N C E NE WS Asia Update in Berlin

S H O R T NE WS

S O U T H ASI A 8 O

14 ‘The Bhandars ofSarahan' were the t twin towers of the royal residence of Raj a Shamsher Singh. Gerda Theuns-de Boer describes how the Indian photographer Babu Pindi Lai paid tribute to them and the Raja on the very first scientific exploration into ‘Indian Tibet’ in 1909.

riTJAi I R"i

- M

19 O

►

She did pioneering work in such diverse fields as the plastic arts, poetry, and music in the sixties. Sebastian Lopez warmly welcomes the exhibition ‘YES’ about Yoko Ono, the artist. - (p^A)

★ The prospective ‘Translated Acts’ exhibition will be communicating East Asian performance art, where, says Thomas Berghuis, ‘the artist’s body has become the central point at which the physical and the social meet and collapse’. - (p.37)

35 0

NOTES & QUERI ES S3 CONFERENCE AGENDA 54 PRODUCTS & SERVI CES 56 I NDEX I I ASN 24 40

EDITORI AL

Director's note

Asia - Europe M eeting

" ■ » ! « , f or A*'

IIAS N E W S L E T T E R N? 2 4

February 2001 56 pages

P AGE

On 20 and 21 October, the third Asia-Europe Meeting (ASEM) was held in Seoul. The reader may recall that the first ASEM summit took place in 1996 in Bangkok on the initiative o f the Prime Minister o f Singapore, GoH Chok Tong. Its main objective was to forge a new, comprehensive partnership between the two regions in the political, economic, cultural, and ‘other’ spheres.

■ E D I T O R I A L OF F I CE

Visiting address: Nonnensteeg 1-3, Leiden Mailing address: IIAS, P.O. Box 9515, 2300 RA Leiden, The Netherlands Telephone: +31-71-527 22 27 Telefax: +31-71-52741 62 E-mail: iiasnews@rullet.leidenuniv.nl Http://www.iias.nl

WIM S T O K H O F

he second ASEM summit, held two years later in April 19518 in London, was completely overshadowed by the eco nomic and financial crisis in Asia. After Lon ■ E D I T O R I A L STAFF don, little seemed to be left of the admittedly Editors - Elzeline van der Hoek & Tanja Chute hesitant initial enthusiasm, which both re Co-Editor - Maurice Sistermans gions had demonstrated in Bangkok - and for obvious Centra! Asia Editor - Ingrid Nooijens South Asia Editor - Netty Bortouvrié reasons. ASEAN member states had much to cope with in Bengal Studies Page Editor - Victor van Bijlert this period (leadership crises, slow and partial economic Insular Southwest Asia Editor - Sandra Evers recuperation, and intra-regional tensions, to mention Southeast Asia Editor - Dick van der Meij East Asia (Japan) Editor - Margarita Winkel just a few problems). East Asia (Korea) Editor - Koen De Ceuster The EC and the European member countries, on the English Language Editor - Rosemary other hand, became further and further entangled in the Robson-McKillop Guest Editors - Freek Cotombijn Balkan crisis, demonstrating weak and unconcerted ac & Reed Wadley tion. Moreover, they became increasingly preoccupied ■ CORRESPONDENTS with the expansion of the EU, the introduction of the Robert Cribb (Australia) Euro, and other related Eurocentric (and state-centric) Mario Rutten (CASA, Amsterdam) Ratna Saptari (CLARA) matters. Relations between the two regions deteriorated Leo Schmit (EU. Brussels) somewhat because of the acceptance of Myanmar as a Willem Vogelsang member by the ASEAN countries. (Research School CNWS, Leiden) The GATE Foundation (Asian Art & Culture) Interestingly, regardless the large number of national, regional, and interregional disparities and problems, ■ CONTRIBUTORS Peter B. Andersen, Ronald Anderson, once initiated in Bangkok, the dialogue proceeded. This Catherine Aubertin, Chris Ballard, despite the almost complete absence of all parameters for Wolfgang Behr, Thomas Berghuis, formal decision-making, and of any well-organized Henk Blezer, Marieke te Booij, Anne Booth, Vibeke Bordahl, agent or secretariat to follow up the implementation of Jan Brouwer, Raymond L. Bryant, decisions taken. Whether we believe it or not, ASEM ap Gwyn Campbell, Chandana Chaktabatti, Freek Colombijn, Delftn Colomé, pears to be a mechanism in its own right, a self-driven Leo Douw, Frédéric.B. Durand, Nick Ford, exercise no longer conditioned by external stimuli. Let us Mohan K. Gautam, Francis Gouda, hope that it follows the route drawn by Goh Chok Tong: Sergey Golunov, Alec Gordon, Thomas Heberer, Geir stage one is getting to know each other, stage two is con Helgesen.Cen Huang, Takashi Inoguchi, structive dialogue, and stage three is consensus, based on Ganganath Jha, Huub de jonge, policy making. Hjorleifur Jonsson, Nico Kaptein, Pauline Khng, Roger Knight, ASEM is a unique vehicle for interregional dialogue Pia van Kroonenburgh, Sabine Kuypers, and co-operation. Given the heterogeneity of the ASEM Deepak Lai, Kristoffel Lieten, Lisbeth Littrup, Lo ittru p , Sebastian Lopez, membership and the members’ apprehension for loom Abdur-Razzaq Lubis, Per Lundbetg, tidbe ing institutionalization, it is quite understandable that Roald H. Maiiangkay, Christel le Maz'ella, Alex McKay, Otto van Muizenberg, only slow progress is being made. To give ASEM more Henk Niemeijer, Ulrich Page!, élan, it is clear that firstly, it should be taken from the Oona Thommes Paredes, J. Prabhash, hands of the predominant ministries of foreign affairs, Hilga Prins, Ellen Raven, Craig I. Reynolds, Carla Risseeuw, and representatives of other strata of society (e.g. media, Frank Robaschik, Mario Rutten, research, and the arts) be given the opportunity to set the Eberhatd Sandschneidet, Ratna Saptari, pace and the direction of the ASEM process. Secondly, Napat Sirisambhand, E. Gene Smith, Fridus Steijlen, Hein Steinhauer, ASEM should evolve into a feature in the lives of the mil Wim Stokhoi, Gerda Theuns-de Boer, lions living in Europe and Asia - it should be less exclu Baas Terwiel, Stein Tennesson, Mark Turin, Jacqueline Vel, sive and elitist. Herein lies an important task for the Eduard Vermeer, Karin de Vries, Asia-Europe Foundation. Reed Wadley, Willem Welters, Wim van Zanten On pp.52-53 of this issue’s Pink Pages is printed the Asia-Europe Co-operation Framework 2000, the main ■ DE S I GN guiding principles for the ‘first decade of the new millen De Kreeft, Amsterdam Studio Mark Peeters, Montpellier nium ’ (AECF), as adopted by ASEM 3. The IIAS is con vinced that it is of extreme importance for researchers in ■ PRI NTI NG Dijkman Offset, Diemen Asian Studies that they, in close co-operation with their colleagues working in European Studies, acquaint them ■ I SSN selves with this set of agreements, or rather set of good 0929-8738 intentions, as formulated by the heads of state from Asia1 ■ CI RCULATI ON and Europe, and the EC. It is clear from the document - as 21,450 I have said in these columns more than once - that the ■ NE X T I SSUE ASEM concept is mainly focused on fostering political di Deadline: 1 May 2001 alogue (ASEM’s ‘pillar one’) and enhancing economic and Release: 1 July 2001 Special Theme: ‘Burmese Heritage’ trade relations (‘pillar two’), with cultural and ‘other’ co operation (‘pillar three’) as a means to arrive successfully ■ A D V E R T I S E ME N T S at the former two objectives. Reservation: 1 June 2001 In 1997, the IIAS and partners launched a Programme Submission: 10 June 2001 of European Asian Research Linkages (PEARL). At an indi vidual, informal level this idea of a joint Asia-Europe re ■ SUBSCRI PTIONS search platform for the instigating, implementing, and The IIAS Newsletter is published by the HAS and is available free of charge monitoring of research on topics of common interest to subsequent to filling out a questionntare both regions was well received by several governments in and returning it to the HAS secretariat. Asia and Europe. In the preparatory meetings for the Questionnaires can be obtained both from the web site and the secretariat third summit, however, PEARL was not endorsed. The (address information above). importance of the concept, the need for interregional re search infrastructures, was not denied but, without the THE RESPONSIBILITY EQR FACTS AND O P IN IO N S EX financial backing of individual European countries or PRESSED IN THIS PUBLICATION RESTS EXCLUSIVELY the EC or both, the proposal was considered to be prema W ITH THE AUTHORS AND TH E IR INTERPRETATIONS DO NO T NECESSARIIV REELECT THE VIEWS ture and consequently it was not dealt with in Seoul. We OF TH E INSTITUTE OR ITS SUPPORTERS. will be back in Copenhagen! 2. • IIAS

newsletter

N ?2 4 • F e b r u a r y 20 0 1

On a more positive note, whereas PEARL is still in its infancy trying to establish an interregional co-operative research framework, the European countries and the EC appear to be making progress in developing scientific co operation and science policy. One month before the third ASEM summit in Seoul began, between 18 and 20 Septem ber, the EC held a conference on research infrastructures (RIs) in Europe. RIs are loosely described as facilities and resources that provide essential sources for the research community; they span a complex network of informa tion activities and research facilities from machines to databases. The conference was meant to bridge the divide between the scientific community in Europe and the de cision-makers by providing a platform for analysis of and suggestions for a concerted European science policy. It would be superfluous to say that the meeting empha sized the crucial significance of RIs in the development of commissioner Busquin’s ‘European Research Area’. Con sequently, the need for additional funding and a perma nent strategic body to act as a proper recipient of advice, was stressed. However, more important, in my opinion, was the spe cial task envisaged by the meeting for the European Sci ence Foundation (ESF), thus recognizing the important but often underestimated role of the ESF, i.e. to carry out an ongoing and systematic review of European RIs, as sessment of needs, evaluation, and monitoring. So, perhaps some good news on the European front: slow steps forward in the direction of the inevitable Eu ropean co-operation. However, co-operation should not stop at Europe’s borders. Commissioner Busquin is now in the process of formulating and establishing the Sixth Research Framework Programme of the EU. The Stras bourg meeting stressed, of course, the importance of a greater EC involvement in research; the present action line of the Fifth Framework Programme, which allows access to research infrastructures, should be maintained and reinforced. However, discussing RIs cannot be done fruitfully if the whole concept of the EU’s framework programmes itself is not also reconsidered. The meeting in Strasbourg seemed to be a good occasion to do so. Following five Framework Programmes, it is now the appropriate moment to widen the scientific scope of the EU’s programme making it more balanced (including e.g. humanities and more social sciences) and less Euro centric. Research is not a European prerogative, but a global datum; problems do not cease to exist outside the EU - many topics are of an international nature and should be studied from a comparative, global perspec tive. To consider RIs in European terms only and to devise measures that ‘should enable research in Europe to per form better on the world stage, in particular vis-a-vis our partners in Asia and America’, is, in my opinion, a com pletely provincial and unnecessarily defensive approach. If Europe is to follow this course, we will be deliberately maiming ourselves. Research should be carried out in close co-operation with partners from all over the world chosen on the basis of excellence. Moreover in Europe, in many cases expertise and knowledge are too fragmented, the means available too limited, and the will to work to gether too weak to create critical mass. The IIAS and partners in PEARL urgently recommend the establishing of special, independent research plat forms with scholars from Asia and the US to instigate, implement, and monitor long-term joint research pro grammes on topics of global interest within the Sixth Eu ropean Research Framework. For the intentions arrived at during the Third ASEM meeting, the reader is referred to the full ASEM 3 (pp.52-53 in the Pink Pages of this IIAS Newsletter issue). ■

1 Unfortunately, the countries belonging to the Indian sub continent still have not been invited to take part in the ASEM process. Professor Wim S to k h o f is Director o f the International Institute for Asian Studies, Leiden/Amsterdam, the Netherlands. E-mail: iias@rullet.leidenuniv.nl

IIAS The International Institute for Asian Studies is a postdoctoral research centre based in Leiden and Amsterdam.The main objective of the IIAS is to encourage Asian Studies in the Humanities and the Social Sciences (the Social Sciences and Humanities: ranging from Linguistics and Anthropology to Political Science, Law, Environmental and Developmental studies) and to promote national and international co-operation in these fields.The IIAS was established in 1993 on the initiative of the Royal Netherlands Academy of Arts and Sciences, Leiden University, the Universiteit van Amsterdam, and the Vrije Universiteit van Amsterdam. It is financed mainly by the Netherlands Ministry of Education, Culture, and Sciences. Based in the Netherlands, the Institute acts as an (inter)national mediator, bringing various parties together for the enhancement of Asian Studies. In keeping with the Netherlands’ tradition of transferring goods and ideas, the IIAS works as a clearing-house of knowledge and information.This entails activities such as providing information services, constructing an international network, and setting up international co-operative projects and research programmes. In this way the IIAS functions as a window on Europe for non-Europeans and contributes to the cultural rapprochement between Asia and Europe. Research fellows at a post-PhD level are temporarily employed by or affiliated to the Institute, either within the framework of a collaborative research programme, or on an individual basis.The IIAS organizes seminars, workshops, and conferences, publishes a newsletter (circulation approximately 22,000 copies) and has established a database which contains information about researchers and current research in the field of Asian Studies within Europe and worldwide. A Guide to Asian Studies in Europe, a printed version of parts of this database was published in 1998.The Institute also has its own server and Internet site to which a growing number of institutes related to Asian Studies is linked. Since 1994 the IIAS has been appointed to run the Secretariat of the European Science Foundation Asia Committee (Strasbourg).Together with this Committee the IIAS shares the objective of improving the international co operation in the field of Asian Studies (additional information can be acquired at the IIAS). In 1997 the Strategic Alliance was established: an international co-operation between the Nordic Institute of Asian Studies (NIAS), Copenhagen, and the IIAS. The Institute of Asian Affairs (IFA), Hamburg, and the European Institute for Asian Studies, Brussels have since joined the Alliance. The Strategic Alliance was set up to enhance research on (contemporary) Asia and to create networks in Asia and Europe with academic and non-academic institutions and actors. Upon the initiative of the IIAS, and in close co-operation with NIAS, the Programme for Europe-Asia Research Linkages (PEARL) was established in Seoul in October 1998. It is a network of researchers from Asia and Europe, i.e. from the ASEM (Asia-Europe Meetings) member countries, representing leading Asian and European Studies institutes. PEARL believes that promotion of AsiaEurope research co-operation ought to be an integral part of the ASEM dynamics.The IIAS provides the Secretariat for PEARL.

GENERAL 27 OCTOBER 2 0 0 0 L E I D E N , THE N E T H E R L A N D S

HAS A nnual

Lecture

N E WS

taste, in opinions, in morals and in intellect.’ Looking at me you can see how far he succeeded!

Nationalism and retreat

mote its own morality, thus provok ing resistance. An understandable nationalist backlash could easily turn into the economic nationalism that in the past half century has blighted Asia’s economic prospects.

is not for being instrumental in pro moting prosperity - at times it was not - but for promoting liberty: an other western value. Finally, with regard to ‘human rights’, the West is convinced of their universality, but with US unwilling and the United Nations too weak to maintain global peace, the hope now is to resurrect a form of extraterrito riality in the name of human rights. The various tribunals being set up for Rwanda, Bosnia and Kosovo are symptomatic of this trend. Yet, even in the West, the moral theory justify ing human rights remains elusive. Civilizations with very different cos mological beliefs will not readily ac cept that a particular western ethical predilection has any universal validi ty. The western attempt to force its cosmological beliefs on the rest will be fiercely resisted, and might even lead to a backlash against globaliza tion if, like free trade in the past, it comes to be linked to new variants of Christianity and extraterritoriality.

The creation of an English-speak ing class of creoles also led to the rise Culture and development of nationalism so characteristic of I recently argued in Unintended the period of retreat from the Great Consequences that the rise of the West War until, in India, 15 August 1947. was associated with its material and Here, Panikkar is understandably cosmological beliefs changing from rather romantic in his views for, as the common Eurasian pattern. This Benedict Anderson has cogently ar change was due to two Papal revolu gued, most Asian nationalism was in tions: the first inaugurated individ reality a creole revolt similar to that ualism and the second paved the way in the Americas. for an efficient market economy, and In India, Macaulay’s children, like On 27 October 2000, Professor Deepak Lai o f the University o f eventually for the Industrial Revolu California was welcomed to Leiden, the Netherlands, by the the American creole elite, had an ir tion. HAS to deliver the Annual Lecture. Entitled ‘Asia and Western remediable, inferior status, despite Though in the West the change in Dominance: Retrospect and Prospect’, a shortened version o f being English in every respect except cosmological and material beliefs was ‘in blood and colour’. They too had the text is presented here. conjoined, there was no necessity for first sought to remove the restric this conjunction. Once the institu tions on their advancement. Only power on land, able to take advan ■ By DEEPAK LAL when these demands fell on deaf tional bases for an efficient market tage of the crumbling of the Moghul economy are known, they can be ears, sounded the cry for full inde and Manchu empires’ central au am deeply honoured adopted by societies that do not share thority and the collapse of much of pendence. This feeling of exclusion to deliver this year’s the same cosmological beliefs. It is among the Macaulay s children, these empires into warlordism annual lecture of this thus possible to modernize without which in large part provoked the na Foreign merchants were often Institute. My theme is Future thoughts westernizing. But this is not found tionalist revolt against Western aided by the native merchant class, the complex interrela In its modern encounter with Asia, acceptable by our modern-day, west domination, was heightened by tionships between the West has sought to change an ern moral crusaders - particularly in both missionary zeal and the the great Eurasian civilizations cient civilizations to its own image. the US. Given its domestic homoge doctrine of racial superiority since the Age of Discovery. Asians, beginning with Japan, have nizing tendencies, the US (along with that the British, in particular, When a young student of histo seen the utility of adopting the various other western countries] is adopted during the high noon ry at St Stephen’s College in West’s material beliefs. But they attempting to legislate its habits of of their empire. Delhi, Sardar K.M.Panikkar’s have resisted attempts to change the heart’ around the world: ‘human As I showed in my Hindu Equi Asia and Western Dominance their cosmological beliefs, and con rights’, democracy, egalitarianism, librium, the economic effects of (15153] had fired my imagina tinue to do so. Panikkar rightly fore labour and environmental standards. the Raj's liberal, free trade poli tion. As I joined the Indian For saw: ‘though the influence of Europe These so-called universal values are cies were generally benign. Sim eign Service in 1963, Jawaharlal and the penetration of new ideas actually part of a culture-specific, ilarly in China, a thriving in Nehru paid us probationers a have introduced vast changes in proselytizing ethic of what remains digenous class of entrepreneurs visit, asking if we had read Asia, and may lead to even greater at heart western Christendom. and capitalists grew up, particu Panikkar’s book, and I was changes, Asian civilizations will con larly around Shanghai in the in pleased to be able to say I had. tinue to develop their marked indi A continuing narrative terwar years. Nonetheless, most Panikkar’s book representing viduality and remain spiritually and Nowhere can this continuity be io of the nationalist Asian elite the Indian establishment’s intellectually separate from Christ seen as clearly as in the attempts to 2 came to have a profound suspiview of the world around 1950 ian Europe’ (p.506}. foist on the world the green agenda I cion of commerce and free trade, is the basis for this lecture in The current moral crusades in the under the slogan o f‘sustainable de 1 forced upon China and japan by which I mainly want to outline name of the environment and velopment’. The proposed ban on |g unequal treaties. So, taking the the lineaments of an emerging human rights are part of an old story burning fossil fuels will hurt India I Russian revolution as a role confrontation between Asia of the encounter between Asia and and China the most, posing serious model, many nationalists Deepak Lai delivering his lecture and the West. I will look at the the West. They will again be resisted threats to their possibilities of devel wished to keep the good things at the Lokhorst Church in Leiden historic engagement between but, meanwhile, they have the po oping. The Greens oppose both forms the West had brought: science, the great Eurasian civilizations tential of causing grave disorder and of ‘capitalism’ - the free trade pro technology, modern legal tradi since the voyages of discovery setting back the worldwide victory moted by Smith, as well as continued tions, and large multi-ethnic nation which had grown rich and powerful and examine the extent to which the of the West’s material beliefs, the ac burning of fossil fuels, underlying states (India and Indonesia], while as their agents. As Panikkar sardon hopes of an independent and strong ceptance whereof promises to abol intensive growth, and carrying the ically remarks, the famed battle of throwing off the yoke of Christianity, Asia, melding its own traditions ish the ancient scourge of mass potential of eradicating mass struc free trade, and extraterritoriality. with the modernity that the West Plassey in 1757 was ‘a transaction, poverty in Asia. ■ tural poverty - thereby leaving little Surely, Asia was going to be reborn. not a battle, a transaction by which had forced on it, have been achieved. hope for the world's poor. the compradors of Bengal, led by Jagat Panikkar distinguishes five peri References It would take us too far afield to Economic failu re Seth, sold the nawab to the East ods in the West’s modern engage B.Anderson, Imagined Communities: substantiate this argument in any de These hopes were to be belied. In India Company’ (p.100). The subse ment with Asia. It began as a cru Rejections on the origins and spread of tail but since Augustine’s City of God, stead of a period of peace and grow quent conquest of India and the sade. The Portuguese strove to out nationalism, London: Verso (1991). the West has been haunted by its cos carving up of China has left a fear of ing prosperity, Asia has since seen flank Muslim power and cut off the A.Bramwell, Ecology in the 20th century, mology. Notwithstanding the death turmoil and mayhem, much worse fissiparous tendencies and of the na lucrative spice trade from the Mus New Haven: Yale University Press of the Christian God, since Nietzsche, than anything during western dom tive mercantile and commercial lims who, by rapid conquest, had (1989). the theme of Augustine’s ‘City’ was to classes in the historical memories of inance. The major fault line was eco gained control over the traditional - D.Lal, The Hindu Equilibrium, go through further mutations in the nomic, with failures flowing from the contemporary elite in these trading routes through the Levant. Oxford: Clarendon Press (1988), z vols. the adoption of the Russian model of form of Marxism and Freudianism, countries. Notwithstanding their supremacy D.Lal, ‘Ecqfundamentalism’, and the most recent and bizarre, Ecodevelopment in India and China and The next phase from the mid at sea, the Portuguese could main International Ajfairs, vol. 71, July (1995), fundamentalism, which has replaced with newly independent popula nineteenth century till the Great tain only those few outposts on land pp. 22-49. God with Nature. But why should tions suffering under predatory, War was the high noon of Empire. that were tolerated by the native - D.Lal, Unintended Consequences: The the rest of the world subscribe to this local tyrants. There was an alterna The imperial powers - particularly rulers. impact o f factor endowments, culture and continuing Augustinian narrative tive ‘Asian’ model, pioneered by the British in India and the Dutch in This crusading period came to an politics on long-run economic pefyormance, cloaked in different secular guises? japan, which delivered the Asian Indonesia - now had to administer end with the Reformation. During Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press (1998). Another western mantra is that miracle in the 1970’s and 1980’s in vast territories. This resulted in the the late seventeenth and early eigh - D.Lal and H.Myint, The Political democracy is required to protect the some of the ‘Gang ofFour’ countries. need to create modern administra teenth centuries, trade was the Economy o f Poverty, Equity and Growth: individual property rights, essential But its internal weaknesses finally tions, which led to the introduction West’s main interest and evange A comparative study, Oxford: Clarendon for economic development. The came out in the recent Asian crisis. of the Rule of Law, a principle fully lization was definitely on the wane. Press (1996). post-war development experience of Then entered the IMF. This insti alien to the native legal traditions, In this period, Western powers were - K.M.Panikkar, Asia and Western twenty-five developing countries tution has increasingly become the hence producing the need for a large content to set up trading outposts Dominance, London: Allen and Unwin (Lal-Myint 1996) displayed no rela international debt collector for for body of indigenous administrators. on the coast and whenever they ( 1953) tionship between the form of gov eign banks, as well as an important In his famous minute on education, sought to extend their territory they ernment and economic performance, tool of US foreign policy. Though Macaulay stated the aim to raise a got a bloody nose. Professor Deepak Lai nor is democracy likely to be an in couched in terms of economic effi native English-educated middle Then came the age of conquest is the James S. Coleman Professor o f evitable byproduct of development, ciency and the need for good gover class ‘who may be interpreters be (1750-1857] initiated by the British International Development Studies at as many hope - particularly with ref nance, the West is using commerce tween us and the millions whom we in India. While reigning supreme at the University o f California, Los Angeles, USA. and bank-funding conditions as a erence to China. If democracy is to be govern: a class of persons, Indian in sea, the western powers were, even E-mail: dlal@ucla.edu preferred as a form of government, it form of extraterritoriality to problood and colour, but English in without overwhelming military

Asia and Western Dominance

February 2001 •

iia s n e w s l e t t e r

TC24 • 3

GENERAL 23

LEI DEN,

I '

N E WS

MA Y 2 0 0 0 THE

NETHERLANDS

Gender and Transmission of Values The International workshop ‘Gender and the Transmission o f Values and Cultural Heritage(s) in South and Southeast Asia’, organized by the Belle van Zuylen Institute o f the University o f Amsterdam, took place on 23 - 24 May, 2000. The Asia Com mittee o f the European Science Foundation and the Dutch Ministry o f Foreign Affairs had sponsored the two-day event, which featured speakers from around the world. By FRANCI S GO U D A

he primary objec tive consisted of initiating a dia logue between historians, anthropologists, and lit erary scholars of South and Southeast Asia. Because of the stature of the theoretical literature on the British Raj and decolonization in India, Southeast Asianists habitu ally read new scholarship on South Asia. Indianists, on the other hand, are rarely familiar with work South east Asianists produce. Accordingly, the workshop sought to foster an ex change of ideas between South and Southeast Asian scholars concerning gender relations, female agency, and cultural transmission during the colonial and postcolonial era. In rela tion to this, the ‘homogenization’ of colonial discourse analysis and post-

►

APRI L

colonial scholarship was questioned. Due to the dominance of the Indian model, these interconnected fields of knowledge run the risk of overlook ing the palpable differences in social circumstances and national cultures. The workshop’s last objective en tailed forging closer bonds between academic discourses and the more pragmatically oriented agenda of so cial activists on behalf of women. Since the 1970s, international devel opment agencies as well as numer ous non-governmental organiza tions (NGOs] have allocated funds to projects throughout the world under the flag ‘Women in Develop ment’. This category’s having been renamed ‘Gender and Development’, implicitly raises questions about the ways in which men and women in the developing world are assigned particular social roles in economic development and maintain different

relationships to national cultures and their reproduction. A significant issue, among a range of themes, was the ‘Woman’s Ques tion’ in development nationalist movements. This cluster of papers provoked a discussion about the unique manner in which powerful and well-educated upper-caste Indi an women managed to inject a social component into the politics of Indi an nationalism and independence. Prior to World War II, the affiliation between colonial patrimonialism and indigenous patriarchy was a topic of debate among Indian femi nists. By contrast, the nationalist movements in Southeast Asia privi leged the political agenda with its ir revocable termination to colonial mastery over and above the social policy agenda, which often affected gender and family relations. In many of the workshop’s presen tations, the crucial concept of ‘Fe male Agency’, its meaning and defi nitions thereof, surfaced as a subject of recurrent discussion (Gauri Vishwanathan, Nita Kumar, Vilan van de Loo, Suzanne Schroter, Juliette Koning, Joana Passos], A secondary theme was the question on whether

BELGI UM

Social Security in Asia and Europe The objectives o f the conference, ‘Building Social Safety Nets for Asian Societies in Transition’, was to bring together spe cialists on social security from Asia and Western Europe to de scribe the main characteristics o f the social security institu tions within their societies and to identify the main policy in the coming years. Specific emphasis was reserved for pension systems in Singapore, Japan, Malaysia, India, Taiwan, HongKong, China, Belgium, Scandinavia, and the United Kingdom. By RONALD A ND E R S ON

s the participants and audience in cluded economists, demographers, political scientists, and sociolo gists, the conference cer tainly achieved its objective of bring ing together a group of scholars from countries representing a wide range of experiences. While the discussion was quite broad, interest mostly re volved around issues of pension sys tem reform. One issue that came out very clearly is that the dire need for Asian experts to gain understanding of what might be called the ‘conti nental European’ point-of-view on the subject, for most Asian experts have already been heavily exposed to a dominant view represented by North American academics and multi-lateral institutions.

4 1

• HAS

NEWSLETTER

To begin with the European contri butions, they demonstrated the con siderable variations existing within Europe and, meanwhile, made it clear that the pension systems have been designed to achieve egalitarian distribution objectives. Thus, re forms that aim at building up a de fined contributions system, which include possibilities for additional retirement income, have been met with a certain amount of suspicion that such reforms would substan tially reduce the effectiveness of meeting egalitarian ends. On the Asian side, there was a gen eral recognition that, especially in societies where major transitions are underway, there was a concern that the publically-managed defined benefits system, which assure for the mere minimum level of support for the elderly, will be particularly weak. In a social context of rapid ur

NS24 • February zoo 1

r-r-i-

Female agency as: - Women's autonomous and/or self-directed behavior in society and the marketplace; - W omens effort to rise beyond essentialtzed categories in order to achieve an independent critical voice; - Women’s calculated process of manipulating cultural symbols for protective or strategic purposes;

2000

LOUVAIN-LA-NEUVE,

female agency should be defined and valued as an inherently positive per formative stance or assertive claim on the part of women. If so, how should we assess those forms of fe male agency that lead to women’s active involvement in ethnic hostili ties or their willing participation in religious rivalries? In the course of the two-day discussion, a wide array of meanings was attached to the term ‘Female Agency’.

banization and increased job market mobility, sometimes at the interna tional level, this system risks leaving large segments of the population finding themselves without effective coverage for old age. The absolute importance of the so cial security system and the obvious division surrounding the issue had participants of the conference express their belief that the issues raised should be pursued in further work. In particular, it is hoped that the confer ence papers will be remodelled into a volume entitled, Pensions and Social Safety in Asia: Evaluation and prospect in light o f European experience, m The conference was funded by: The European Science Foundation, Asia Committee. Organizers: Institut de Recherches Economiques et Sociales (IRES] and Louvain Euroasia-Center for Asian Studies, Uni vers ire Catholique de Louvain; Belgium

Professor Ronald Anderson, IRES, Université Catholique de Louvain E-mail: anderson@ires.ucl.ac.be

Self-fashioning and personal volition; Aform of self-governing desire - whether of a material, physical, or emotional variety - that is unconstrained by patriarchal dictates; Women’s attempts to harness ethnic solidarityfor the purpose o f protecting their children or to exoneratefam ily honor.

U nrealistic stereotypes Yet another topic entailed a com parative discussion concerning the essentialist myths o f the ‘downtrod den, oppressed Indian woman’, ver sus the equally persistent myth o f ‘equitable gender relations’ in Southeast Asia. Both these fictional constructions have yielded unrealis tic stereotypes. In India, the degrada tion of women has often been cited as emblematic of the alleged cruelty and backwardness of the nation’s myriad indigenous cultures. But in Southeast Asia, the imagery of the cheroot-smoking, feisty Burmese woman or the contentious female trader in the Javanese marketplace also constitutes an erroneous por trayal of gender relations. An array of

questions focused on the reasons why and how these divergent but enduring cliches about the position of women continue to affect both scholarship and social policy initia tives. A fourth topic focused on gender and violence, or the manner in which ethnic hatred and religious ri valry have often featured as deliber ate humiliation and strategic brutal ity against women in the form of ab duction and rape (Urvashi Butalia, Peter Carey, Melani BudyantaJ. The partition of India in 1947, the pro democracy and anti-Chinese up heavals in Jakarta in 1998, and the Indonesian military occupation of East Timor since the 1970s constitut ed the empirical case studies. Debate revolved around the dilemma im plicit in a project of gathering data, investigating, and publicizing vio lence against women as one could run the risk of reproducing and thus adding epistemic violence to wo men’s previous experience of physi cal cruelty. Another theme constituted the contemporary discourses on ‘women in development’ versus gender and development (Mojibur Rahman, Lies Marcoes, Monette Santos], Several papers and subsequent intellectual exchanges raised questions about World Bank and/or agency for inter national development-sponsored ‘gender-sensitive’ projects or gov ernmental or NGO-fmanced ‘gender responsive’ programs. While women in many national contexts have been identified as legitimate agents of de velopment who should be nurtured and mobilized by international de velopment agencies, the application of Western cultural values and con flicting ideas about women’s proper role continue to clash with unique local circumstances that are gen dered in unique ways. Hence contin ues the disruption or undermining of development projects’ efficacy, de spite the best of intentions. A final cluster of presentations concentrated on post-colonialism, gendered identities, and diaspora narratives (Sandra Ponzanesi, Pamela Pattynama], These papers deci phered the ways in which former colonial subjects who now live and write in metropolitan Europe define themselves. Often their new location in cities such as London, Amster dam, Paris, or Milan requires a stance of masquerading in order to achieve a new malleable identity. In the process, they also redefine pre vailing notions of cultural citizen ship and the use of urban space. ■

Professor Francis Gouda is professor o f Gender Studies and History at the Belle van Zuylen Institute, University o f Amsterdam, the Netherlands. E-mail: gouda@pscw.uva.nl

GENERAL

NEWS

Letter to the Editor

developed partners overwhelming them. Singapore has long been beat ing the drum for free trade in the re gion and on the point of signing free trade agreements with some extraReaction to the D irector’s N ote, regional powers, namely New HAS N ew sletter, 23 (O ctober 2000) Zealand and Australia, to prove its point. Thank you very much for Recently the policy of non-inter your kind and encouraging editorial about ASEF in the ference in one another’s internal af they have changed in the post-Cold HAS Newsletter.Your ASEAN was bom in 1967 as the US was losing its grip on the fairs has again become controversial. remarks are extremely Vietnam War and SEATO was proving itself a paper tiger. Then War era: an anti-Communist ideolo It is because of this that ASEAN valuable. I can assure you that a conglomeration o f five nations, namely Thailand, Malaysia, gy, a common threat perception, a could not play a meaningful role in the new Executive Office, stability plank, a consensus formula, Indonesia, Singapore, and the Philippines, ASEAN was anti which is headed by myself as Executive resolving the East Timor crisis. It has a non-interference principle, and de com m unist and afraid o f Communist aggression, as some o f Director and Mr Kim Sung Chul as moreover failed to solve the econom Deputy Executive Director, will mainly its member states had collaborated with the US in anti-com velopment and order. ic crisis in 1997-98 and to tackle work in the directions shown in your The attitudes of the external pow munist drives. Back then, Thailand and the Philippines had article, as we coincide almost completely standing political issues like the provided military and naval bases, besides offering contin ers that nurtured ASEAN in the be Spratlys question. Aceh, Moro, Min with your estimation. ginning, i.e. the US, Japan, the Euro gents o f their armed forces. danao, and Burma are as yet un pean Union, Canada, Australia, and D EL F I N C O LOME Executive Director, ASEF touched. New Zealand, also changed. No ported the genocidal Khmer Rouge 4 December 2000 ASEAN proposals to establish By G A N G A N A T H JHA longer do they view Laos, Cambodia, against Vietnam. Together with growth triangles in sensitive areas and Vietnam as satellite states. The China they supported the US-p n 1967 none of the have not yet succeeded. Though such concept of a ‘frontline state’ was for evolved ‘bleeding Vietnam white I ASEAN partners had a trade zone has proven a success in gotten and the special emphasis they policy. Vietnam remained involved X diplomatic relations Johore, Bahru, and Bantam, the cred laid on ASEAN after the summits in in the Cambodian imbroglio for with Communist China it for its success must go to Singa Bali (1976), Kuala Lumpur (1977], and more than a decade, before its with or Vietnam, whom they pore. Although BIMSTEC and the Manila (1987) was diluted in the drawal. Hence the peace process viewed as hostile neigh EAGT growth areas were tentatively post-Cold War era. Therefore, when We, researchers on Southeast started with ‘Jakarta cocktails’ and letter to bours and destabilizing forces. They launched, their progress has re Asia, have been deeply the economic crisis gripped the Vietnam whole-heartedly supported the Editor were faced with armed insurgencies, shocked by the article on mained dismal. ASEAN has to evolve ASEAN region in 1997-98, the exter East-Timor published by supported by the Communist forces. ASEAN initiatives in that endeavour. a common currency and a common nal powers suggested that the World Francois Raillon in the HAS They faced common threats, and con economic platform, without which Bank and IMF resolve the crisis. Newsletter (no. 2 1, February Rapprochement sequently their perception and poli it cannot hope to prosper, as does the 2000):'Global Flop, Local There was no support for ASEAN 's Vietnam’s co-operation in the cies were often complementary. Mess: Indonesia betrayed by East-Timor European Union. idea to establish a ‘bail out fund for peace process allayed the fears of the and the West’.While the article contains a The situation started changing in However, the most important fail coping with the crisis. Neither had number of factual errors, it invites criticism 1972 when Nixon visited China and a ASEAN countries and friendly ges ure of ASEAN lay with its attitude these nations welcomed earlier the on methodological grounds, as well. tures were exchanged. Vietnam s Sino-American rapprochement was towards Burma. The democracy Omissions and rough estimates prevent the suggestion of establishing the East entry into ASEAN in 1995 changed initiated. Whereas China was now reader from grasping the very grave issues movement has been systematically the organization’s politics and cul Asian Economic Caucus, making at hand.The article is aimed at providing projected in friendlier fashion, Viet crushed there, and there are con critical remarks instead: not only the Indonesia viewpoint on the Timor ture to a great extent. It paved the nam was still branded hostile and stant violations of human rights. problem.This approach has its merits about Dr Mahathir Mohammed, but path for Burma, Laos, and Cambodia hegemonic. Efforts were made to iso ASEAN took a collective stance to provided it objectively presents both the also about suppression of human to join the group and hence ‘ASEANlate Vietnam at the international Indonesian position and its limits, for change the political system in Cam rights in the region, particularly in 10’ came into existence. Their former example by referring to the wide-ranging level, when the US had lost the Viet bodia fromi979 to 1989, but it has Indonesia, Malaysia, and Myanmar. debates taking place in Indonesia on the threat perception changed and nam War. Although Vietnam was failed to apply the same yardstick in subject. In fact, the article goes no further In retrospect, Vietnam’s entry into ASEAN set course for a new era of de victorious and succeeded in uniting than to reproduce the official line of the the case of Burma. Their collective ASEAN seems to have been a land velopment. Suharto-Habibie regime, which has been the country in i 9 7 5 ' 7 6 >1C felt com wisdom, which is articulated mark development. Though a wel An examination of the following notorious for manipulating facts. pelled to military intervention in through the ‘Constructive Engage areas of co-operation within ASEAN come decision for reconciliation and Cambodia in 1978. The ASEAN coun ment’ in relations with Burma, has The Indonesian people have just emerged regional solidarity, it also changed as have existed since 1967 shows that tries expressed their alarm and supfrom nearly 35 years of a dictatorial simply legitimated military rulers. the ethos and nature of the ASEAN. regime rejected by a large majority.They A balance sheet of positive and There were wide-ranging changes in are currently in the process of seeking negative developments has deep im the ideological and cultural moor the truth about their past, which they still j pacts on the functioning of ASEAN. often must view through the prism of ings, and there was a complete trans The people in the region are becom official texts.W hat possibly could be formation in threat perception. The gained today by defending, with neither in ing more conscious about their Chinese advances into the South depth analysis nor explanation, the human rights and democracy. China Sea and its sovereignty claims discourse of the former regime? It would Whenever and wherever there is vio appear to us, both in our academic generated substantial threats to a Since April zooo, the University o f Amsterdam libraries were capacities and as an act of solidarity with lation of human rights, they are crit number of ASEAN countries. Hence, able to offer on-line access to fifty-one years o f back issues o f the our Indonesian friends, that we should ical. For instance, the public dislikes contribute to shed as much light as well-known business magazine for Asia, Ear Eastern Economic friendship with Vietnam with the the extreme punishment to which possible on the Indonesian past, so as to Review’. The purchase o f this database has been made possible purpose of establishing a common Anwar Ibrahim was subjected in help Indonesians build a better future. front was felt to be a necessity in the by a grant from the International Institute for Asian Studies. Malaysia and abhors the violence in ASEAN countries. FRÉDÉRIC DURAND East Timor, Aceh, Mindanao, Irian Vietnam’s entry enlarged the asso Université Toulouse II —Le Mirail / LASEMA gramme also makes it possible to Jaya, and Burma. To sum up the new CNRS By PI A VAN KROONENBURGH ciation and facilitated the acceptance save these strategies for future 14 April 2000 cultural and political issues, the fac of Laos, Burma, and Cambodia. India searches. ot only are all the tors that have assumed importance became one of the new dialogue The university has shelved the The text has been co-signed by: issues from 1946 are democracy and human rights. partners along with China, Korea, M ic h e l B runeau (CNRS, UMR-Regards), idea of subscribing to electronic ver up to 1997 avail Authoritarian political systems pre D avid C am ro u x (CHEAM), Russia and others. The association, sions of recent issues (after 1997) be able in full text, but the Franfoise C ayrac-B lan chard vailing in most of the ASEAN coun which was politically and ideologi cause their paper version still offers database also includes im (CERI- Centre d ’Etudes et de Recherches tries are changing. Indigenous cul cally homogeneous in 1967, now be more information than the ones Internationales), M u rie l C harras (CNRS, ages, such as cartoons and ture, ethnicity, and civilizations are came heterogeneous. Economically EASEMA), R odolphe D e Koninck available on-line on the publisher’s charts. Added to the original paper being reflected in their political sys (Université Laval-Québec, Gérac-Groupe and technologically, Laos, Cambodia, database. All kinds of problems in version’s content is a timetable with de Recherche sur l'Asie Contemporaine), tems, and this aspect is an interest Vietnam, and Burma are far behind the technical field as well as with the S tép han e Dovert (IRASEC- Institut de an overview of important historical ing area of study. ■ Singapore, Malaysia, and Thailand licensing agreement have delayed Recherche sur l’Asie du Sud-Est events in the region. and this disparity will remain diffi Contemporaine), A lain Forest the introduction of the journal s onThe search engine not only makes (Université Paris VII), M a n u e lle Franck cult to be bridge in the near future. line archive, but now a wonderful it possible to do a single word search, (INALCO- Institut National des longues et database is finally accessible to all Civilisations Orientates), Laurence but also to search using specific, con Protectionist barriers Husson (CNRS, IRSEAIMAPIMarseille), users within the domain of the Uni trolled terms such as author’s name, Pierre-Yves M a n g u in (Ecole franqaise An overview of the political and versity of Amsterdam. ■ title, book reviews, images, and so d ’Extrême-Orient), C harles M a c d o n a ld foreign policies suggests an enor on. Users are first presented with a (CNRS, Maison Asie Pacifique), ]e a n mous diversity. Vietnam and Laos Louis M a rg o lin (Université de brief title description after which D r G an g a n ath jh a was an are Communist whereas Burma is Provence/IRSEA CNRS). they can request the full text of the affiliated fellow at HAS in dictatorial. Brunei has a monarchy article chosen. Results of searches October 2000 (sponsored by Editors Note: and the Philippines a democracy. All Pia van Kroonenburgh is librarian o f the can be expanded or narrowed by This is a shortened and edited version IDPAD). He works at the of them may have expressed their D epartment o f Political, Social and Cultural o f a more extensive text subm itted by means of Boolean and proximity op ,r Division o f Southeast Asian faith in free trade, yet AFTA has not the undersigned. Sciences o f the University o f Amsterdam, the erators. Designed into the system is Studies and Southwest Pacific Studies, School been successful. Protectionist barri Netherlands. an extensive ‘help’ function that of o f International Studies, Jawaharlal Nehru ers have not been removed because E-mail: vankroonenburgh@pscw.uva.nl fers suggestions to users on appro Http:/lwww.math.jussieu.fr/~kahnlTimorl University, New Delhi. of the apprehension some partners The FEER Newsletter On-line can be found Timor.html priate search strategies for finding E-mail: ganganathjha@hotmail.com feel about the goods produced by the at http://www.feer.com the desired full-text article. The pro

New Political and Cultural Issues in ASEAN

Letter to the Editor

FEER On-line

February z o o t •

has n e w s l e t t e r

N?24 • 5

GENERAL 11

►

LEIDEN,

MAY THE

N E WS BOOKS

2001

RECEIVED

NETHERLANDS Chong Lau, Alan

BLUES AN D GREENS: A PRODUCE WORKER'S JOURNAL

C h an g in g th e G uard, G u a rd in g th e P ast The Oral History Project on Indonesia (Stichting Mondelinge Geschiedenis Indonesië, SMGI) was founded in 1997. Its aim is to form an oral history archive recording personal experiences under colonial rule, during the Pacific War and decolonization, and in an independent Indonesia. In 2001, the first phase o f the interview program o f the Foundation, ‘The End o f Dutch Colo nial Presence in Asia, 1940-1962’, will be completed. To mark this occasion, a two-day conference on oral testimonies o f the transition from colonial rule to independence in South and Southeast Asia will be held in Leiden, the Netherlands.

ASIAN AND PACIFIC AMERICAN TRANSCULTURAl STUDIES Honolulu: University of Hawai’i Press (2000), I ISpp, ill., ISBN 0-8248-2323-0 (pb) Jacobsen, Michael and Ole Bruun

H U M A N RIGHTS A N D ASIAN VALUES

CONTESTING NATIONAL IDENTITIES AND CULTURAL REPRESENTATIONS IN ASIA Richmond, Surrey: Curzon Press/NIAS (2000), 330 pp, ISBN 0-7007-12135 (pb) ISBN 0-7007-12127 (hb)

not interned during the Japanese oc cupation, of business personnel and shop owners, and the military. Dur ing the afternoon, there will be par allel sessions on a range of related topics in which the interviewers pre sent their experiences and findings during their research. ■

Legenhausen, Muhamm ad

CONTEMPO RARY TOPICS OF ISLAMIC T H O U G H T

PREPARED BY: ISLAMIC STUDIES, CENTRE FOR CULTURAL AND INTERNATIONAL STUDIES Tehran: Alhoda (2000), 278 pp.lSBN 964-472-230-2 Rao, Bhanoji

EAST ASIAN ECONOMIES THE MIRACLE, A CRISIS A N D THE FUTURE

Singapore: McGraw-Hill (2001), I76pp, ISBN 0-07-116779-X By F R ID U S S T E IJ L E N

hese oral history collections, focus ing on the end of European colonialism in Asia and the emergence of new, independent na tions, will be critically evaluated at the conference. These collections are ‘The Plain Tales of the Raj/Indian Tales of the Raj’, the collections of the National Archive of Indonesia and of Singapore, and the SMGI collection. The main issue to be considered at the conference will be that of national bi ases in the stories about the transition from colonialism to independence.

The first day is reserved for spe cialists on oral and Asian history. Speakers have been selected from among initiators and archivists of collections, and from historians, with an ‘insider’ and ‘outsider’ dis cussing every collection. By juxta posing the collections of both the Asian countries and the former colo nizing powers, we seek to stimulate participants to discuss the biases of the different collections as well as the issue of ‘nationalization’ of memory. The second day - on the SMGI collection - will be open to the public. Morning presentations will cover the experiences and stories of those Dutch inhabitants who were

( Adver t i s ement )

Schucher, Gunter

OSTASIENBIBLIOTHEKEN IN DEUTSCHLAND

PROBLEME, PERSPEKTIEVEN, FÖRDERMÖGLICHKEITEN Mitteilungen des Instituts fiir Asienkunde Hamburg Nr 332, Hamburg: IFA, (2001), 130 pp. ISBN 3-88910-249-2 Torniainen, Minna

FROM AUSTERE WABI TO GOLDEN WABI For more information,

Dr Fridus Steijlen, SMGI d o Royal Institute for Anthropology and Linguistics (KITLV) P.0. Box

Interested in submitting a review article for one of our Books Received? Please contact the editors at: iiasnews@rullet.leidenuniv.nl

95/5

23 00 RA Leiden, the Netherlands Tel:+31-71-527 2639 Fax. + 31-71-527 2638 E-mail: smgi@kitlv.nl

AUGUST

MONTREAL,

Where tradition meets the 21st century

DISSERTATION, STUDIA ORIENTALA, VOL. 90. 2000 Helsinki: Finnish Oriental Society (2000), 33pp, ISSN 0039-3282, ISBN 951-9380-47-7

contact the conference secretariat:

>•

2 SEPTEMBER

2000

CANADA

ICANAS XXXVI From 27 August to 2 September 2000, the Thirty-sixth Interna tional Congress o f Asian and North African Studies (ICANAS) was held in Montreal, Canada. Actually, it was only the fifth congress under this name, as from 1873 to 1973 these meetings were organized with the title International Congress o f Orien talists and from 1973 to 1976 they were called International Congress o f Human Sciences in Asia and North Africa. By H U U B DE JO N G E

Academic excellence since 1575 Cutting-edge research Internationally oriented Characteristic student town Easy access to major European cities

International students are welcome for: • Study Abroad Programmes (post) Graduate Programmes Doctoral Research Programmes

Leiden University Worldwide Rapenburg 67, P.O. Box 9500 2300 RA Leiden, the Netherlands Phone: + 31 71 527 72 87 Fax: + 31 71 527 72 98 study(®luwp.leidenuniv.nl www.leidenuniv.nl/international

•

has new sletter

n s 24

Universiteit Leiden ‘> 7 .s v Y

• February zo o 1

The Netherlands

ver since the hausse in publica-■—« tions about the apI parent stains of Oriental ism in art, literature, and science, the term ‘orien talists’ possibly elicited too many negative connotations. It remains to be seen whether such political cor rectness has enhanced the identity of the organization, because two name changes in such a short period hard ly give the impression of a steady course. The general theme of the Montre al congress was ‘Oriental and Asian Studies in the Era of Globalization: Heritage and Modernity - Opportu nities and Challenges’. The confer ence was held in the Palais de Congres, which is so large that quite a few participants wandered around lost. Of course it was difficult to reach Montreal by air in that period, and the conference had to compete with a well-attended international film

'Many participants only learned a t the site itself th a t they were supposed to chair a session.

festival, but a large number of regis tered people may ultimately have stayed away as a result of informa tion about the conference having been so scantily supplied between the moment of registration and the opening. Only after arrival were the partici pants informed about the subjects of

the panels, in which sessions one was placed, and at which time pre sentations had to be given. Many participants only learned at the site itself that they were supposed to chair a session. Although the organi zation of the conference had evident ly been contracted out to a profes sional bureau, there was no hint of professionalism. This applied in particular to the way the panels were composed. Ex cept for a regional affinity (Iranian Studies, Turkish and Ottoman Stud ies, Chinese Studies, etc.), the divi sion in sessions, in which the most diverse topics were combined, was simply illogical. Thus, in one session the audience would hear something on greatly varying topics such as Per sian music, marriage contracts, and miniature painting, and in another on the Mongolian revolution of 1921 and horsehair violin strings in that country. By the same token, related presentations were often spread out over three or four panels. As a result of the absence of many announced speakers as well as the peculiar divi sion into groups some sessions con sisted of only one or two lectures, while others had to be cancelled al together. Thus some members, on their own initiative, joined panels where they felt themselves more at home. Next time it would be a good thing if the organization is left, as it should be, to experts in the field. Too rigid an organization is not recommendable, but the reverse also leaves much to be desired. This is not the way to treat participants who have prepared themselves thoroughly.

GENERAL

TANAP New programme Two years ago Professor Leonard Blussé sketched the outlines o f the historical research programme TANAP, ‘Towards a New Age o f Partnership’ (his speech was published in HAS Newslet ter, number 18 (1999))- Its objectives are to encourage archival preservation efforts and to launch a new series o f academic ex plorations into the early modern history o f ‘monsoon Asia and South Africa. At the heart o f the programme lie the 4,000 metres o f archives o f the Dutch East India Company (VOC) from 1602 till 1795. Amerindian Studies (CNWS) at Lei den University initiated the acade he vast holdings of mic component of the TANAP pro the VOC archives in ject. The central idea behind TANAP was that young Asian and African Jakarta, The Hague, historians with knowledge of local Cape Town, Colombo, and historical sources would gain access Chennai have been in to the Dutch sources, and that creasingly gaining recog young Western historians would re nition from both politicians and in ceive training in Asia. By training ternational scholars. Supported by both Western and Asian historians, UNESCO and the Dutch Ministry of two new kinds of ‘research plat Foreign Affairs, the General State forms’ could be created: a platform Archives (Algemeen Rijksarchiej] in The for young Asian scholars and a EuroHague launched the TANAP project pean-Asian one. In view of the limit in 1999 in order to restore and con ed knowledge about Asia, in Asia (ev serve all remaining VOC archives. Part ident even within the ASEAN coun of the plan was to make highly de tries], and not to mention the limits tailed inventories that would help re of European scholarship on Asia, searchers find their way through the these platforms can serve as impor enormous volume of records with tant instruments for the exchange more ease. of knowledge and creation of long One year after the archivists con term scholarly networks in the fu servation programme began, the Re ture. search School for African, Asian, and

■ By H E N D R I K E. NI EMEI J ER

New ideas These demerits, of course, did not prevent interesting presentations being given during the conference, by participants from both the West and East. In almost every field of at tention, new ideas based on field work, the study of literature, and archival research, were presented. I The largest number of panels related to Asia; China and India were espe cially prominent. It was striking to see that there was only slight inter est in the new Central Asian coun tries, which have experienced such drastic changes during the last few years. The conference was enlivened by a symposium on ‘good gover nance in Asia'- organized in close coI operation with the Canadian Inter national Development Agency - in which plenary sessions were devoted ! to topics as ‘women and human se curity’ and ‘civil society and democ racy’. As at every conference the ex change of ideas about current events in the countries studied, taking place in the corridors was of great importance. The consequences of the Asian crisis were an important topic in and outside the sessions. It was a pity that only a small number of publishers showed an in terest in this prestigious meeting. The organization should do its ut most to ensure that the presence of university presses will be much larg er next time. 1

Dr Huub de jo n g e is senior lecturer in economic anthropology at the University of Nijmegen, the Netherlands. He has done fieldwork on Madura and java. E-mail: h.dejonge@maw.kun.nl

N E WS

Through TANAP, young, promis ing historians from Asia, the Middle East and South Africa can now get an opportunity to become acquainted with Dutch sources on early modern Asian history. The project focuses on the role of the different Asian re gions within the context of global history. The most recent studies demonstrate the potential for vivid historical reconstructions based on both local and VOC sources. Topics like: the politics of trade in Safavid Iran (Rudolph P. Matthee), trade re lations of Al-Mukha (Cees Brouwer), the fortunes of the kingdoms of jambi and Palembang on Sumatra (Barbara Watson Andaya), and the court politics of Siam’s capital Ayutthaya (Dhiravat Na Pombejra) all contribute to a better understand ing of pre-colonial ‘monsoon Asia, the Arabian seas, and many other topics. Given that the fascination with VOC records is still very much a preoccupation of Western histori ans, the usefulness of these archives for ‘autonomous history’, written by non-Western scholars, will hopeful ly be furthered by the TANAP pro gramme.

The kdcuanccdt Master's On 3 January 2001, the first group of graduate students from Southeast Asia, China, and Japan began lan guage training and history courses at Leiden University as participants of the TANAP Advanced Master’s Programme (AMP), a postgraduate course. Eight students will follow intensive language courses in both

modern and old Dutch and palaeo graphy (old manuscript reading), and are to become acquainted with a wide variety of VOC documents (Bromienkunde). With the help of vari ous experts, a special colloquium has been set up around major themes, such as ‘trade relations’, ‘urban settle ments’, and ‘war and peace’, among others. The AMP leads to a Leiden post-graduate degree. The most important component of the Advanced Master’s Programme is the preparation of a PhD proposal. Under the close supervision of an ex pert in the field, each of the partici pants will make an inventory of the sources available on his or her sub ject, compile literature lists, write a clear research plan with a sound the oretical base, and put everything within the framework of a convinc ing time table. Those AMP students selected for the PhD programme will continue their research for another four years. At TANAP, ten PhD schol arships are available to Asian and African graduates. But, graduate stu dents who can demonstrate suffi cient knowledge of VOC sources and present an interesting research pro posal can apply directly for a PhD po sition. The second group of graduate stu dents will begin with the AMP in January 2002. A total number of twelve scholarships is available for Asian and African students. Euro pean or American graduates are also invited to join this programme, but only a limited number of places is available.

23 ► 25 N OV EMBER 2 0 0 0 A M S T E R D A M , THE N E T H E R L A N D S

IISH 65th A nniversary The International Institute o f Social History (IISH) was estab lished in 1935 with the primary aim o f preserving archives o f labour movements in various parts o f the world threatened by repression and fascism. Since then it has grown to become the largest institution for social history in the world. It attained this position through its ongoing efforts to protect the cultur al heritage o f the labour movement and other emancipatory groups, often in very threatening situations. The institute s research division has also developed rapidly and initiated a number o f research projects on various aspects o f labour histo ry, thereby increasingly emphasizing internationalization and global links. From 23 to 25 November 2000, the IISH organized a conference on ‘Global Labour History in the Twenty-first Century’ to commemorate its sixty-fifth anniversary. By RAT NA S APTARI

cholars from various parts of the L / world with their specializations covering all continents presented fifteen papers altogether. These papers could be broadly classi fied into two main foci: regional and occupational. The regional studies were meant to provide a reflection of labour history scholarship within a particular region as well as a brief overview of the history of labour in that region. In both these dimen sions, two contrasting theoretical po

sitions could be seen. On the one hand, some papers dealt with and ar gued for ‘traditional’ concerns in labour history, namely those of mate rialist-based class action among the ‘formal’ sectors and artisans within the working population and the role of trade unions. These papers showed how unions and workers organiza tions have been both strengthened and weakened by specific govern ment policies and political and eco nomic conjunctures within the na tional contexts, and how academic concern has been shaped by intellec tual fashions in the academic world. On the other hand was the positivist

While the TANAP programme un folds and becomes steadily more comprehensive, its web site increas ingly serves as a meeting point for interested academics. Recent histori cal debates and literature, newly transcribed documents from the VOC archives, workshop and confer ence papers, research plans, and re search findings are all presented on this web site. The General State Archives (Algemeen Rijksarchiej) and its Asian counterparts plan to pub lish detailed inventories on this web site in the future. ■

and structuralist approach critical of old traditions of labour scholarship that emphasized the need to look at the different forms of labour produc tion regimes and the variety oflabour movements, and of workers (shift ing) perspectives. It needs say that the latter are also shaped by other identi ties, namely gender, race, and ethnicity. Although none of the papers were defending a universal stance of look ing at labour history, the way in which the understanding of context was taken into account differed greatly. It was quite interesting to observe that those arguing for an ex amination of the ‘traditional’ work ing class were also the ones examin ing the earlier industrializing coun tries of Western Europe and North America. And those arguing for a broader definition of workers' cate gories and workers’ consciousness were the very ones whose papers fo cused on the later industrializing countries of Latin America, Africa, Asia, and also Australia. Differences were also seen in the discussion of the occupational stud ies, which focused on railway work ers, mineworkers, dock workers, ma sons, and paid domestic workers. Some of the papers came to the con clusion that universal patterns could be seen in the nature oflabour rela tions, and in the course of develop ment of each particular sector. Oth ers emphasized the way in which local and national contexts provided a different breeding ground for the specific sectors, thus resulting in dif ferent forms of labour relations, re cruitment patterns, and workers ac tivism and perspectives.

For more information and to acquire registration forms for the Advanced Master’s Programme and PhD Programme, please consult the web site and/or contact the scien tific co-ordinator ofTANAP, Dr H. E. Niemeijer, at the e-mail address noted below.

Dr H.E. N iem eijer is a theologian affiliated to the Research School for African Asian, and Amerindian Studies (CNWS), Leiden University, the Netherlands. E-mail: H.E.Niemeijer@ledeidenuniv.nl Http:! lwww.tanap.net

Although these differences were not resolved and could not be dis cussed in depth, the rich collection and variety of papers brought a bet ter understanding to the concepts of ‘global labour history’ and to the no tion of ‘comparisons’. Certain un easiness with the use of the two key concepts of this conference definite ly was a healthy sign of a more criti cal stance in the study oflabour, un dermining any tendency towards complacency. This can surely be seen as a movement away from the use of mechanistic and static approaches within social science and history. In this light, the conference can cer tainly be seen as a major step for ward in the history of the IISH, pay ing great tribute to its sixty-fifth an niversary. ■

Dr R atna Saptari is affiliated to the International Institute o f Social History (IISG), and programme co-ordinator of CLARA. E-mail: rsa@iisg.nl

February 2001 •

has n e w s l e t t e r

KC24 •

T HE ME

Asian Frontiers Introduction: Asian Frontiers Frontiers are the borderlands between two, or perhaps more, different and geographically separate groups. The people on either side o f the frontier exploit the environment in different ways, possess different cultures, and wield power asymmetri cally. The encounter between two (or more) different economies and cultures, in the process often creates, new so cial relations unique to the frontier or borderland. The co-op erative and antagonistic relations emanating from this en counter are fascinating, sometimes alarming, and therefore offer exciting topics o f study. The eight cases here show broad application o f the frontier concept throughout Asia. By FREEK C O L O M B I J N & REED L. W A D L E Y

rentiers are not sim ply borders, but bor derlands between people who differ in liveli hood and sociocultural background. Ecosystems on either side of the frontier also dif fer, either naturally or from humanmade changes. The classical example is the frontier between sedentary agriculturalists and nomadic pastoralists, here exemplified by two studies from East and South Asia. On the Chinese-Mongolian frontier, the Han Chinese slowly but surely en croached upon nomadic territories throughout the rule of the Manchu dynasty, but Edward Vermeer warns against a simplistic picture of dyadic relations between Mongol nomad and Chinese farmer. The Manchu government and its alternatively re strictive or expansionist policies formed a third element. In the semiarid area of Multan (now in Pak istan), most groups combined pas toral and agricultural ways of living. Large-scale irrigation projects, insti gated by the British colonial govern ment at the beginning of the twenti eth century, shifted the agrarian frontier at the expense of pastoral lands. Notably, Karin de Vries argues, this process may have gone hand in hand with religious changes intro duced by Islamic saints. Because the agricultural-pastoral frontier is relatively well known, we have deliberately sought other cases in Southeast Asia, an area too humid for steppes and large-scale pastoralism. The archetypal frontier ofSoutheast Asia lies between lowland wetrice cultivators and upland shifting cultivators, with the major political centres lying in the wet rice plains, both now and in the past. Yet, the focus on different adapta tions to the natural environment is incomplete without considering the great influence of the state in pro ducing frontiers, as can be seen Chi nese-Mongolian case (see also: Scott 1999) . Pre-colonial states defined up land forests as wilderness and forest people as savages living beyond the

bounds of state civilization, as Hjorleifur Jonsson explains for Thailand. Upland peoples had long maintained relations with the state through trib ute and trade, but during the twenti eth century, the state incorporated upland forests and the (by then) eco nomically marginalized hill people. Raymond Bryant argues that na tion-building, which includes creat ing the notion of an imagined com munity living within certain political borders, is intimately linked to de sires to exploit the natural environ ment. By creating frontiers, states de fine their national identity, mean while gaining control over natural re sources. Continuing Karen attempts to carve out an imagined community on the Thai-Burmese frontier has been a threat to the political integrity, national identity, and resource base of Myanmar. In the Philippines and (ac cording to Catherine Aubertin) in the Lao People’s Democratic Republic, the state tries to assert control over fron tier areas by claiming to protect biodi versity ‘hotspots’. Local communities, on the other hand, define these areas as their ancestral lands. Oona Paredes takes up the latter point in more detail, when she de scribes the Higaunon ethnic group, living in the mountains of Min danao in the Philippines. The Hi gaunon are under pressure to adapt to the world of the majority lowlanders. At the same time, in response to lowland prejudice, the Higaunon assert their moral superiority, par ticularly when it comes to struggles over the natural environment. Low land prejudice against the people in the mountains is also rampant in the Lao PDR. Aubertin demon strates how a crude distinction of lowland, civilized, wet-rice cultiva tors versus backward, upland, slashand-burn cultivation allegedly de stroying forest reserves serves to le gitimate state policies. As an excep tion to the rule, in Sumatra, Indone sia, the people living at the interior side of the frontier predominate over the lowland people. Freek Colombijn shows that roads have

• has n e w s l e t t e r 14524 • F e b ru a ry zoo 1

replaced rivers as the major trans port routes, opening a new frontier and making obsolete the distinction between lowland and highland. This is also one of the many exam ples where immigrants expand into the land of another group, produc ing a moving frontier. Leaving the lowland-upland di vide behind us, Chris Ballard de scribes how the political border sep arating the western and eastern half of New Guinea existed only on paper for many years, but has slowly as sumed a more tangible form. The overwhelming importance of West Papua to Indonesians remains as the easternmost anchor to the national ‘logo-map’. The Papuan people liv ing on either side of the border have played educational, economic, and legal differences with Indonesia to their advantage, as struggles contin ue over the meaning and very exis tence of the border. States and populations associated with states are not the only agents in the creation of frontiers. Over the

millennia of human existence, the contact, conflict, and intermingling of different peoples well beyond state spheres has formed frontiers. Reed

Frontiers are not sim ply borders, but borderlands...

out of necessity. Frontier dwellers warned each other against headhunt ing raids, and frontier longhouses be came neutral locations where the wounded could be treated. The contributions to this volume address the critical relevance of the frontier to many of today’s concerns throughout Asia. They demonstrate the paradoxical nature of the frontier throughout Asia - the powerful role of the state in frontier creation and expansion, the conflict and tension inherent in frontier relations, and the emergence of new social forms through the co-operative melding of frontier peoples. b - ( f c &r w )

Reference - Scott, James ‘The State and People Who Move Around: How the Valleys Make the Hills in Southeast Asia’,

Wadley shows, in a case of pre-colo nial Iban population expansion in West Borneo, that hostile relations along inter-ethnic frontiers trans formed into co-operative alliances

HAS Newsletter, No. 19 (1999), pp. 3,45.

The Chinese-Mongolian Frontier: Under the Manchu dynasty The Manchu (Qing) dynasty pledged to uphold the political and economic rights o f its Mongol allies after its conquest o f China in 1644. The Qing government’s overriding concern was to se cure strategic positions in the frontier regions, and to maintain the necessary level o f garrisons and postal routes. Once this had been achieved, first in the areas closest to China proper (already in the early Kangxi period), but not until early Qianlong in the Suiyuan area (Jehol and further north), the Court halted further Han-Chinese emigration to areas outside the Great Wall. How ever, Chinese settlements had their own dynamics, and under favourable conditions were capable o f growth. By E D U A R D B. VE RM E E R

lowly but surely the Han Chinese encroached on the Eastern Mongolian terri tories. This stemmed from the expansionism of the Qing dynasty, population growth in China proper, and com mercialization in response to in creased Chinese demand for products of the steppe, rather than from inter nal Mongolian causes. To which extent the Mongols in various leagues had, by the end of the Qing period, become sinicized or at least agriculturalists, is difficult to say, as reliable records of Mongol population and farmland are wanti ng. Nearest to China proper, inter marriage and changeover of registra tions from Mongol to Han Chinese and later from Han Chinese to Mon gol had changed the composition of

Research Project

both peoples, perhaps even obliterat ed the distinction. In less densely populated areas, both Mongols and Chinese had taken to mixed farming, including cultivation of fodder crops. It is too simplifying to characterize the changes as the advance of Chi nese agriculture at the expense of Mongol pastures, or as the product of an age-old conflict between the Mongol nomad and the Chinese farmer. A third element was most important: the Manchu government and its restrictive or expansionist policies. In active pursuit of strategic control over Xinjiang, Tibet and the Amur region (none of which were of particular interest to the Chinese or Mongols), Manchu armies were sent through Mongolia. Later on, gar risons, military farms, and supply and postal stations were established along the lines of communication in order to guarantee supplies and mili tary controls. The additional burden

for the Mongol population, or eco nomic opportunities, as the case might be, fuelled exploitation of the Mongolian plateau’s resources. Fol lowing the loss of territory to Russia in i860, local commanders and, to a lesser extent, central government began promoting ‘filling the fron tiers’ to consolidate Manchu control. Ultimately, the Muslim rebellion and subsequent Manchu reconquest in the second half of the nineteenth century weakened both the Mongol and Chinese populations. Moreover, both animal husbandry and agriculture developed. Many Mongols had been semi-sedentary all along, staying with their herds in sheltered communities during the winter and spring seasons. With the introduction of wells, and later fences and fodder crops, larger num bers of cattle and sheep could be kept. In areas with sufficient precipi tation grain crops were added, and a mixed farming system resulted. Set tlement also depended on local mili tary and Mongol kings’ initiatives: imperial farms, military colony farms, penal colonies, the estates do nated to Mongol princesses at the Court, and several other categories. Although such farms and estates might have been very large, they were spread all over the Mongol ter ritories, often located along rivers and on superior soils. Their presence

ASIAN

FRONTIERS

Pirs and Pastoralists Alon^ the

agrarianfrontier of M ultan, 188 1947

Pastoral nomads in Multan, southwest Punjab (now in Pak istan), lived in a semi-arid jungle until the end o f the nine teenth century. The British-Indian colonial administration changed the habitat o f these semi-nomadic groups by devel oping an irrigation system which began to relocate the agrari an frontier from 1886: pasture and jungle were converted into agricultural fields. The sedentarization o f pastoralists in the Multan region - as a consequence o f their altered habitat - in duced changes in religious practice and belief. Since Islam in Multan is dominated by pirs (Islamic saints) an important focus o f my research is how sedentarization processes have in fluenced the roles and functions o f these sacred lineages. shrine of Baba Farid Ganj-i Shakar in Pakpattan played a major role in the Islamization of the local inhabitants he connection be Research of the jungle. tween agrarian Project Multan, the area of my research, 1 frontiers and reliconsisted mostly of semi-arid jungle I gious frontiers is emphauntil the end of the nineteenth cen sized in Eaton’s The Rise of tury. Because of the scarcity of rain Islam and the Bengal Fron fall in Multan, the agrarian frontier, tier, 1204-1760 (1993)- Eaton argues the intermediate zone between the that the process of exploitation of the agricultural and uncultivated areas, jungle of Bengal and the settling of was dictated by the course of the the population on these new agricul rivers. Most agriculture was prac tural lands from the fifteenth to the tised along the waterways and seventeenth centuries went hand in around cities. The natural environ hand with the Islamization of Bengal ment determined the survival by Islamic saints. His contention is strategies of the inhabitants. In ad that Islam is a religion of the plough. dition to sedentary groups the area In an article about southwest Punjab was inhabited by )at pastoralists ‘The Political and Religious Authority who travelled annually with their of the Shrine of Baba Farid (1984), herds between the sparsely populat Eaton advances a similar hypothesis. ed barr (the higher areas of south The Islamization of the Jats, the most west Punjab) and the rivers. The numerous population group in the population employed a variety of Punjab, would have occurred in the subsistence strategies; these varied same period as their sedentarization, from staying on a piece of land to namely from the beginning of the carry out agriculture to a pastoral sixteenth to the end of the eighteenth lifestyle which meant going where century. According to Eaton, the By KARIN DE VRIES

set examples of agriculture and trade, which later also attracted some Mongols, but mainly served to ease the advance ofHan-Chinese settlers. Actively promoted by some Mon gol kings, the introduction of agri culture resulted in higher productiv ity. The mixed farming and crop cul tivation systems could support much larger population numbers - the question why these opportunities were not more fully used by Mongol farmers is a complicated one. There appear to have been many factors. The Mongol herdsmen were in a weak position. They had no re course if their king wished to in crease the revenues from his banner by letting out land to attract HanChinese farmers. The sheltered posi tion of the Mongol kings, lamaseries, and people had been to their advan tage in the eighteenth and most of the nineteenth century, but did not prepare them for modern times. Once the Qing government began to support reclamation of farmland, the weak foundation of the Mongol po litical and economic status quo was exposed. Lack of education and agri cultural skills, ethnic discriminaI tion, and exploitative relations with I Chinese merchants made many Mongols succumb to the invading government-backed settlers. Yet in Han-Chinese settlement areas, the I definition of Mongol versus Han

the herd went. Most Multani groups mixed these two lifestyles together. Evidence from colonial sources sug gests that there were still both agri cultural and pastoral populations until the end of the nineteenth cen tury. Although Eaton situates the process of sedentarization between the sixteenth and the eighteenth century, in Multan this seems to be even more significant for the first half of the twentieth century when large-scale irrigation projects led to a transformation in the lifestyle of pastoralists. The Raj, the colonial administra tion, developed an irrigation system by digging canals, an operation which shifted the agrarian frontier. From 1886 onwards, a number of ir rigation projects were initiated. The first irrigation project, the Sidhnai Canal, was located to the north of the city of Multan. Land was mostly allotted to local landowners. Other fields were granted to immigrant groups that, according to the colo nial regime, were good agriculturists with the object of relieving popula tion pressure in more congested dis tricts. These agriculturists from other districts were mainly Hindus and Sikhs. As a result of the develop ment of the Sidhnai Canal the land available for pasturage diminished. In 1901, the Raj started the develop ment of the Lower Bari Doab colo nization scheme. This irrigation sys tem was located in the barr to the south of the Ravi River, an area that was populated mainly by pastoral

Chinese seems to have been cultural rather than ethnic. The legal and economic position of the Chinese colonists was quite weak. The kings and lamaseries retained formal owner ship of the land of their banners until after the end of the Qing dynasty. Neither Manchu nor Mongol govern ment sided with the Chinese. This is one reason why unlike in Southwest China there were so few armed con flicts between Han colonists and na tive people. In most areas, the economic and social changes caused by the immi grant farmers antedated the admin istrative change. Some areas, which were closest to China proper (Chahar), had favourable conditions for irrigated and dry agriculture (the Southern Manchurian plain and the Yellow River Bend) or were located along strategically and commercially important routes (Suiyuan) were completely sinicized. The outlying drier and colder areas (the western parts of Mongolia, Heilongjiang, and Hulun Buit) were not affected by Han-Chinese farming before the construction of railways in the twen tieth century. Until then, these sparsely settled border regions were influenced primarily by Manchu di rected movements of troops, gar risons, and convicts. After 1900, the Mongol lands came to be regarded as under-utilized ter-

ritories, which should be exploited to the fullest in the shortest time possi ble. Numbers of immigrants finally reached millions, where they had only reached thousands in the eigh teenth century and tens and hun dreds of thousands in the nineteenth century. A combination of factors was responsible for the policy change: territorial losses, budgetary shortages, the additional burden of Boxer indemnity payments and, most of all, a fundamental change in the concept of government as the promoter and participant in eco nomic modernization and land de velopment. Officials involved in modernization, investors, and land developers had become aware of the foreign examples of colonization and chartered companies, and the Mon gols, their feudal kings, and their pastoral farming customs now sud denly seemed backward. There were profits to be obtained and there was an unlimited supply of willing HanChinese farmers. The belatedness of this turnaround shows the remark able effectiveness of the Qing inter diction policy, which slowed down the advance of Han-Chinese agricul turalists for about two centuries. With the first wave of government supported Chinese settlement in 1902-1908, the land issued for agri cultural reclamation amounted to 500,000 hectares in West Mongolia

Thefourteenth-century shrine o/Rukn al-Din Zakariyya. The custodians of this shrine are still an influential sacred lineage within Multan.

nomads. Although numerous immi grants came from more congested districts in the Punjab an effort was made to allocate a large proportion of the land to Muslim grantees. Al though the land rights of pastoral nomads were recognized, their habi tat was curtailed as a result of the in crease in agricultural fields at the ex pense of pasture and jungle. In 1925 a third project was initiated, the Nili Bar canal system. This project was situated to the north of the Sutlej River and encompasses the bantracts around Pakpattan, Mailsi, and Lodhran. Pastoral nomads received land grants and settled down perma nently. The consequences of these ir rigation schemes for pastoralists in the Multan region were significant.

and 1,600,000 hectares in East Mon golia - for the latter, that is about one-fifth of the present acreage of Inner Mongolia. At the 1900 produc tivity levels, this new land could sup port about one million people. The rapid growth of immigration and land reclamation exploded in the early Republic, with the advance of modern transportation, the reversal of government policies, increased foreign intervention, and further loss of Mongol power. ■

By 1947, the year of independence, Multan was almost fully sedentary. Most of the pastoral nomads of Mul tan were settled in canal colonies a n d ‘the aboriginal jangli was con verted from a ‘lawless nomad into an industrious agriculturist’. In my PhD I set out to test Eaton’s hypothesis, although not for the six teenth to the eighteenth century, but for the end of the nineteenth and beginning of the twentieth cen tury. In what way did the religious frontier change as a result of the sig nificant shift in the agrarian fron tier? I would like to argue that the ir rigation systems that affected the agrarian frontier of Multan, and in effect also changed the lifestyle of the population, had consequences for the way Islam was practised in the late nineteenth and early twenti eth century. Eaton rightly observes that Islamization was a slow process. In my view this process may have en dured until the beginning of the twentieth century. The impact of the changing habitat of the local popu lation on the nature of Islam and its effects on the functions and roles of Islamic saints remains to be re searched. Available data suggests that, unlike other areas where Islam ic saints lost their mediatory func tions, in Multan Islamic saints man aged to keep their significance through adapting to a changed envi ronment. They remained influential icons of Islam and political media tors under new conditions of nearly complete sedentarization. ■

References - Eaton, R.M., ‘The Political and Religious Authority of the Shrine of Baba Farid’, in B.D. Metcalf (ed.), Moral Conduct and Authoriy, Berkeley (1984). - Eaton, R.M., The Rise of Islam and the Bengal Frontier, 1204-1760, Berkeley (1993). Karin de Vries is a PhD candidate o f Islamic Languages and Cultures at Utrecht University (funded by N W 0), affiliated to the

Dr Eduard B. Vermeer, is affiliated with

Research Institute for History and Culture,

the Sinological Institute, Leiden University.

Utrecht and Research School CNWS, Leiden

E-mail: envermeer@rulletleidenuniv.nl

E-mail: karindevries@yahoo.com

February 2001 • h a s

newsletter

W 24 • 9

ASIAN

FRONTIERS

Upland Peoples and Changing Frontiers In South, East, and Southeast Asia, the category o f ‘forest’ or ‘mountain’ peoples has historically implied ‘savage’ popula tions, peoples outside effective state control and socially and culturally distinct from the state’s subjects. The developmentalist rhetoric o f the modern state in Thailand proclaims that the so-called ‘mountain people’ (‘hill tribes’) are finally receiv ing some official attention that will undo their previous isola tion and bring an end to environmentally destructive agricul tural methods. These efforts are fairly typical o f governmental attentions in the region. They indicate a shift in the frontiers o f the state: the previous lack o f interest in and effective con trol o f most hinterland regions is being replaced by the cur rent interventions in farming and other everyday practices. By HJORLEIFUR JONSSON

hen anthropolo gy started to pay to T V attention a these groups in late nine teenth and early twentieth centuries, it was through notions of races that were either au tochthonous or had migrated from an assumed homeland somewhere else. Any people (‘race,’ ‘nation,’ and so on) were assumed to be connected to a par ticular place and to be at a particular stage of evolution. A common thread of these western writings on difference in the Orient was that the position of peoples was held as a measure of strength, namely that stronger races had pushed weaker races into margin al areas. This descriptive framework made the colonial processes that few if any of these works ever addressed, ap pear natural necessities. Administra tions of the colonial era engaged in various projects of social engineering transforming the social landscape to fit their imagination, and mapped dis tinct peoples onto demarcated territo ries. These dynamics of documenta tion and intervention are much clearer than what preceded them. The fundamental pre-historical distinction between upland and lowland populations concerns liveli hood. Certain anthropology, presents this distinction as the outcome of in dividual adaptations to the environ ment. Shifting cultivation, charac teristic of upland peoples, was a dif ferent strategy from wet-rice farm ing, and each correlated to particular forms of social organization. I con tend that this adaptationist frame work misses the impact of state schemes on the social landscape, in

Research Projecl

particular the division between in tensive (wet-rice) fanning popula tions and shifting cultivators (slashand-burn farmers). The pre-modern state created itself by constructing boundaries, which in turn created the notion of forests as wilderness and defined ‘forest people’ as savages. The state’s endorsement of and con trol over intensive farming practices then made this civilizational frontier into a natural one. The people of the wet-rice lands were subject to tribute and taxation, while farmers practic ing swidden, fell outside this scheme, by definition. This bifurcation of farming prac tices and ecology provided a map of two kinds of relations to the state, subject relations and those of nonsubjects who were sometimes clients of the state. The frontiers of the premodern state were frontiers of con trol and subject duties. In many cases upland peoples were involved with states through arrangements of tribute and trade, particularly re garding forest products. The main reason mid-twentieth century an thropology failed to notice such rela tions was historical. Colonial-era ad ministrations undid tributary frameworks, and political economic changes during that period dis solved the large, international mar kets for forest products. A further important change in that period was the rise of logging, which con tributed to the definition of forest peoples as detrimental to valuable resources through their farming practices. These varied factors effec tively disconnected states and up land peoples; something that subse quent anthropology was to take for a natural fact.

M u ltip le frontiers During the twentieth century, the frontiers of the state changed from the previously common uplandlowland divide to national spaces that included the forests and the now-marginalized people living there. Equally important, the state gained a firmer grip on households and individuals, while still continu ing previous dealings with subjects as members of villages or larger units. Control over land-use, com pulsory education, and a growing spread of national media were as pects of this shift. At the same time, the state established agencies to de fine and license national and ethnic identities. In northern Thailand, six ethnic groups were officially la belled ‘mountain people’. This defi nition did not include the Lua’, who were the only recognized upland group prior to the nineteenth cen tury. The definition of ‘mountain people’ was motivated by govern ment pathologizing, and since Lua' did not relate to either settlement migration or opium cultivation they were not acknowledged. In Thailand, between the 1950s and 1980s, ‘mountain people’ were stereo typed as culturally backwards, ecolog ically destructive, and politically sub versive. These stereotypes imply a def-

inition of the state and its frontiers through control over culture, liveli hood, and political expression. From the 1980s onwards, the state has taken a less confrontational view of upland people’s identities and practices, which is visible for instance in muse um displays of uplanders’ dress and material culture. But the endorse ment of the markers of difference is in dependent of the definition of cultur al and agricultural practices of differ ence, which continue to be considered unacceptable in many respects, or are even actively suppressed.

Dr Hjorleifur Jonsson is Assistant

The last fron tier The frontiers of the state have al ways involved some control over cul

Professor o f Anthropology, Arizona State University, USA E-mail: HJonsson@asu.edu

Burmese and Philippine explorations The problem o f the frontier is at the heart, in one form or an other, o f much policy and scholarly activity in and about Southeast Asia. It is not hard to see why this is so. For one thing, much political, and indeed, cultural energy is devoted to defining and debating the social and biophysical contours o f this or that national ‘imagined community’. For another thing, the frontier has become associated with the quest for individual and group ‘ethnic’ identities often at odds with these national communities. A major concern in my own work in both Burma and the Philippines has been to probe precisely the sorts o f political and cultural tensions that arise in rela tion to natural resource management when people take fron tiers seriously.

he deadly serious nature of frontiers is nowhere more evident than in the case of Burma or Myanmar. In deed, the politics of nam ing involved here is, itself, evidence of the attempt to redefine frontier imaginings through the choice of culturally loaded words. My interest in the question of frontiers in the Burmese context was prompted mainly because of the historical and contemporary linkages between no tions of frontier on the one hand, and

Research Project

1 O • HAS n e w s l e t t e r W 2 4 • February 2001

Visual reminder o f the American war in mainland Southeast Asia, Ratanakiri province, Cambodia (1992)

Minding Frontiers or Frontiers of the Mind?

By R A Y M O N D L. B R Y A N T

HRH Princess Maha Chakri Sirindhom greeting Hmong and Mien villagers (1993)

ture, livelihood, and political expres sion, while the criteria for control have varied over time. This explains how the pre-colonial definition placed upland people beyond the state, while the post-colonial defini tion considered the very same peoples minorities. Both definitions have im plied terms of engagement. During pre-modern times, upland leaders could construct their prominence through deals with lowland states. In modern times, with highland areas already inside the state, upland popu lations compete among themselves for official recognition, schools, roads, electricity, and other develop ment projects. The quest for recogni tion activates the state in the village. Also, the state creates itself through the recognition of people and settle ments. In one of the households that I lodged during research in Thailand, there was a plaque from the Provin cial Health Authorities. It was grant ed to the headman because each household in the subdistrict had a toilet. The commemoration of such an achievement is indicative of politi cal culture in the hinterlands. It sug gests that processes of state making and membership in the modern na tion now reach down the drain. ■

intensive natural resource extraction on the other hand. I began to realize that the right to log or even to man age the ‘sustainably’ of the forests could not be separated from broader questions of national and ethnic identity. Indeed, such identities were partly constituted in and through natural resource management (see: Bryant 1996,1997). In the case of the Karen, for in stance, the fifty-year-plus quest for an internationally recognized homeland of‘Kawthoolei’ can be understood as a conventional’ secessionist struggle based on ethnic affiliation. Yet the at tempt to carve out a new imagined

community at the interstices of the Thai-Burmese border has been a di rect challenge to official notions of frontier and nation-state that no Burmese state has been able to accept. The right to control and use natural resources has been an inseparable part of this process. Thus, the promo tion of Kawthoolei is in part about the assertion of the right to manage nat ural resources on behalf of the Karen people - a people whose very identity is partly constructed around a forestbased way of life. Natural resource practices within Kawthoolei were si multaneously a vital source of rev enue for the war effort, an affirmation of cultural identity, and a demonstra tion of sovereignty claims. In con trast, the militarized Burmese state has vigorously and, apparently, suc cessfully sought to eliminate all trace of Kawthoolei, in part because official Burmese national identity cannot be separated from a long history of fron tier-based natural resource exploita tion. Accordingly, I read the Burmese military onslaught on Kawthoolei as being a multi-faceted endeavour that has been partly strategic (facilitating army access to the border region),

ASIAN

FRONTIERS

Institutionalizing Duality Lowlands and uplands in the Lao PDR The recent development strategies proposed by the Lao PDR government and presented to the donor community are strong ly contingent upon a sharp dichotomy between the country s uplands and its lowlands. 1 The conceptualization o f a border m between the inhabitants and landscapes o f the Mekong Plain, and those o f the mountains above, is nothing new to Laos. But today it is being put forward not according to narrow ethnic cri teria, but more generally on environmental grounds. What I ex amine here is the persistence o f this frontier. By C A T H E R I N E

A U B E R TIN

he French colonial regime, as its Com munist successor, had constructed a model for national unity, for a country comprised of sixty-six distinct ethnic groups (ac cording to the 1991 Constitution, but recently reconfigured again into forty-nine specific ethnicities). These have been aggregated into three broad categories, defined according to the topography, which they suppos edly occupy: - Lowland Lao (Lao Loum): the Lao speaking peoples of the Tai-Kadai linguistic group, who in the course of their southward migra tion pushed the indigenous popu lation upwards into the hills; - Upland Lao (Lao Theun): those for mer Mon-Khmer plain dwellers displaced by the Lao Loum, now living at mid-slope.

Research Project

- Summit Lao (Lao Sury): the most recent immigrants (from China in the nineteenth century): HmongYao and Tibeto-Burman linguisti cally, who occupied the highest el evations left unsettled by the Lao Theun. Such a trinity is the vehicle for a presumed national unity and cen tralization around the dominant ethnic group (Lao Loum) who com prise a little over half of the coun try’s population. Thereby, the actual history of peopling the landscape and of establishing the present na tional boundaries at the turn of the last century is being obscured. In Laos, 80 per cent of the land is for mally considered mountainous, with 47 per cent of the country nom inally under forest cover. Some 60 per cent of the Lao population live in the mountainous regions. The offi cial view, nonetheless, is to consider all upland dwellers as ethnic minori

partly economic (ensuring logging revenues replenish Burmese and not Karen coffers), and, not least, partly cultural (eliminating a rival claim to this frontier region). In recent years, I have turned my attention to the politics of natural resource exploitation and conserva tion in the Philippines. There, I have found some similar processes of frontier creation and contestation as issues of politics, identity, and nat ural resource control swirl around each other. What I have found to be most in triguing, though, is how questions of biodiversity conservation have be come associated with frontier imag inings so as to create ‘biogeographic imagined communities across the Philippines (Bryant 2000). Here, in stead of often destructive natural re source exploitation as the leitmotif of ‘nation-building’ endeavours, we have a more complex discursive agen da centred on notions of‘biodiversity and conservation’ which are, in turn, linked to the perceived national or even global good. And yet, such topdown ‘born-again environmental ism’ has rarely found full favour with local communities living in frontier areas. Instead, many local communi ties have sought to redefine ‘biodiver sity hotspots’ into their own terms of reference as ‘ancestral domains’. This difference is both instructive and important. It is instructive both because it reveals that many local communities are well aware that the recent push to conserve biodiversity is often no more than ‘old wine in a new bottle’ - traditional frontier

ties practicing subsistence-based slash-and-burn cultivation. In the present environmental ap proach, the mountains and the forests are conflated. The ecological argument (forest resource protec tion) is highly emphasized to justify diversely motivated policies, prima ry among which is integrating the minorities. The recent Government strategy for the agricultural sector is contin gent upon a dichotomy between the ‘modernized’ lowlands, to be sub jected to market forces, and the ‘backwards’ uplands:, now experi encing large-scale public interven tions. Towards meeting a two-fold objective, a fully modern agriculture (irrigated rice) down in the plains, and a forested upland region ‘pro tected’ from the minorities, the agroforestry and horticulture sys tems actually practiced by nearly all Lao farmers are ignored. Such a model of economic development promotes sedentarization and the industrialization of agriculture: both of which may well be ill suited to mountainous ecosystems. Official statistics (e.g. the agricul tural census) translate khao hai, (swidden rice culture production), as upland rice in contrast to khao na (flooded rice production), translated as lowland rice. This tends to ob

politics with an environmental twist - and their simultaneous recognition of the central role of dis course in articulating the new phase of frontier ‘development’.

'Old wine in a new bottle’ traditional frontier politics with an environmental twist.

Thus, and as I have seen in various parts of Palawan and Luzon, ances tral domain is commonly an asser tion of ethnic and cultural identity as well as being a particular ethos of ‘sustainable’ human-environmental conduct linked to local management and control. The differences symbol ized in contrasting notions of‘biodi versity hotspot’ and ‘ancestral do main’ are also important because they have rapidly moved to centrestage in the political and ecological struggles that characterize modern Philippine politics.

scure the significant reality that within the upland regions, there ex ists considerable wet rice production in valley bottoms and terraces. The use of such simplistic terminology falsely implies that upcountry Laos only to produce ‘upland rice; it also obscures the widely varying rice pro duction technologies employed by upland peoples. The forestry resources manage ment strategy similarly creates this sharp frontier between plain and forest dwellers. Slash-and-burn, a symbol of backwardness and an ab solute environmental evil, is de nounced - notwithstanding most

To understand the modern record of natural resource exploitation in countries such as the Philippines or Burma it is vital to appreciate the many ways in which ‘frontier’ think ing helps to bolster nation-building efforts that are so often (literally) fu elled by natural resources. Yet it is also to understand that notions of frontier and imagined community are themselves partly constituted in the light of knowledge and desires linked to human use of the biophysi cal environment. In this way, and as my research seeks to show, the social construction of nature and of political identity are inevitably linked through a notion such as the frontier in a way that has profound consequences for social action and thought. ■

References - Bryant, R.L., ‘Asserting Sovereignty through Natural Resource Use: Karen forest management on the ThaiBurmese border', in R. Howitt (ed.), Resources, nations and indigenous peoples, Melbourne: Oxford University Press (1996), pp 32-41. - Bryant, R.L., The Political Ecology of Forestry in Burma, 1824-1994, Honolulu: University ofHawaii Press (i997)-

- Bryant, R.L., Politicized Moral Geographies: Debating biodiversity conservation and anccstra domain in the Philippines, in Political Geography, 19 (2000), pp. 673-705Dr R aym ond L Bryant, Department o f Geography, King’s College London, United Kingdom E-mail: raymond.bryant@ kcl.ac.uk

mountains as a problem-ridden site. Problems, moreover, requiring ex ternal solutions, the defense of the environment, the struggle against drugs (most opium production is lo cated at elevations over rooo m), na tional unity, and industrial interests in timber and hydropower. The practice of slash-and-burn is held to destroy the forest, and is therefore threatening the hydrology of major hydropower schemes (already the principal source of foreign currency and a sector set for great expansion), as well as the river’s water supply and thence the irrigation in the plains.

IR 4186488

LR 4186488

rsn The construction o/Lao Unification on the national currency. The Lao Loum is at the centre, flanked by the Lao Soum on the left and the Lao Theun on the right. The That Litany, to the right ojthe women, is a Buddhist symboljor the country but also/or the Lao Loum. It replaced the ‘hammer and sickle'on the old currency.

empirical evidence - as the principle cause of deforestation. Left unmen tioned is the monopoly over timber exploitation, countrywide, divided into three holdings controlled by the Lao military. The Afflicted-by-Poverty vision of upland peoples denigrates and de-legitimizes their knowledge, skills, and ‘traditional unsustainable prac tices’. But only uplanders’ practices are so denigrated, as if there were no important threatened forests in the plains. Also, if upland people are af fected by poverty, improving the liv ing standards of forest dwellers is no target of the Resources Strategy. For est management is essentially pre senter as a conservation challenge. But then again, in actuality, largescale exploitation is reserved for State corporations. Prime Ministeri al Decree No. 11 reduces forest dwellers’ involvement in forest management, thus heavily handi capping conservation projects wish ing to engage the local population.

Slash-and-burn These policies are manifest in for est zonation (some 70 per cent of the forested area is classified as a pro tected zone), in the creation of Na tional Biodiversity Conservation Re serves and in land allocations favouring the privatization of com munal resources. Reducing the available land acreage per family to three times the maximum that they can cultivate in a single year clearly implies a three-year rotation, and precludes slash-and-burn. The forest policies also include the effective dis placement of upland ethnic minori ties down onto the plains. Such solu tions bring into question the very survival of those populations. These policies, however, do meet the objectives ofinterest groups oth erwise very sharply opposed. Wrong ly identifying the ‘non-plain dwellers with the forest itself has in stitutionalized a concept of the

Thus, upland people are de nounced as poor and ignorant, armed and dangerous. In the name of wildlife protection, mountaindwellers have seen their firearms confiscated. Government is both seeking to integrate minorities into the national economy and assert its own control over the national terri tory. With the knowledge that about half of the country’s villages are in accessible to motor vehicles during the rainy season. Their inhabitants are thus being relocated into ‘focal zones’ - down in the lowlands where possible, or otherwise along the highways. The negative effects of such reset tlements - including land pressures in the plains, marginalization of the displaced populations, lack of basic infrastructure (e.g. water supply) in resettlement sites, and absence of agricultural extension services have been evaluated critically else where. Originally supporting up lands resettlement schemes, donors (AsDB, the EU, UNDCP, JICA, and Sida) have now nominally taken their distance, but still are largely funding the land allocation pro grams directly threatening the sur vival of mountain peoples. ■

Notes 1 The Government’s Strategic Visionfor the Agricultural Sector Adiscussion paper prepared for the Donor Round Table Conference, Vientiane, 8-9 November 1999.

References Strategic Vision ofForest Resource Management to the Year zozo, Policy Dialogue Meeting on Round Table Process 2000-2002, Luang Prabang, 8-9 September 2000. Dr

Catherine A ubertin is an

economist

and the Research Director o f the Institut de Recherche pour Ie Développement (IRD), Paris, France. E-mail: Catherine.Aubertin@bondy.ird.fr

February 2001 •

has n e w s l e t t e r

1^24 •

ASIAN

FRONTIERS

Ethnic Borderlands A low land-highland divide Higaunons are but one o f the many indigenous groups o f Mindanao. Land scarcity has pushed settlers squarely into what was left o f the Higaunon homeworld, creating a cultural borderland. To settlers, this forested expanse is truly the fron tier o f civilization, ‘far away’ from the real world. To Hi gaunons, o f course, this is the centre o f the known universe, and all other places appear vague and unreal. Since World War II, Higaunons have been rapidly re-orientating their world view. Along with the increasing presence o f settlers has come the acceptance that they form but a minute part o f a larger na tion. Lately, so too has the notion that they live in the hinter land, that this is ‘far away’ from the places and things that re ally matter, and that they are primitive and backward. By OONA THOMMES PAREDES

n Southeast Asia, local political history tends to revolve around an ethnicized ‘upland-low land’axis. As in the rest of this region, ‘lowlanders’ are the dominant group in the Philippines politically, economical ly, numerically, and socially. This is significant because, since World War II, Mindanao has been inundated with lowland settlers from more northerly islands, particularly the Visayas. Ultimately, this migration has pushed Higaunons into margin al interior mountain areas, to which they owe their current ‘uplander’ status. (They are also referred to as bukidnon or ta^abukid, Visayan terms for ‘mountain dweller.’ In contrast, Higaunons call lowland settlers du magat or ‘ocean-side’ people.) Be cause immigration into the Philip pines has been quite limited, Hi gaunons live with the distinction of being an indigenous minority in a country of natives. Cultural differences between low landers and Higaunons are great, in cluding spoken language, upbring ing, diet, religious beliefs, social mannerisms, body language, and material culture. Some lowlanders even claim that such differences are racial in nature, despite the fact that, as groups, they are physically identi cal. But these differences are not in surmountable. Many, if not most Higaunons in this area have readily adapted to the dumagat world, in an effort to bridge the many differences that are advantageous to dumogats, such as the use of a majority lan guage, formal education, using cash, and wearing ‘normal’ clothes. These are important for avoiding taunts and discrimination when traveling or living in the dumagat world be cause, on some level, Higaunon traits are viewed by lowlanders as deficiencies. These adaptations have resulted in many notable changes in modern Hi gaunon life, as compared to their ide alized ‘traditional’ lifestyle (as record ed by observers in the late 1800s) - a forest-based lifestyle with long-fallow shifting agriculture, hunting, collect ing, and considerable residential mo bility - a lifestyle that few Higaunons are able to live today. It is also increas ingly rare today to find visual markers of Higaunons’ identity (weapons, elaborate hairstyles, beaded jewellery, ceremonial clothing, and elevated

Research Project

12 •

HAS N E W S L E T T E R

open houses) in daily use. A few of the significant accommodations Hi gaunons have made include: learning to speak dumagat languages; using dumagat-style clothes; using ‘public’ du magat names while maintaining pri vate Higaunon names; sending chil dren to dumagat-mn schools; using more intensive farming practices; es tablishing permanent settlements and constructing low, enclosed ‘dumagat-style’ houses; applying for gov ernment land titles; creating parallel political organizations (assembling ‘tribal councils’ to deal with govern ment, electing Higaunon customary leaders into local government offices); and adoption of a major (‘real’) reli gion (some choose a Protestant reli gion to differentiate themselves from largely Catholic dumogats). Establish ing ‘patron-client’ bonds with the dumagats they deal with economically, an adaptation to the widely-used du magat system of social patronage, con sidered essential to conducting busi ness. The more regular the dumagat contact, the more extensive the adaptations, such that those living in coastal cities are indistinguish able in appearance, movement, and speech from the average dumagat. With their accommodations, Hi gaunons have gained considerable experience in ‘crossing’ the ethnic border, showing that they are cul turally quite cosmopolitan and pro gressive, rather than backward and primitive.

Keepers o f Nature There are purists who claim that those deviating from ‘tradition’ - es pecially in religious matters - are no longer ‘pure’ Higaunons. Some also claim that pure Higaunon ancestry is the only sure way to determine identity. But too many Higaunons, even among those who work vigor ously for Higaunon rights, would fail these tests through their behav iour or their genes, or both. (Some very ‘pure’ and traditional Hi gaunons, in the pursuit of monetary gain, have worked with dumagats against their own people). In reality, Higaunon identity is not so simple, and the situation at hand deter mines what criteria are important. There is a growing sense that true Higaunon identity revolves around aspects that cannot be coveted, copied, or bought by dumagats (un like their land and material culture). Some of these are their distinct lan guage and localized dialects, their

NS24 • February 2001

oral traditions (genealogies, musical forms, epics, and ritual oratory styles), the ability to walk comfort ably on forest trails, a preference for ‘isolated’ forest living and forest food, and a deep love of their ances tral lands, with which they have complex historical connections (un like recent settlers). In response to dumagat prejudice, Higaunons also readily declare their moral superiori ty, and characterize dumagats as abu sive to the land, natural resources, and fellow humans, and driven by monetary gain. In this aspect of life, at least, Higaunons can ‘prove’ they are more highly developed than du magats, and it is a powerful motiva tion for maintaining cultural identi ty. It is also advantageous in the struggle for Higaunon land-rights, as they claim the moral high ground when it comes to protecting natural resources, a claim that happens to

match internationally popular ‘envi ronmentalist’ rhetoric very nicely. Some dumagats have been changed by their daily encounters with Hi gaunons. Coexisting peacefully as neighbors can and does foster gen uine and mutual respect (but not often enough). Intermarriage also happens, and this gives dumagats the option of living in the Higaunon world. Gaining rightful access to Hi gaunon land offers the promise of self-sufficiency to poor migrants in a remote area with few prospects of a livelihood. Few dumagats truly ‘go native’ and live primarily as Hi gaunons, but it does happen. How ever, fundamentally different ideas about land tenure guarantee disap pointment when dumagats pursue marriage purely for material gain. This form of exploitation is an un fortunate reality in this ethnic bor derland, and the abandonment of Higaunon spouses and their mixedblood children is the tragic result. On the brighter side, Higaunons and other tagabukids are idealized by some dumagats as representatives of true Filipino culture, untouched by the colonial experience. This pro vides an aura of exotic mystery,

which can generate awe, fear, or envy in a dumagat. With this cultural myth, tagabukids are celebrated on occasions that showcase local culture to tourists, to the extent that the ‘ethnic’ look is fashionable among some dumagats. Tagabukids have be come a precious natural resource, just like Mindanao’s endangered species and disappearing forests. Now, they are also idealized as the true keepers of the forests, in whose care the environment can revert to a more ‘natural’ state. Such romantic ideals are a mixed blessing. Until re cently, Higaunons often hunted now-endangered species for food and participated in illegal logging to earn cash. They have had to modify these and other forms of behaviour, and integrate ‘environmentalist’ ideals more fully in their struggle for political and land rights - rights that are criucial to securing a decent fu ture in the dumagat world. ■

O on a Paredes is a PhD student at the Department o f Anthropology, Arizona State University. E-mail: oonaparedes@hotmail.com

river, Down River Across Rivers Because the major sea-lane between South and East Asia passes along Sumatra’s east coast, traffic has been crucial to the devel opment o f the east coast o f this island since at least the begin ning o f the common era. Attempts at connecting and discon necting lowland and highland mutually and with overseas destinations have been the stakes in many political games. The development o f road transport has changed the balance o f power between different parts o f Sumatra, but has left the strategic relevance o f transportation as such unchanged. By FREEK COLOMBI J N

efore the advent of trains and motor cars, the only, but quite convenient way to transport goods in bulk was via one of the many rivers of East Sumatra. The capitals of the various sultanates of the early modern era were strategically situat ed so as to enable the rulers to control the river traffic. These port towns

Research Project

were situated relatively downstream, past where all the tributaries had emptied themselves into the main course, but upstream from the point where the river split into the branches of its delta. Towns and villages of sec ondary rank were found at the upriver confluences, and at places where the depth of the river permitted to tran ship goods going downstream in big ger boats. It is worth noting that the spatial orientation of people was one dimensional only: places were posi

tioned upstream (hulu) or down stream (Kilir). The sultan in his downstream cap ital nurtured the pretension being of superior standing to the upstream people and nominally ruled the whole river basin. In practice, he, for the ruler was almost always a man, was much more dependent on the people in the hills than vice versa. There were three reasons for this im balance: one ecological, one social, and one based on transportation. Firstly, the hills have a much denser population than the coast. Some highland valleys, with flat terraces and natural fertilization by volcanic ashes, are suited for wet-rice cultiva tion, whereas the coast consists of potentially acidic swampland with only a thin layer of fertile topsoil. Secondly, the Minangkabau people in the highlands had a different eth-

■ __________

Deforestation along the road cum oil pipeline in Rian

ASI AN

Neither Asian nor Pacific West New Guineas uneasy border identity The imaginary line that bisects the island o f New Guinea, sep arating the sovereign states o f Papua New Guinea and the Re public o f Indonesia, is one o f the most arbitrary and yet sym bolically powerful o f international boundaries. With the ex ception o f a short detour along the Fly River, the boundary fol lows the 141st meridian east, running from north to south across the island with little regard for either the social or phys ical landscapes. New Guinea is renowned for its cultural and ecological diversity, but this line enforces distinctions o f an al together greater significance, marking the point o f separation between ‘Asia’ and the Pacific . By CHRIS BALLARD he communities to the west of this line, along with local ad ministrations, missionar ies, and scholars amongst others, orient themselves towards Jakarta, and beyond to South east Asia; while to the east, parallel communities address questions of their national identity in terms of their relations with other Pacific Is land states, and with Australia and New Zealand to the south. Perhaps the most striking evidence of the suc cess of this division between Asian and Pacific identities is the use of two

T ad

Research Project

quite different linguae franca: Bahasa Indonesia in the west, which links its speakers to Malay discourses and lit eratures; and Tok Pism in the east, which is closely related to the pidgins of the Solomon Islands and Vanuatu. The history of this border is one of a slow and uneven process of materi alization. Proclaimed as the eastern limit of their possessions in New Guinea by the Netherlands in 1828, and then effectively acknowledged by counterclaims on eastern New Guinea by Britain and Germany be tween 1884 and 1885, for many years the border existed only on paper: a line of which the initial purpose was not so much to distinguish between

nic background to the Malay people on the coast. Although the Malay sultans considered themselves rulers of the Minangkabau, the hill people often actually felt contempt for their sovereign. Thirdly, the sultan had no alternative source by which to ac quire trade goods (pepper, non-tim ber forest products, and others) to the highland people. The highland people, however, had alternative outlets for their goods within a few days walking distance, namely, via other rivers on the eastern or via the western coast of Sumatra. When the hill people found a ruler too de manding, they could close the river with logs or rattan ropes. These three factors taken together, ecology, social-cultural difference, and trans portation, constituted a frontier be tween coast and interior. The subjugation of the sultanates by the Dutch and later the collapse of the colonial state during the In donesian Revolution implied a transfer of power into different hands, but did not fundamentally alter the balance of power between up and downstream. At most, it could be said that the Dutch, who j settled on the west coast almost a century before they settled on the east coast, improved the overland connections from the highlands to the west in the first half of the nine teenth century. Thereby they tem porarily shifted the balance of power j between the eastern coast and the highlanders in favour of the latter, j In the 1920s, when a road for motori ized vehicles was built to connect the

FRONTIERS

different localities or communities on the ground in New Guinea, as it was to establish a formal bureau cratic structure for exchanges be tween The Hague, London, and Berlin. Thus Sir Garfield Barwick, Australia’s Minister for External Af fairs, observed that Jakarta s acces sion of Netherlands New Guinea in 1962 created for Australia ‘a common land frontier... with a people of Asia . It was not that the boundary had moved, or that the communities on either side of the border had altered substantially in composition, but rather that the border had shifted in its diplomatic axis. It would do so again, in 1975, when Papua New Guinea gained its independence from Australia, and the border came to represent a diplomatic membrane between Port Moresby and Jakarta. For the young Republic of Indone sia, possession of the province of Irian Jaya was a necessary condition for full independence, insofar as its inclusion within the republic com pleted the anti-colonial project of ousting the Dutch from their East Indies empire. Considerations of eth nicity, language, or other bases of identity were entirely secondary to the overwhelming importance of the wholeness of the Republic as the suc cessor state to the Dutch colonial ad ministration. In the aftermath of In donesia’s loss of East Timor in 1999, Irian Jaya (or West Papua as its in habitants prefer to call their land) has again assumed a central role in national and nationalist politics: Soekarno’s daughter, Megawati Soekarnoputri declaring that, 'With out Irian Jaya, Indonesia is not com plete’.

highlands to the eastern coast, the old balance was restored. The Dutch governor on the western coast tried to obstruct the construction of this new road to the east, but to no avail.

Oil and infrastructure The situation changed fundamen tally when mineral oil deposits were found in the swampy coastal plain, and an American oil company, Caltex, constructed a road and pipeline to connect the oilfields with a suit able deep-sea tanker terminal on the eastern coast. This road, located in the mainland of the Riau province, was completed in 1956 and has been upgraded, and many side roads have been added since. It happens to be, and this is merely a coincidence, that the shortest distance between the oilfields and the tanker terminal crosses the main rivers at right an gles. Thus the spatial orientation of the whole region has made a 90-degree turn: from the rivers (flowing from west to east) to the new road (running from south to north). No longer is the spatial orientation one dimensional, along a line, but two dimensional, in a plane. The new road, or today rather the network of roads, has made an im pact which goes much deeper than a spatial reorientation. It has opened up the previously inaccessible swampland to various entrepre neurs, who have entered the region in successive waves. Their order of appearance has roughly been, log ging companies, plantations, spon taneous settlers, and finally small

industries. The old frontier between coast and interior has now been shattered into three different fron tiers. A new ecological frontier is gradually moving over the land, fol lowing the new roads. The original lowland tropical rainforest is giving way to estate and smallholder gar dens planted with rubber trees and oil palms. Whenever replanting with commercial trees has been post poned, the environment has quickly deteriorated to acidic, scrubby grass land. A closer look reveals more fron tiers, like the frontier of oil palms encroaching upon former rubber gardens, or industrial enterprises be ginning to replace agricultural land. With the influx of many immigrants there is no longer a clear borderline separating Malays and Minangkabaus. The new social frontier runs between companies (Caltex and the estates) on the one hand and settlers on the other. Finally, various actors try to open or close new connections. Caltex continues to open new roads. Estates, afraid of local people who poach on the estate crops or even squat on estate land, close many roads with a barrier, or by digging up the surface layer. Not to be out done, now and then local people block company roads and entrance gate to force concessions from these companies. ■

Dr Freek Colombijn is an anthropologist and research fellow at the HAS. E-mail: colombijn@let.leidenuniv.nl

K rV* ■

A Papuan O PM /ighter standing with his bow drawn on a border marker.

ty. Armed resistance to Indonesian Benedict Anderson has argued that rule by indigenous Papuans in Irian Irian Jaya plays a critical role in the Jaya has seen waves of refugees cross Indonesian ‘logo map’, an emblemat the border, particularly in the after ic outline of the archipelago which exceeds the traditional function of math of two widespread uprisings in 1977 and 1984. Guerillas of the Orthe map as guide, coming to stand as ganisasi Papua Merdeka (OPM), or a sign of national identity in its own Free Papua Movement, continue to right. Here Irian Jaya and Aceh serve launch raids from bases within to anchor the eastern and western ex Papua New Guinea, generating a tremities of the logo map, graphic heightened politics of the border analogues of the verbal dictum that frequently embroils not just In ‘From Sabang [in Aceh] to Merauke donesia and Papua New Guinea, but [in Irian Jaya]’. Soekarno famously also their common neighbour to the claimed that a child looking at an south, Australia. The symbolic atlas could hardly fail to recognize power of this arbitrary line through that the Indonesian archipelago pos the jungle is finally being matched sessed a visual integrity. However, by material consequences; yet if the the apparent ‘naturalness’ of this border, slowly, has come to assume a logo-map is belied by its termination more tangible and often deadly along with the border with Papua form, its significance and validity New Guinea, which is either repre have also begun to be tested by the sented in a grey tone, as a ghostly people who inhabit its margins. ■ twin to the reality of the Indonesian province, or omitted altogether, dis appearing off the map’s edge. Since 1962 the border has increas ingly assumed a more concrete sig nificance on the ground, both liter ally through the installation of ce ment boundary markers, and in terms of its effects on the popula tions on either side of the line. Con trasts in economic and educational opportunity, and in the rule of law and the rights of citizens, have recre ated the border as a margin which Papuan people on either side have sought to play to their advantage, whether by fleeing repression or by seeking benefits not available in their own country. Papuan national ists or separatists now insist that other considerations - ethnic, lin Dr Chris Ballard is a fellow at the Division guistic, and even racial differences o f Pacific and Asian History at the Research mark them out as distinct from School o f Pacific and Asian Studies, Australian other Indonesians, and that an inde National University, Canberra, Australia. pendent West New Guinea would as E-mail: chris.ballard@anu.edu.au sume a Melanesian or Pacific identi February 2001 •

i i as n e w s l e t t e r

W24 •

ASI AN

FRONTI ERS

Frontiers of Death iban expansion and inter-ethnic relations in West Borneo Oral histories often portray the rapid Iban expansion in north western Borneo during the last centuries as a valiant struggle against powerful enem ies. Western writers have taken up this ‘aggressive’ them e as well, spurred on by colonial accounts o f ‘rebellious’ Iban, and European attem pts to pacify them . Yet relations between the Iban and neighbouring ethnic groups were complex, varying between close co-operation and dow n right hostility. To deal w ith such contradictory relations, a unique in stitu tion developed on these ethnic borderlands. It was called ‘pintu bunoh’, the door o f killing, or ‘pintu kayau’, the door o f raiding. ■ By REED L. WADLEY

s the Iban expand ed out of their homeland in the Batang Lupar river basin o f Sarawak (now part of East Malaysia), they en croached on land occupied by other (often closely related) groups. Within Sarawak, for example, the Iban mi grated into the Rejang river system in search of both new farmland and valuable forest products for trade, coming into conflict with the Kanowit and Kayan while themselves allying with Beketan foragers. Iban move ment into what would become West Kalimantan also saw a mixture of conflict and co-operation. Some

Research Project

groups (like the Belaban Bukit, Memayan, and Mandai) fled to other areas, while others like the Kantu’ and the Embaloh remained and accom modated the newcomers (see: King 1 9 7 6 ).

The meaning of pintu bunoh or pintu kayau differs depending on whom you ask - whether the person’s ancestors lived along an inter-ethnic frontier or away from it in the ‘tribal core’. For those who lived away from the fron tier, pintu kayau best describes the practice. Here, a war leader or tau’ serang (men who had the proper dreams to lead large war forces) would station his memok sabong (lieutenants, literally fighting cocks) in longhouses along the frontier, to guard against outside raiders. Within the tribal core,

pintu kayau was a threshold to be de fended against enemies. For those actually living on the frontier, the situation was much dif ferent. As you can imagine, a good deal of stress and worry would result from living next to hostile people who might rather cut off your head than say ‘hello’. This was solved with the pintu bunob, which in this context be came a pact between frontier dwellers of otherwise hostile tribes. This pact was often made sacred and binding through a blood ceremony (bekempit darah) in which frontier leaders of each group adopted the other as brothers. As a result, these men were obligated to tell each other about raids by their own group against the other. They also refrained from raid ing against each other, even into the tribal core. The frontier longhouses became neutral locations where the wounded of the enemy group could be treated. Two examples show these charac teristics quite clearly: A Dutch report in t878 described an Iban man named Alau who lived in the borderland be tween the Iban and the Kantu’. He was one who ‘never meddles in these troubles, but warns both sides of ap-

Victims o f an old fro n tie r Iban head trophies acquired in inter-ethnic raids during the late 19th century.

proaching danger.’ Indeed, when a Dutch patrol arrived to stop a large at tack on the Kantu’ by the Iban, Alau had just returned from passing infor mation to the Kantu’ (Mailrapport 1878). Little else is known about Alau, but he surely lived on a pintu bunoh. The other example is that of Jinak, an Iban manoksabong who lived on the frontier adjoining the Embaloh pop ulation on the Leboyan River. His de scendants today say he was the first Iban to settle next to the Embaloh, and the first to make peace with them. The blood pact he made bound him to refrain from hostile acts against the Embaloh and to provide them with information on Iban threats. If he or his Embaloh partners broke the oath, it is said, they and their descendants would be killed supernaturally. This oath was sorely

INTERVI EW W I T H THE GUEST EDITORS

FREEK COLOMBIJN & REED WADLEY here is at least one essential contrast in their approach to frontier cultures. In trigued with ‘frontiers that move’, Freek Colombijn emphasizes the conflict and tensions that arise between groups living along rather flexible border lines. Those Reed Wadley concerns himself with are more stable in na ture, and he prefers to stress the cre ativity that comes out of the mixture of cultures living in borderlands. He considers his identity as a descen dant of Dutch, Cherokee, English, and Northern Irish ancestors on the American frontier, and his own ex periences living for a period in a bor der region between the U.S. and Canada to have some influence on his research. Freek was born in the Netherlands, a densely populated country with a strong historical relationship with Indonesia, and grew up in Haarlem, North Holland. From a young age he was fascinated with countries and peoples deemed exotic, and his first attraction to anthropology, historical studies, and Indonesia, in particular, was sparked after reading the book Max Havelaar by Multatuli, followed by Clifford Geertz’s writings on agri cultural issues in Indonesia. This spe cific interest was reflected in his first undergraduate fieldwork activities, which were performed in Indonesia. 1 4 ■ has

newsletter

f! \

1 " /I

Reed Wadley and Freek Colombijn Reed found his way to anthropo logical studies of Indonesia, specifi cally the Iban people in West Kali mantan, via quite another route. American bom, he grew up moving around a lot throughout rural areas of the western part of the United States. His parents were Peace Corps volunteers whose work eventually took them and their family to Malaysia for two years. Since then, his fascination with Southeast Asia re mained but was not pursued academ ically until he began his PhD He earned his MA at Arizona State Uni versity in 1988, for which he wrote his thesis on ‘Headmanship and Repro ductive Success among the Havasupai Indians of Northwestern Arizona’. His first fieldwork activities in In donesia were conducted between February 1992 and June 1994, during which time he lived among and stud

N824 • February 2001

ied Iban communities of West Kali mantan, which produced a disserta tion entitled Circular Labour M igration and Subsistance Agriculture: A case o f the Iban in West Kalimantan, Indonesia. Presently he is a researcher at the HAS working with colonial documents in archives both in The Hague and Jakarta with the intention of writing environmental and ethnohistories of the area where the Iban live. When asked what relationship they have with the peoples they study, both Freek and Reed made reference to how their research activities and results affect their ongoing contact with their respective groups. Freek pointed out that one of the good things about fieldwork today is that its quite easy for him to maintain contact with Indonesia by e-mail, so he can maintain a dialogue and get information from people after his re

turn to the Netherlands. Not many foreign anthropologists have studied in Riau, on Sumatra, and Freek al ways shares the results of his research with his informants. He finds that their reactions, at times, are very crit ical because they like the debate and that he doesn’t always concur with their own political activities. Through all of this, there is a mutual respect for each other. Reed hopes to bridge communication of his results with the Iban he has studied over the years by one day having his disserta tion and other works translated into Indonesian. In the meantime, he has already noticed one effect his research has had on the Iban; namely, through his access to documentation he is able to tell them stories about their own past. He’s noticed that the Iban have started to incorporate his findings into their own stories. It is important to them, he says, that they maintain contact with their past, as many Iban of the younger generations are losing touch with their own language and history because they are schooled outside the area. Through their work as guest edi tors of this issue’s theme section, Freek and Reed wanted to bring to gether authors from a broad sam pling of regional and disciplinary backgrounds who could offer differ ent perspectives on borderlands. ■

tested in 1882 when a huge Iban force of some 2,000 men attacked the Leboy an settlements, and burned three longhouses. The Embaloh sued for peace and ransomed their safety by giving the Iban six large and highly valuable ceramic jars. By all accounts, Jinak (and other frontier Iban) stayed out of the way, even though Jinak’s cousin, Ngumbang, was the tau’ serang of the force. (Jinak’s son took part, apparently not feeling bound by his father’s promises). Today these inter-ethnic frontiers persist, although without the threat of war hanging overhead. Given the numerical dominance of the Iban, both the Kantu’ and the Embaloh have made more accommodations to the Iban than the other way around. For example, the Kantu’ may have ad justed their customary law to that of the Iban so as not to lose out in land disputes (Dove 1985). And most Em baloh speak Iban very well, while only those Iban who have spent much time with the Embaloh (such as in board ing school) can speak Embaloh. (The Iban and Kantu’ languages are so closely related as to be dialects of the other, but Iban and Embaloh lan guages are not.) What is more, Kantu’ and Iban, and Embaloh and Iban, con tinue to interact and socialize at ritu als, on markets, and on other occa sions. On the latter frontier, there are two entirely mixed Iban-Embaloh communities, and elsewhere a good many Iban and Embaloh continue to marry into each other’s families. The power of Jinak’s blood oath has en dured also. Today it is interpreted to prevent conflict over land between two otherwise antagonistic Iban and Embaloh communities. ■

References Dove, M. R., ‘The “K antu” system of land tenure: The evolution o f tribal land rights in Borneo’, in G. N. Appell (ed.J, Modernization and the Emergence of a Landless Peasantry, Studies in Third World Societies No. 33., Williamsburg: College o f William and Mary (1985), pp. 159-182. King, V. T., ‘Some Aspects oflbanMaloh Contact in West Kalim antan’, Indonesia 21 (1976), pp. 85-114. Mailrapport, Algemeen Rijksarchief, Den Haag, M inisterie van Koloniën (1878), No. 219.

Dr Reed L Wadley is an anthropologist and research fellow at the HAS.

-(TC)

E-mail: rwadley@rullet.leidenuniv.nl

REGIONAL

NE WS AFGHANISTAN

Central Asia

KYRGYZSTAN

TAJIKISTAN

• KAZAKHSTAN • MONGOLIA

• TI BET

TURKMENISTAN

• UZBEKISTAN

XINJIANG-UYGUR

puter printout. There are numerous tained in the literature (cf. M.V. typing errors, missing references Mousalve et al., Proc. Roy. Soc. Lon and more suchlike mistakes, but it | don, B, 266/1434,1999; Y.B. Starikovskaya et al., Am. J. Hum. Genet 63.5 seems that this occasional sloppiness never affects primary data. The poor (1998); T. Schurr, American Scientist, layout is more painful with the fifty(May-June 2000)). What is becoming three useful hand-drawn maps (pp. increasingly clear is, it seems, an old 252-304), some of which plot the geo truism: while geographical distance graphical distribution of the lan of populations tends to correlate guages over time (nos. 1-8), others j with genetic proximity, there is no showing the clustering of the crucial clear-cut relationship between ge typological feature bundles (nos. 9netic distribution and linguistic af 53). Finally, the three-page general filiation. This caveat also applies to index should have been supplement another much quoted coincidence ed by an index verborum, including between genetic arguments for an protoforms. early colonization of the Americas On balance, this brave, but pru- ! In 1961, Morris Swadesh (1907-1967), the linguist, anthropolo guistic families Hashimoto was most and linguist Johanna Nichols as gist and prominent McCarthy era victim best remembered tor concerned with - Sino-Tibetan, Tai- sumption (Language, 66 (i 990)) that dent book deserves to be read by spe his much-debated theory o f dating linguistic divergence by a Kadaic, ‘Altaic1, and Austroasiatic - the diversity of North American In cialists from all sciences dealing cognate count on a word list o f ‘core vocabulary known as since their descendants are morpho dian languages would require a time with the prehistory of Trans-Bering ‘glottochronology’, wrote a paper entitled ‘Linguistic relations logically rather impoverished, and depth of at least 35.000 years bp, and Strait contacts as well as by historical across Bering Strait’ (American Anthropologist, 64). With typical thus offer less surface hold for the must thus long predate the Clovis linguists interested in methodolo swashbuckling briskness, he attempted to show that the by unravelling of remote genealogies. gies of deep comparison. And if all Delineating the characteristics of (before 13.500 bp) and even the more then well-established Eskimo-Aleut linguistic family strad these theoretical trajectories of re recently recognized Chilean Monte dling the Arctic gateway to the New World was genealogically the envisaged hyperborean mesh Verde (before 14.500 bp) archaeologi mote relationships strike the reader related to the Chukchi-Koryak-Kamchadal language family ot naturally implies consideration of cal horizons. As Daniel Nettle has as too elusive to be easily palatable, I Siberia, also known as ‘Luoravetlan’, a term derived from the many unrelated language families or shown (Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA, 96 recommend reading the book meshes, both to the south of US against the canvas of Fred Mayer’s Chukchi autonym meaning ‘real human being . (1999)), Nichols’ linguistic argument (Tungusic, Nivx, Yeniseian, Mon wonderful photographs of the ‘for is flawed, since it assumes that lan golië, Turkic, Koreanic, Japonic) and and the Sayan region some 8000 years gotten peoples’, with whom Fortes guage stock diversity accrues diin the New World (Eyak-AthabaskanBy W O L F G A N G BEHR BP. The speakers of the proto-lan cue is dealing as a sober linguist Tlingit ± Haida, i.e. Sapir’s ‘Na-Dene’, achronically at a constant rate, while guages are thought to have migrated should (Ver^essene Völker im wilden lready in 1924, Ed empirical models and simulations Salishan, Wakashan, Chimakuan, i.e. from this forested interaction zone to Osten: Sibinen, Zürich: Scalo (1993))ward Sapir (1884would predict that, if anything, the Frachtenberg’s ‘Mosan’). Fortescue Peoples, whose quickly obsolescing ------- 1 x. A. 1939) had mused their present locations in successive, does an excellent job of comparing contrary was the case. partly overlapping northward move languages are of paramount impor * m I about this imposing reThroughout the book, Fortescue data from many non-US languages ments along the great riverine path tance for a fuller understanding of ■ I j mote connection in a letwith his framework of diagnostic US stresses that, the chronic dischronicways of Siberia during the late Eurasian prehistory and settlement ter to Alfred Kroeber ity and dislocation of genetic and lin typological parameters. He occasion Mesolithic. in the Americas. Peoples, it must be (1876-1960), yet little substantial work guistic affiliations in the Beringian, ally invokes contact-induced remote Wise enough to consider proof of added, whose chances for linguistic had ensued. Even earlier, an intraand, indeed, the entire Pacific rim convergence beyond. US as an ex the US hypothesis by exclusive re and ethnic survival over the next Siberian long distance link between area, reflects the common occurence planatory device, thus necessitating course to the comparative method decades are deplorably poor. ■ Chukotko-Kamchatkan and Uralic of wholesale language shift, sus mind-boggling time frames. Yet he impossible, Fortescue combines (sometimes including Altaic) had tained interaction or admixture, and, is consistently modest enough to straightforward historical recon been proposed by Martin Frobisher LANGUAGE stress the hypothetical character of indeed, many instances of language structions of each family with diag (ca. 1535-1594), the Elizabethan ex extinction. Much of this was condi such speculations. The book may nostic bundles of typological features. RELATIONS plorer of the Northwest Passage, tioned by the subsistence patterns of therefore be regarded as a well-bal This generates complex linguistic which was resuscitated by the emi small-scale hunter-gatherer popula ACROSS anced plea for the further integra nent Danish linguist Rasmus Rask profiles, which may indicate diver tions moving back and forth over a tion of linguistic typology into the BERING (1787-1832), and further developed by gence from a common ancestor, or in vast territory. The varying climatic study of historical linguistics, and, VQ * * less favourable situations, of pro such illustrous scholars as Christiaan conditions, generating sharply limit with its inclusion of archaeological STRAIT longed contact. The US ancestor, C. Uhlenbeck (1866-1951), Aurélien ed intervals for passages to the New data, as an enlivening interdiscipli REAPPRAISING THE crystallizing through lexical corre Sauvageot (1897-1988), Roman O. World, as well as temporary cul-deARCHAEOLOGICAL AND nary approach to ‘long-range lin LINGUISTIC EVIDENCE spondences detailed in several hun Jakobson (1896-1982), Karl E. Bouda sac refuges on the American side of guistics beyond the prevailing in dred cognate sets, is thus not con (1901-1982), Demitri B. Shimkin (1916the bottleneck, constitute unique di ceived of as a proto-language sensu ternecine atmosphere. 1994), and Knut Bergsland (1914-1998), achronic slots and spatial points of Fortescue’s decision not to place in various impressionistic papers dur stricto, but as a ‘mesh’ - a cover term reference. They are precious parame too much emphasis on mitochondri for anything ranging from Sprach*V y* ; ing the 1940s and 1950s. ters for the modelling of the interac al DNA studies, without assuming a bunds, to mixed languages to ‘con Slightly altering Swadesh’s title, tion between population and lan totally defeatist position on prehis ventional’ proto-languages. The Fortescue sets out on a full-fledged guage movements in prehistory, to toric population genetics, seems mesh concept, obviously again in MICHAEL FO RTES CU E study of the linguistic typology and be tested in other linguistic areas. fully warranted in retrospect. The spired by Swadesh’s use of the term prehistory of the languages cluster Fortescue convincingly shows that widely popularized correlation be (‘The mesh principle in comparative ing around the Beringian bottleneck. the patterning of shared, but global tween Greenberg’s tripartite linguis linguistics’, Anthrop. Linguistics, 1.2 M ichael Fortescue, Language Relations Once again contributing to, and ly aberrant linguistic properties on tic (from Amerind to Na-Dene to Es(1959); not quoted) has to be sharply across Bering Strait. Reappraising the making excellent use of the tremen both sides of the Bering Strait bottle kaleut) New World entry theory with distinguished from megalocomparaArchaeological and Linguistic Evidence dous recent progress in the linguistic neck, is suggestive of some four or haplotype group distributions dur tivism in the vein of Ruhlen and his (Open L inguistic Series), L ondon a n d reconstruction of all language fami five separate entries into the New ing the early and mid-1990s always followers. Pushing the comparative N ew York: Cassell (1998), x + 307 pp., lies involved, Fortescue also draws World. There the ‘funneling turbu seemed simply too good to be true. It method as far as it goes, combining it ISBN 0-304-70330-3. upon the rapidly accumulating body lence’ caused the periodically avail has meanwhile given way to a bewil with non-trivial clusters of typologi of archaeological and genetic evi able narrow land bridge, would have dering variety of competing analyses cal properties, and integrating the dence to develop integrated scenarios resulted in linguistic mingling in based on much increased sample results into a geographical frame of the ‘Greater Beringian’ past. The the ‘residual zone’ around the intake sizes, and extending to nuclear DNA work, brings to mind the work of the book’s central thesis is that Eskimoside, and in the accelerated fanning and Y-chromosome polymorphisms. late Mantarö J. Hashimoto (1932Aleut, Uralic, Yukagiric, and, with out of unusual traits into the vast During the last five years almost 1987) on ‘typo-geography’ and ‘lan Dr Wolfgang Behr is certain reservations, Chukotko-Kam‘spread-zone’ of the Americas on the every conceivable settlement sce guage diffusion on the Asian conti Reader in Chinese History and chatkan (including Itelmen), all de output side. nario from an early single entry to nent’. It is doubtful, however, Philosophy at Ruhr-University, rive from a common Uralo-Siberian If there is any drawback to this ex complex back- and forward move whether Fortescue’s morphosyntacBochum, Germany. (US) ancestor, believed to have been citing book, it is the unpleasant ty ments correlating with up to ten dis tically oriented approach would be E-mail: Wolfgang.Behr@ruhr-uni-bochum.de spread out over a more southerly pography of its hastily edited com tinctive haplogroups has been enter equally well applicable to the lin Siberian habitat between lake Baykal

Language Relations across Bering Strait

Reappraising the archaeological and linguistic evidence

February zoo 1 • IIAS NEWSLETTER N?24 • 1 5

CENTRAL

Himalayan Trade from Outside In Wim van Spengcn’s th ou gh tfu lly researched and carefullywritten m onograph is a useful addition to the grow ing corpus o f literature on the Tibeto-Burm an peoples o f the Himalaya and their econom ies. In ‘Tibetan Border Worlds’, the author’s stated objective is to ‘lay bare the geostructural characteristics o f a particular regional history’ (p.52), in this case that o f the Nyishangba, an ethnically Tibetan trading com m unity whose hom eland is the M anang district o f west-central Nepal. By MARK TURIN

n the first chapter, Van Spengen takes the reader on an intellecA tual journey through the ( M l various theories which engaged him prior to fieldwork, including his self-con fessed ‘flirtation with world-system theory’ (p. 3]. The author succinctly elucidates the strengths and weak nesses of a sometimes bewildering range of intellectual viewpoints (with a particular focus on Braudel and the Annales school) and concludes that ‘we should avoid a situation in which theory becomes the weapon of argu ment’ (p. 8). He also appears to sug gest that geographers would do well to read a little anthropology and his tory: ‘geography as a discipline has much to gain by a regional point of view in which the historical experi ence of human groups is thoroughly embedded’ (p. 8) and even that they might ‘think’ more ethnographically when conducting their fieldwork, thereby restoring ‘synthetic descrip tion to its proper place in regional ge ography’ (p. 14). With this theoretical backdrop, then, chapter two sets the historical and political scene. This section will be of greatest interest to readers unfa miliar with the details of the emer gence of the Tibetan state and the often-changing alliances between rulers in the region, even though at points it reads rather like an annotat ed bibliography (cf pp. 29-30). Follow ing Macdonald, Van Spengen comes to the pertinent conclusion that in defiance of Chinese and Indian at tempts to claim the area as their own, the ‘Himalayan region has functioned in the past not merely as a barrier but as a geographical region in its own right’ (p.50). The author’s emphasis is welcome: Himalayan ethnic groups and their cultures are indeed viable cultural entities in their own right. The following chapter deals with the regionality of Tibet. The author contends it ‘never developed beyond a cell-like structure, dominated by a hi erarchy of greater and lesser monas teries’, at least in a ‘regional-organiza tional sense’ (p. 70). Van Spengen’s ar gument is clear and convincing: he suggests that monasteries formed a ‘substitute for urban life’ and makes an insightful distinction between re gional exchange and long-distance trade. Whereas the former had been linked to lesser monasteries, the latter had been concentrated in newer

Publication

towns and large fairs. State formation, particularly in the nineteenth centu ry, influenced trade flows and even re shaped the ‘frontier’ character of Tibet, which was being replaced by ‘contending imperialist spheres of in terest, ultimately leading to a Chi nese-dictated Indo-Tibetan boundary in the Himalayan region’ (p. 98). Entitled ‘The Geohistory of Tibetan Trade’, chapter four offers a detailed account of barter and trade in tea, wool and luxury goods. Van Spengen demonstrates his wide reading and careful research by presenting fasci nating examples and first-hand ac counts of traders in the region. The contrast between the trade in tea, ‘an inward-looking affair’, with that of wool, ‘an outwardly directed phe nomenon’ (p. no), is an important one. The facts speak for themselves: by 1944, wool made up 90 per cent of Tibet’s annual export some of it even reaching America (p. 118). The involvement of organized reli gion with trade is also referred to in this chapter, but Van Spengen is care ful not to jum p to conclusions: ‘It is quite likely, though not proven be yond any doubt, that the rise of the Gelukpa order in Central Tibet, and its consolidation into a kind of ecclesi astical state in the seventeenth centu ry, was at least partly related to the wealth generated by long-distance trade’ (p. 235). During this chapter, the emphasis has shifted from a dis cussion of traditional barter and ex change to an examination of the net works of long-distance trade. The scene is now set for the introduction of the protagonists: the Nyishangba of Manang. In the style of a more traditional ethnographic account, chapter five lo cates the Nyishangba in their histori cal, geographical, and cultural set ting. According to Van Spengen’s analysis, trade became the ‘singlemost important determinant of vil lage life’ among the Nyishangba, al most an obsession which he sees as precipitating ‘an overall decay’ in more traditional life (p. 162). A feature particular to the Nyishangba, and therefore worthy of focus, is their ‘southward-bound trading network’ (p. 172) which existed on a far larger scale and much earlier than among other Tibeto-Burman ethnic groups, with the possible exception of the urban Newar. The remaining chapters demon strate how and to which extent the Nyishangba integrated themselves into wider trading networks in gener

1 6 • i i a s n e w s l e t t e r TsB24 • F e b ru a ry zooi

ASI A

al, and into the Southeast Asian capi talist economy in particular. Only after individuals and small groups re turned to Manang with money in their pockets and stories of trading possibilities beyond the border did larger groups set out to ‘emerging centres of urban colonial activity’ (p. 175) such as Calcutta, which by the 1920s had already become the single most-important site for Nyishangba traders. Transport technology also played a central role: what trains have done to facilitate intra-continental travel around 1900, planes achieved half a century later. In the 1950s, the trading horizon for many Nyishang ba included previously unimaginable destinations such as Bangkok and Singapore. Van Spengen describes this period as one o f ‘incipient...capitalist activity in the fullest sense of the word’ (p. 203). The Nyishangba posi tion was further enhanced in the 1960s, when they benefited from gov ernment trade policies, thus profiting from the well-established networks, relationships and commercial infra structures they had built throughout South and Southeast Asia. Van Spen gen’s account of the Nyishangba trad ing prowess extends to the late 1970s, by which time the most adventurous of the traders were making the most of the possibilities afforded by the growth of Hong Kong. Although painstakingly researched and very well written, Tibetan Border Worlds is not free of problems. The most important issue is one of struc ture: the author has in fact written

two equally interesting books, one on trade (the first 144 pages) and one on traders (the last 90 pages). Only in the very final pages of his study does he bring his theory and the wider con text of Tibetan history together with the ethnography of the Nyishangba as a case-specific trading community.lt does seem that Van Spengen has consciously opted to keep them apart until the end, a feature which may frustrate some readers. Adventurestory one-liners such as: ‘this study is the outcome of a journey through lands but dimly known and books long shelved for posterity’(viii) and those about Tibet: ‘on these high tablelands roam a few hardy nomads’ (p. 18) may rankle with some Tibetologists, whereas the poor reproduc tions of the maps (p. 43 and 63) are a little off-putting in a geography book. Whilst the work is analytically writ ten, it contains occasional lapses into generalizing soundbites and some times slightly obfuscating terminolo

can but hope that the author will find a way to return to the hills of Man ang, to the carpet factories of Kath mandu and to the computer fairs of Southeast Asia and provide us with an insightful update into the lives of these unstoppable traders. ■

Reference Spengen, W im van, Tibetan Border

Worlds: A Geohutorica! A nalysis o f Trade and Traders, London: Kegan Paul In tern a tio n a l (2000), 307 pp., ISBN 0-7103-0592-3

gyThe ethnographic component in Tibetan Border Worlds is based largely on a three-month fieldwork trip in 1981. The standard structure of such a book is such that history stops when ethnography takes over, so here the ethnography is in need of an update. Nineteen years is a very long time for a community of dynamic and fastmoving traders, and Nyishangba en trepreneurs are at present engaged in such diverse trades as pashmina ex port, Internet start-ups, hotel man agement, and money laundering. We

M ark Turin is a mem ber o f the Himalayan Languages Project at Leiden University

PPj

and is completing his doctoral

research on the Thangmi language. E-mail: markturin@ compuserve.com

Eurasian Studies in Russia The Center for Eurasian Studies ‘Ra’ (CES) is a research u n it re sid ing under the Faculty o f History and International Rela tions. The ‘Center’, m aintained by resources o f the Depart m ent o f Regional Studies and International Relations, Vol gograd State University, is the sole educational u n it in south western Russia specializing in Eurasian (post-Soviet) regional studies. The departm ent has an extensive network o f research contacts in Russia, the new independent states (including Kazakhstan, Kirgyzstan, Tajikistan, Ukraine), and other coun tries (Iran, Norway, Switzerland, and the USA). By SERGEY GOLUNOV

he ‘Center’ is locat ed in the Volgograd region, which is part of the South Volga area (the ancient name of the river Volga is the Ra) and is, from a strategic point of view, uniquely situated at the crossroads of very important communication routes that connect Central Asia, the Caucasus, Ukraine, and the Caspian and Black Seas. It is itself a zone of in tensive contacts between different re ligions (Orthodox, Muslim, and Bud dhist civilizations), and different na tional groups (Russians, including Don Cossacks, Tatars, Kalmykhs, Chechens, Azeris, Armenians, and peoples of Daghestan). Similarly, a good part of the Russian-Kazakh bor der, which is the sole example of a ‘transparent’ border between Euro pean and Asian, Christian, and Mus lim civilizations, is situated in this re gion. At present, the above-mentioned contacts are brimming with prospects (including for international and in

terregional co-operation), but equally contain certain aspects that can create serious problems for regional, nation al, and even international security. To name but a few of these: illegal migra tion, contraband drugs and arms, and exacerbation of ethnic tensions. Thus, the Center’s research inter ests apply to different aspects of polit ical, economic, cultural, and other forms of interaction between subjects and structures (e.g. regional and state authorities; economic, educational, and other organizations; national groups; and individuals) with differ ent backgrounds in regard to civiliza tion, ethnicity, and culture. Special attention will be paid to conse quences of this interaction for region al security and co-operation. This does not mean that the geographical limits of the Center s research inter ests are restricted to the South Volga area. On the contrary, the CES espe cially encourages interdisciplinary studies that use empirical material about the area for comparative and theoretical studies. The Center's researchers have ex tensive experience organizing ethno

graphic expeditions (M. Ryblova), and ecology monitoring programmes (A. Porokh). At the moment, CES research fellows are involved in three projects supported by grants. These projects are: the ‘Religious organizations in the South Volga region in the twenti eth century’ (O. Red’kina, S. Golunov), ‘Ethno-cultural features of the popu lation of Volgograd region', and ‘Russia-Kazakhstan borderland: conflict and co-operation’ (S.Golunov). ■

THE CENTER FOR EURASIAN STUDIES 'RA' Executive Director: Prof. Alexander I. Kubyshkin, The Department of Regional Studies and International Relations,Volgograd State University, 30,2-ya Prodolnaya Str,Volgograd. 400062, Russia. Tel: +7-8442-43-2025 Fax: +7-8442-43-3786

Professor Sergey V. Golunov is Deputy Director o f the Center for Eurasian Studies ‘Ra’, Volgograd, Russia. His research interests include the socio-political processes in Muslim countries o f the CIS, the international relations o f CIS countries, and new borders between post-Soviet states. E-mail: sgolunov@mail.ru

CENTRAL CAMBRIDGE,

UNITED

STATES

New Tibetan Studies Research Center On 20 September 2000 the formation o f the ‘Tibetan Buddhist Resource Center, inc.’ (TBRC), a non-profit, educational ser vice organization, was formally announced. The TBRC is a non-sectarian and non-political entity that is located in Cam bridge, Massachusetts. comprehensive bibliographic support and document delivery system for Ti betan material on the Internet. Any li f I he Center’s primabrary or individual, worldwide, will ! ry mission is to exhave access to texts in much the same tend and enhance way as had they been at the Library of access to the Tibetan liter Congress or another great research li ary heritage so as to ad vance scholarship in Ti brary. In fact, this system will offer an even greater accessibility, as the user betan studies. With this major cultur will not have to look through so many al materials initiative, the Center volumes of a collection to find a single seeks to serve scholars ofTibet and Ti text, because the TBRC bibliographic betan Buddhism, independent re reference will be provided to a much searchers, lineage holders, practition deeper level of granularity. ers, and translators. The Center’s ac The Center has begun to prepare tivities in acquiring Tibetan publica scans of Tibetan texts as requested tions from India, China, Nepal, and for scholarship, translation, or prac Bhutan have already made it one of tice. Ultimately, Tibetan books will the most comprehensive and diverse be made widely available as down libraries ofTibetan texts in the world. loads from our web site, or on com In fulfilling its mission to preserve pact disk. Our first CD sampler con and broaden the availability of Ti taining twenty-seven bibliographic betan texts, the TBRC is developing a By E. GENE SMI TH

volumes - representing almost 7,500 folios of traditional Tibetan text - is available by e-mail on request (see address noted below). Preservation scanning will begin shortly, as many of the Tibetan books published in India from 1961 - 1971 are already rapidly disintegrating. The prototype database with pilot search interface that is currently mounted on the TBRC web site will eventually serve as an on-line public access catalogue to the TBRC collec tion. Scholars should note that errors in data input have not been corrected for the prototype version. Some Tibetologists will have seen this data base in its previous ‘askSAM’ manifes tation or as the ‘TibStud pro grammed version of the Tibetan stud ies database, at the Trace Foundation, New York. To date, the test data is still limited largely to the teachers and works of the Gelukpa tradition. While the prototype does not yet display the reference sources from which the in formation is drawn, it may suffice to give some steering to colleagues. Eventually, there will be a link to the Library of Congress bibliographic record through the call and card numbers and MARC cataloguing. A controlled subject thesaurus with ta bles of terms in Sanskrit, Tibetan, English, and occasionally Chinese will be installed. Other features planned for the system include: geo graphic coordinates of the monaster ies and hermitage sites in which teachers were previously active, links from commentaries to the original texts, primary sources for all the data base information, Unicode compliant Indie diacritics, and special facilities for Tibetan script in the database.

Circle ofTibetan and Himalayan Studies During the past two decades, interest in the Tibetan and Hi malayan civilizations has grown from a fringe phenomenon, led by a relatively small group o f scholars and aficionados, to a major component in Asian Studies departments at universities worldwide. This has manifested itself in swelling numbers of students, a large volume o f academic publications covering a broad range o f facets o f the cultures ofTibet, Nepal, Bhutan, Ladakh, and Central Asia, a substantial public interest in exhi bitions ofTibetan and Himalayan arts, as well as in an increas ingly sophisticated level o f discourse in the media. By ULRI CH PAGEL

he School of Ori ental and African Studies (SOAS) an nounces the launch of the Circle of Tibetan and Himalayan Studies. In essence, the Circle is a collaborative initiative aimed at promoting, co-or dinating, and publicizing the study of Tibetan and Himalayan culture in London. For a variety of historical, political, and cultural reasons, Lon don has long enjoyed a prominent place in Tibetan and Himalayan Studies. Apart from the scholarly focus provided by the SOAS, London

ASI A

is also the home of a number of im portant national collections of Ti betan arts, crafts, and literature. The British Library, for example, is the largest repository of Tibetan manu scripts and blockprints in the West. The British Museum contains many paintings, sculptures, and artefacts of great rarity and cultural impor tance. Furthermore, London stands at the centre of a burgeoning trade in Tibetan and Himalayan antiquities. Its galleries routinely exhibit some of the finest specimens of the region s art and attract many hundreds of vis itors each year. In addition, London has become the politico-cultural hub for a wide range of non-governmen

The TBRC will be working closely with the Tibetan automation pro jects developing at the University of Virginia. It is our hope that we will have a seamless interface with David Germano’s Samantabhadra and Ti betan encyclopaedia projects. Funding for the Tibetan Buddhist Resource Center and its projects is anticipated to come from humanities foundation grants as well as grants from Buddhist foundations. Support for the formation of the TBRC has been made possible through grants from the Bodhi and the Vajrakilaya Foundations (whose web sites can be found below). In conclusion, the TBRC is commit ted to providing integrated, open sys tem research tools for Tibetan texts using international standards which can be used by individual scholars as well as other libraries worldwide, with the intention of advancing scholarship across all the disciplines and traditions in Tibetan Studies. ■

For more information: - Http://www.tbrc.org: to download Tibetan books (electronic versions) - E-mail: info@tbrc.org: to request Tibetan texts and/or references not found through the research interface, make library appointments, and order copies of the CD sampler. - The Bodhi Foundation: Http://www.bodhi.org - The Vajrakilaya Foundation: Http://www.padmasambhava.org

T I BET OLOGI CAL C O L L E C T I ONS & ARCHI VES SERIES This article on the Tibetan Buddhist Re source Center in Cambridge, Massachu setts, written by Dr E. Gene Smith is the fourth contribution to a series devoted to important projects on cataloguing, ‘com puterization’ (inputting and scanning), edit ing, and translation of important Tibetan language text-collections and archives. In this Tibetological Collections and Archives Series, various colleagues briefly present their initiatives to a larger public, or up- j date the scholarly world on the progress j of their already well-established projects. Some are high-profile projects, of which at | least Tibetologists will generally be aware, j yet some may also be less well known. 1 Nevertheless, I trust that it will be useful to be informed or updated on all these ini- i tiatives and I also hope that the projects presented will profit from the exposure i and the response that this coverage will engender. If you are interested in any of j the projects described, feel free to contact ; the author of the article. In case you j would like to introduce your own ! (planned) work in the field, please contact i the editors of the HAS Newsletter or the ; author of this introduction. We should j very much like to encourage our contribu- 1 tors to keep us informed on the progress of their projects by way of regular up dates. The next contribution in this series will be by the TCAS editor on the Bon Virtual | Library Project (erroneously announced | for this issue in the IATS conference re- ; port of Newsletter 23).

Dr E. G ene Smith, a retired foreign service HENK BLEZER

officer o f the US Library o f Congress and

Research Fellow, HAS

independent researcher on Tibet, is Executive

E-mail: blezer@ rullet.leidenuniv.nl

Director o f the Tibetan Buddhist Research Center. E-mail: gsmith@ tbrc.org

discussion and intellectual debate. tal organizations concerned with the Particular emphasis will be given to preservation of the Tibetan culture education as it seeks to facilitate and and the welfare of its people in India increase student exposure to expertise and Tibet. held at the participating institutions. The aims and objectives of the Cir The intellectual focus of the Circle cle address a wide range of concerns: consists of a series of seminars and first, it serves to co-ordinate events talks hosted by the School of Oriental and lectures pertaining to Tibet and and African Studies. The content of the Himalayas in the greater London these presentations will cover a wide area. In spite of the pronounced in range of topics pertaining to Tibetan terest in Tibetan and Himalayan cul and Himalayan studies, including art, tures, there is no single forum in Lon archaeology, architecture, history, don to promote, co-ordinate, and in language, music, and religion. In tegrate the diverse areas of personal order to ensure adequate breadth and and scholarly engagement with quality, the appointment of speakers Tibet. Announcements of talks and will not be confined to residents of seminars are often circulated to a re the United Kingdom, but include stricted number of participants, exhi scholars from continental Europe and bitions come and go without being the United States. The seminars will brought to the attention of the resi take place at regular intervals and it is dent Tibetological community, li hoped to have at least four speakers aisons between galleries and, both per annum. Finally, the Circle s brief scholarly and curatorial expertise, is is to establish links with other semi rarely co-ordinated in a proper nars and research initiatives. Contacts framework and often depends on per j have already been established with sonal contacts. In order to remedy the Circle of Inner Asian Art (at SOAS) this rather unsatisfactory situation, and the Shalu Project (Paris) as well as there is a strong case for the creation with a number of other projects in of a Tibetological centre - open to all continental Europe and the US. individuals, institutions, and interest The inaugural lecture of the Circle groups concerned with the preserva took place during London’s Asian Art tion and study of the Tibetan cultural | Week on 13 November 2000 in the heritage, having as its task to estab Brunei Gallery of the School of Orien lish an arena for Tibetan studies and tal and African Studies. It was deliv to provide regular lines of communi ered by Prof. David Seyfort Ruegg, cation between its participants. who spoke on research perspectives Once reliable channels of commu in the fields of Tibetan, Himalayan, nication have been established, the and Inner Asian studies. Breathtak Circle will then endeavour to inte ing in scope and in detail, the speech grate the various interests of scholars, delivered by Prof. Ruegg discoursed curators, collectors, and aficionados on the cultural cohesion of the Tiin order to create a lively forum for

beto-Himalayan regions and high lighted several themes that urgently demand scholarly investigation. At tended by well over 200 Tibetologists, collectors, and aficionados ofTibetan culture, the lecture constituted the de facto launch of the Circle s activi ties and laid the foundation for fu ture events as well as for academic and institutional collaboration. In order to enhance its profile and to promote inter-personal commu nication between its members, the Circle will seek to organize, when and if appropriate, public events structured around special exhibi tions hosted by affiliated institu tions, galleries, and supporters. Typi cally, these will be complemented by audiovisual presentations on select ed aspects ofTibetan and Himalayan culture and may include musical or theatrical performances. The bedrock of the Circle’s funding comes from a group of patrons who seek to express their interest in and support for Tibetan and Himalayan studies through an annual subscrip tion fee. Donations will be acknowl edged publicly. General membership is free of charge. Additional funds will be raised from the participating institutions and through grant ap plications submitted to higher edu cation funding bodies. ■ For information or inclusion on the Circle's mailing list contact:

Dr Ulrich Pagel is president o f the Circle ofTibetan and Himalayan Studies at SOAS, London, UK E-mail: ahs@ soas.ac.uk

February 2001 •

has n e w s l e t t e r

>1324 ■ 1 7

CENTRAL

ASIA

OBITUARY:

Hugh Edward Richardson f1905-2000) I he field of Tibetan studies is mourn ing the recent death of Dr Hugh Richardson, probably the greatest liv ing authority on Tibet. He was both a scholar and a link to the days when British Indian diplo mats served in the Tibetan capital, Lhasa. Born in Fife, Scotland, in tgo5, Richardson was the son of a British Army officer and grandson of an In dian Civil Service officer. Educated at Glenalmond School and Keble Col lege, Oxford, where he read classics, Richardson himself joined the Indi an Civil Service in rg28. In 15134, after two years service in a district in what is now Bangladesh, he transferred to the Foreign and Political Depart ment of the Government of India, which was, in effect, India’s diplo matic service. Posted to Baluchistan, he served under Sir Basil Gould, who was soon to be appointed Political Officer for Sikkim, Bhutan, and Tibet. Richardson had already developed an interest in Tibet, learning Ti betan from a servant and crossing the border into Phari in southern Tibet while on leave from the ICS. His chance to serve in that land came when he was appointed to the post of Gyantse Trade Agent - in effect, British Indian representative in Tibet - in July 193A. But greater re sponsibilities were in store for him. Richardson was soon called on to ac company Gould on a mission to the Tibetan capital of Lhasa, and when Gould departed in February 1937, Richardson remained in Lhasa as the first Head of the newly established British Lhasa Mission. He was to spend around eight years in Tibet in total, most of it in Lhasa, before his final departure in September 1950, after the Chinese invasion of Tibet. His last years there were in the ser vice of the newly independent Indi an Government, and he was proba

BOOKS

Publication

bly the last British official to occupy an important Indian diplomatic posting. While Richardson recorded at the time that his position in Lhasa in volved ‘not much work and plenty of time for reading, walking and the occasional swim in the river’, his su periors observed that he was an ex pert at those tasks ‘which are not ex actly work, although they are apt to consume a good deal of energy and patience’ and that ‘he has identified himself more closely with Tibetans and Tibetan affairs, and... gained more insight and respect, than any Englishman [sic] since the time of Charles Bell’ [Political Officer Sikkim 1908-1920]. Richardson was in fact, a proud Scotsman, a good judge ofbag-piping, and a member of the Royal and Ancient Golf Club in St Andrews, where he lived in retirement with his wife Huldah (d.1995]. A modest, but upright and commanding fig

ure, precise in his speech and judge ment, Richardson devoted his life after 1950 to the study of Tibet, and subsequent generations of Tibetan scholars owed much to his expertise. He was always as careful and consid erate in his replies to enthusiastic amateurs as he was to specialists, while preserving the highest acade mic standards of enquiry. Though primarily a ‘gentleman scholar’ of the old school, Richardson was active at a number of universities, includ ing a period as visiting professor at Seattle, where he established a tradi tion - now threatened - of Tibetan Studies. In the 1990s, his scholastic contribution was recognised with the award of an honorary doctorate from St Andrews University. Richardson was also active in the Tibetan political cause. He recalled that, ‘in all practical matters the Ti betans were independent... [but] the British government... sold the Ti betans down the river... I was pro

It was four years ago, in late November or early December, that I was sitting outside on a bamboo mat facing the eastern Hi malayas. Beside me sat Rana Bahadur Thangmi, a respected shaman and village elder, and the father o f my host. I had been staying in his son’s house for a few weeks, orientating myself and beginning to learn the Thangmi language. By M A R K T U R I N

n the late morning sunlight of that day, I decided to try out my first full Thangmi sen tence. Thangmi is a Tibeto-Burman language with a complex verbal agreement sys tem, making it rather difficult for an

Research Project

®J

RECEIVED

Bold, Bat-Ochir

outsider just to pick up. In the time that I had been there, I had collected a wide range of linguistic and ethno graphic data, and was now ready to try some of it out. It was a Saturday so the village children were home rather than at school, and the area around our house was buzzing with activity. Rana Bahadur looked regal and digni fied in a bright red woollen hat as he shared a home-rolled cigarette with his wife. I had decided on my practice sentence: it was to include a subject, an object, two adjectives and, of course, one of those difficult verbs. I looked at him and chose the correct personal pronoun, a respectful form,

NIAS MONOGRAPH SERIES, NO. 83 Richmond, Surrey: Curzon Press (2001), 204pp. ISBN 0-7007-1158-9, ill. Manderscheid, Angela

LEBENS- UN D WIRTSCHAFTSFORMEN VON NOMADEN IM OSTEN DES TIBETISCHEN HOCHLANDES

Berlin: Dietrich Reimer Verlag (1999), 228pp, ISBN 3-496-02697-9, ill., German (also published in English) Rayfield, Donald

THE LITERATURE OF GEORGIA: A HISTORY

2ND REVISED e d it i o n Richmond, Surrey: Curzon Press (2000), 320pp, ISBN 0-7007-1 163-5, ill.

Interested in submitting a review article for one of our Books Received! Please contact the editors at: iiasnews@rullet.leidenuniv.nl

The man I insulted.

has n e w s l e t t e r

Or Alex McKay SOAS, London. UK / HAS. Leiden, the Netherlands

Hugh Richardson at Dekyilingka, Lhasa

14 December 2000

Learning Himalayan Body Parts

OF THE MEDIEVAL HISTORY OF M O N G O L IA

•

- Hjgh Peaks, Pure Earth: Collected Writings on Tibetan History and Culture, a collection of Richard son’s major articles, edited by the late Michael Aris, which includes his 1945 report for the Government of India, Tibetan Precis. - Ceremonies o f the Lhasa Year, London: Serindia (1993]. - A Corpus o f Early Tibetan Inscriptions, London: Royal Asiatic Society (1P85). - A Cultural History o/Tibet, with David Snellgrove, London: Weidenfeld and Nicolson (196^8}. - Tibet and its History, London: OUP (1962], which was published in the USA as A Short History o f Tibet, New York: E.P. Dutton & co (1962). ■

... F R O M T H E F I E L D

M O N G O L IA N N O M A D IC SOCIETY: A RECONSTR UCTION

foundly ashamed of the govern ment.’ Thus he was a prime mover behind the founding of the Tibet So ciety of the UK in 1959, and he main tained close links with the Tibetan exile community. The current Dalai Lama himself described Richardson as, ‘very precious to us’. He is survived by his scholarship. Among the key works left to us, are:

NS24 • February 2001

and then made it into a possessive form. I recalled the adjectives for red and beautiful, the noun for hat and the suitable ending of the verb ‘to be’. In short, I was ready. ‘O respectful father, village elder and shaman of high-standing...’ I proclaimed unnaturally loudly in my ‘I’m speaking to a foreigner voice’, ‘...your red hat is beautiful’. My first sentence was complete. The reaction: silence, total silence. Women’s mouths dropped, hands went up to cover eyes in shame, chil dren stopped pulling the legs off beetles, and men turned to look at me. Rana Bahadur glanced up from where he was drawing a map in the earth with a stick. ‘What did you say, my new grandson?’ My accent was probably difficult to follow. After all, they had never heard a white man speak their language before. More over, he was a little hard of hearing. ‘Your red hat is beautiful’ I said again, but this time with conviction and satisfaction, pronouncing every syllable as clearly as I could. Silence again. Tortured beetles fell to the ground. Rana Bahadur began to shake his head slowly and let out a deep sigh. He was most definitely not amused. ‘Grandson’, he finally said in Nepali so that I would fully under stand, ‘your country is a long way away’. He started most sentences like this, so I was not unduly concerned. ‘And you have made a great effort and sacrificed much to come and live with us’ he said. Nothing untoward so far. ‘And now...’, he continued, ‘you have the nerve to insult me in front of my family and my village...have you no

shame?’. My contentedness at my lin guistic achievement withered as it dawned on me that I hadn’t said quite what I had intended to say. As the giggling started and as children began to whisper to each other and point at me, I desperately looked around for assistance. A young man, about my age, was peering down from the porch of the house in front of which I was sitting. He was shak ing his head with a mixture of dis gust and pity. Making eye contact with him, I gestured incomprehen sion with my hands. In answer, he shook his head as he pointed to his hair and then nodded as he pointed to his groin. My first Thangmi sen tence hadn’t come out as planned. I spent the rest of the afternoon apologizing and attempting to undo what I had said. Thankfully, Rana Bahadur, being a considerate man, forgave my linguistic transgression. To this day though, my Thangmi friends giggle whenever I say ‘hat’ in their language. After a few glasses of the local firewater, however, I can’t remember for the life of me whether tuturi or tupuri means ‘hat’ or...well, you know. ■

Mark Turin is completing a grammar o f the Thangmi language. He is an PhD candidate at the CNWS, Leiden, the Netherlands and a m em ber o f the Himalayan Languages Project. E-mail: markturin@ compuserve.com

REGIONAL

NE WS BANGLADESH

South Asia

• BHUTAN

I N D I A • NEPAL P A K I S T A N • SRI

LANKA

Photographic Prints at the Kern Institute, Leiden

The Bhandars of Sarahan Singh expressed his wish to have tea

In our huge photo collection on the art and archaeology of with the expedition team at their South and Southeast Asia are 157 photos taken by the Indian bungalow. The raja, then at the age photographer Babu Pindi Lai. During his work for the Archae ological Survey, Lai was given the adventurous but difficult of seventy, was carried in a litter by several of his subjects. He ‘asked us task to accompany Dr A.H. Francke on the very first scientific first to take a photo of himself, and exploration into ‘Indian Tibet’, starting from Simla m 1909. His photographs are a unique testimony to the antiquities and then to go to the other side of his palace and take a general view of it people o f the former hill state o f Basharh and the frontier dis from there’ (see both photos). Al tricts o f Jammu and Kashmir. We will focus on two pho though Francke mentions the pres tographs which, once seen, immediately ‘stick to the mind : ence of an ancient Kali temple inside the Bhima Kali Temple complex at Sarahan (Himachal the compound, he consequently Pradesh, India) and a group photo showing Raja Shamsher refers to the Bhima Kali residential Singh, royal resident o f that complex. complex as a palace and qualifies it By GERDA T H E U N S - D E BOER

14 June 1909, Francke’s small but well-equipped caravan left Simla to travel up the Sutlej Valley through the princely hillstate of Bashahr. Only two months before, the Director-General of Ar chaeology, Dr J. H. Marshall, had asked Francke, then attached to the Moravian mission in the Ladakh and Lahul area, to enter the service for an eighteen-month period. Francke s knowledge of both the history (A His tory o/Western Tibet, London, 1907) and the art history of western Tibet made him the ideal expedition leader. In addition, he was acquainted with the required languages. Francke planned to proceed with his tour from Bashahr state into Spiti (visiting a Tabo monastery) and to enter into Ladakh by crossing the Pharang Pass (an altitude of 5,600m!), the Phologongkha Pass, and the Thaglang Pass. At Leh he turned westwards in the direction of SrinaThis breathtakingly beautiful route, once more traversing three

Research Project

as ‘one of the finest specimens ofhill passes, is very well-known to architecture’. In fact, this complex is tourists nowadays. In fact, they walk so special, so totally different from in Francke’s footsteps without the ‘classical’ North Indian temple knowing it when they are visiting style that, looking at it, we experi the monasteries in Basgo, Likir, ence an ‘out of India feeling. Alchi, and Lamayuru, the Maitreya There is a strong sense of unity in rock-cut in Mulbekh, and proceed the complex. All its buildings are ing in towards Srinagar by passing constructed with layers of timber Kargil, Dras, and Sonamargh. On 16 often from the cedrus deodara- alter October, Francke finally reached Sri nated with terra pise: a filling materi nagar. A detailed personal and scien al composed of rocks and pounded tific account of the exploration may be found in Francke’s Antiquities of earth. The slightly concave roofs of slate or wooden shingles and the Indian Tibet. harmony in the succession of high and low within the subsidiary build An 'out o f In d ia fe elin g ings give the complex an idea of Let us turn back to 23 June, the springing, but still with perfect bal tenth day of the expedition. The car ance. Two impressive towers are its avan left Gaura village after a sleep greatest eye-catchers! In Sarahan es less night because of the villagers pecially they are multi-functional. who ‘sang without a break through the whole of the night’, as the festi These so-called bhandars combine the functions of observation post, val of prayers for a good harvest was ‘protected area’, tiered temple and taking place then. Walking was still storage house for ritual implements pleasant, as the mountains were and temple materials. The towers wooded and the views charming. They gradually climbed up to 2000 parapets are adorned with carved balconies. If we take a closer look at metres leaving Simla 184 kilometres the towers we will see that they are behind them. In the afternoon, they reached Sarahan, the old capital of connected. This connection could be a buttress for their mutual strength Bashahr state. There, Raja Shamsher

, U\ The Bhima Kali residential temple complex at Sarahan [13 June 1909).

Raja Shamsher Sin5 h o f theform er Bashahr State at the age o f seventy (23J une 1909). ening, or a bridge creating a ‘short cut’ or an additional way in or out.

The 'interior'

right tower, which, by contrast has been greatly altered. There are two possibilities. Either it is a new bhandar dating from the post-Francke pe riod or the tower itself is old, but has been provided with a new roof and enlarged with a huge balcony. There is no photographic proof of a but tress or bridge connecting both tow ers now. It may be for this reason that the left tower tilts to the right. The Bhima Kali shrine, housed on the third floor of the right tower, can be circumambulated, probably by way of the balcony. The shrine is re garded as a wedding chamber in which Kali’s marriage to Siva is con summated over and over again. Ab sent, therefore, is the demonic ap pearance of the bloodthirsty female incarnation of Siva. Three-and-ahalf feet in height, the statue is com pletely cloaked with decorations and resting on a silver, carpeted dais with four pillars. According to Bernier, ‘her lovely expression is calm and gentle’. As the goddess has not yet featured in publications and has probably never been pho tographed, we need only imagine. ■

What did Francke have to say about both everyday and ritual life inside the enclosure wall? As a mat ter of fact, virtually nothing, as he was not allowed to enter the premis es! This may well have been the rea son that the raja paid a visit to the expedition team, as opposed to vice versa. For a relatively accurate ac count of the ‘interior’ and the altered exterior, we can turn to R.M. Bernier’s chapter on The Building Arts of Himachal Pradesh’ (1997)- But even then, we need to construct a vi sualization ourselves as photogra phy is still strongly prohibited. Let us try this by entering the door on the street side, which is completely covered with brass plates showing Siva and Durga. The compound is split up into three courts, each with its own en closure. There are slight differences in level, so going from one court to another means taking a few steps up or down, thereby passing through a beautifully decorated door, either painted or covered with repousse sil References ver panels, each time. Several sets of A.H. Francke, Antiquities o f Indian Tibet, doors are inscribed with the name of 2 vols., Delhi (1914, reprint 1972). Raja Sahib Padam Singh (most prob R.M. Bernier, Himalayan Architecture, ably the successor of Shamsher Cranbury (1997). Singh) and the year 1927. This proves that alterations have still been ap plied, even up to a fairly recent date. There are several smaller ‘sacred structures’, the blue-painted one of which seems very frightful as it shel ters a deep pit... at the same time being a good source for story-telling. It is named after the local devata Lankara Baro. Finally, we come to the terrace upon which both bhandars rest. The tower to the spectator s left is the w Gerda Theuns-de Boer oldest and has not been altered in Z g j J K t is art historian and Project the approximate eighty-eight years Manager o f the Photographic in between Francke s and Bernier s Database on Asian Art and visits. It has very fine silver doors Archaeology, Kern Institute, Leiden University. with Ganesha on top. The tower is E-mail: G.A.M.Theuns@let.leidenuniv.nl no longer used and tilts towards the February 2001 •

has n e w s l e t t e r n ?24

• 19

SOUTH 1 5 SEPTEMBER AMSTERDAM,

2000 THE

NETHERLANDS

Globalization and Agriculture Liberalization in India has been discussed mainly in terms of changes in industry, information technology, and the urban middle class. Its consequences for agriculture and the rural population have received much less attention. For that reason, the Amsterdam Branch Office o f the International Institute for Asian Studies (HAS) and the University o f Amsterdam invited experts to assess the present and expected impact o f the liberal ization process in India on its rural development and rural poor. The seminar ‘Globalization and Agriculture in India’ took place on 15 September at the University o f Amsterdam and was attended by about thirty participants. ■ By KRI STOFFEL LIETEN & MARI O RUTTEN

n India, famines are a part of the fabric of history. Yet, thanks the so-called Green Revolution, aided by a policy of agrarian subsi dies, support prices, food distribu tion systems, and external tariffs, production has seen a significant in crease since independence. Even if the poorest people have not partici pated fully in the higher yields, rural poverty has witnessed a constant de cline from around fifty-five per cent of the population in the mid 1970s to thirty-five per cent in the early 1990s.

Since around 1990, with the imple mentation of the structural adjust ment policy and India’s membership in the World Trade Organization, agrarian policies in India have un dergone significant changes. Indian agriculture is becoming more inte grated into the world commodity market and seems to have come more into line with the liberal policy regime advocated by the Interna tional Monetary Fund. Globalization has long been hailed as the solution to the problems of poverty and un derdevelopment, but little is known of its effects on agriculture and the rural population alike. The workshop commenced with an introduction by Professor Ashwani Saith of the Institute of Social Studies

7 >- 9 A P R I L 2 0 0 0 U P P S A L A , SWEDEN

Indigenous People in India Diverging concepts o f rights, individual versus collective, were discussed at length at the workshop, indigenous People: The trajectory o f a contemporary concept in India’, which was held at the Seminar for Development Studies at Kursgarden, Upp sala University in Uppsala Sweden from 7 to 9 April zooo. ■ By PETER B. ANDERS E N & MOH A N K. GAUTAM

hereas human rights in India were originally formulated within the frame of individual rights against the background of liberal Enlightenment thought, Indian law has accepted different kinds of collective rights since Inde pendence. The First Amendment Act (1951} of the Constitution of India specifically allows the state to make special provisions for any class of cit izens considered socially and educa tionally backward. In the constitu tion, such classes are explicitly termed ‘Scheduled Tribes’. Reportedly, this classification has gradually been replaced by the term ‘indigenous peoples’ in informal

speech in India, but has not as yet been officially recognized as the In dian Government has neither rati fied the ILO Convention No. 169 on indigenous and tribal peoples, nor come to utilize the United Nations Draft Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples as a key reference in public debates and publications. As stressed by André Béteille, the change of terminology from ‘Sched uled Tribes’ to ‘indigenous peoples’ shifts the focus from needs and rights of the oppressed to political rights and rights to power. Béteille and especially Roy Burman empha sized that, by following the principle o f‘nation states', this could result in conflicts with the organization of Indian society. The potential for con flicts is geared to whether ‘indige nousness’ is understood in any of the three most common aspects that Roy

2 . 0 • has n e w s l e t t e r W24 • February 2001

ASIA

in The Hague. Saith argued that all further restructuring of Indian agri culture will mainly suit the interests of the richer sections in Indian soci ety. Even if a change towards more neo-liberal policies were advisable in general, a failure on the domestic front could well be expected for vari ous reasons. The major problem is that old economic and social struc tures continue to operate alongside the new set-up of market-driven de pendency of production and con sumption, fuelled by capital inputs and technology transfers. According to Saith, entitlement failures due to imbalances in productive assets, local structures of inequality and oppres sion, and regional imbalances, are among the main factors that explain why the poorer sections continue to be left out, even in those instances where agriculture seems to be fairing well. The combination of stockpiles of food in the hands of the Indian gov ernment and increasing rural poverty is an indication of the continuation of failing entitlements in Indian society. The stockpiles of food in India, amounting to thirty million tonnes at present, were taken by Professor Utsa Patnaik of the Jawaharlal Nehru University in New Delhi, as the point of departure for a richly documented paper. Patnaik referred to the 1990s as the ‘development disaster decade’. The general decline in poverty in the 1980s was reversed in the 1990s when an increase in the poverty ratio in rural India became the overall trend. She emphasised that this overall trend was applicable neither to West Bengal nor several southern states, where the existing decline in poverty of the 1980s had continued in the

1990s. Patnaik argues that this differ ence in poverty trends between states in India is caused by differences in en titlements. The continuous success in poverty reduction in states like West Bengal appears to be closely related to more direct government intervention in the economy, particularly through land reforms, food-for-work pro grammes, ration shops, and midday school meal programmes, for in stance. In view of these conclusions, Utsa Patnaik lamented how - as the result of the present policy of limiting the state and of economic modulation by global forces - population growth in India has once again begun to out grow agrarian growth, with all its negative consequences this entails. The third introduction was deliv ered by Prof Ratan Khasnabis of the Department of Business Administra tion at the University of Calcutta. Khasnabis provided the audience with detailed statistics on agrarian growth and public expenditure. He emphasized that public investment, national research efforts, support prices, fertilizer subsidies, and some measure of land reforms had in the past contributed to the growth in In dian agriculture and the reduction of rural poverty. He thinks that the main problem with the new regime’s policy in the field of agriculture is its volatility. The free market, in his view, does not operate among equals. Unstable prices in the world market will have unsettling influences on the food security and agrarian production in India. Volatility will spell disaster under conditions of poverty and low productivity. The debate that followed, chaired by Professor Jan Breman of the Uni-

Burman has identified: (1) chrono logical, (2] relational (i.e. poor and marginalized peoples), or (3) norma tive. By consequence the legitimacy of demands of being indigenous is highly dependent on the chosen per spective on indigenousness.

read that, 'Indigenous people from foreign countries may have to fight for their political rights in national and international forums but [that] Indian tribals are content and happy as long as they are allowed to keep their cultural heritage of dancing and crafts’. Marine Carrin attacked such paternalist discourses of exploited people of India from a theoretical point of view, arguing that the agency of history should be assumed to rest with the peoples themselves. Carrin’s theoretical position is in deed supported by a number of case studies of tribals who are fighting to define themselves as indigenous peo ple as a part of their social mobiliza tion in Assam, Madhya Pradesh, Jharkhand, and South India. It should be remarked that Ram Dayal Munda’s paper on the tribal strategies of orga nization in the Jharkhand did receive external support for its analysis after the workshop had finished. On 2 August zooo, the Lok Sabfia passed the Bihar Reorganization Bill 2000, which provides for the creation of Jharkhand, out of eighteen dis tricts of south Bihar, as a new con stituent state. The bill is still pend ing before the Rojya Sabka, but it may only be a matter of time until Jhark hand will be created as the twentyeighth state of India. Whether, how ever, the act of reclaiming self-deter mination in geographically defined areas such as Jharkhand will solve the problems of social redistribution remains to be seen. Ranjit Bhattacharya warned about internal divi sions created within the scheduled

Marginalization Most Scheduled Tribes seriously lag behind the majority population of India with regard to nearly any devel opment indicator and, as was demon strated by S. Thorat, have even come to be increasingly marginalized in the rural sector over the period from around 1971 to the mid-1990s. Among the many reasons for this marginal ization, one should point to the builtin organizational limitations of the tribal development system as demon strated by Amit Prakash in an analysis of the Jharkhand area. Another more ephemeral, but per haps as important a reason for thenmarginalization is the outsiders’ vi sualization of tribal life as taking place in a realm of otherworldly beauty beyond the trivialities of everyday oppression. Such an image may suppress the felt need for actions that would lead to the creation of fairer and more equal chances for the tribals. These conflicting forces in India’s tribal policy surfaced in the discussions on whether to celebrate 1993 as the Year of Indigenous Peo ples, as declared by the UN. At the presentation of the International Tribal Meeting, at which it was at last decided to celebrate Pemille Ghooch, the message that was communicated

versity of Amsterdam, reflected the quality and the frankness of the intro ductions. Most interventions agreed that earlier progress in Indian agri culture is currently tapering off and that poverty and polarization in re cent years have increased in the coun tryside. There were differences of opinion on the structural nature and causes of this ‘new’ tendency. Is it not possible that Indian agriculture has entered a transitional phase with an occasional dip? Has polarization not always been a structural phenome non of Indian (rural) society? To what extent are the recent problems in In dian agriculture caused by the effects of the structural adjustment policy pursued by the Indian government? Recently, agriculture does not ap pear to have been a hot topic for re search. The radical changes that are taking place in South Asia’s rural economy may have a benevolent out come, but they may also spell disaster. The lively meeting on 15 September in Amsterdam testified that the interest in this field should remain a constant concern for academics and policy makers alike. ■ Professor Kristoffel Lieten is a sociologist with a research interest in rural development, local democratisation and child labour in South Asia. He is a lecturer at the University o f Amsterdam. E-mail: lieten@pscw.uva.nl

Dr M ario Rutten is a sociologist with a research interest in rural entrepreneurs in South and Southeast Asia and in the Indian diaspora. He is a lecturer at the University o f Amsterdam and co-ordinator o f the HAS Branch Office Amsterdam. E-mail: mrutten@pscw.uva.nl

groups when their elites managed to claim the benefits targeted at the community at large. Turning the wheel to return to local agency, instances from the com parative papers covering regions in the United States, Indonesia, Malaysia, the Philippines, Southeast Asia, and the Saami people ofNorway, Sweden, Suomi Finland, and Russia could be seen as scenarios ofbogeys or utopias depending on the of point of view adopted. The existence of the Saami Council (Saame Tin^et) in Swe den, that offers the Saami people a common voice when asked, may be seen as an acceptance of indigenous ness, even when Sweden has not rati fied ILO Convention No. 169. Several participants discussed the possibili ties of whether a globalization of so cieties will lead to democratization and an increase of local self-determi nation that would result in allocation of agency to indigenous peoples. The case of India seems to indicate that democracy by itself does not allocate agency to those indigenous peoples on the fringes of society. They will have to fight their claims by them selves and rally around those em blems on which they decide collec tively. To decide to rally around one’s being indigenous may well be the most specific term by which to ad dress a national majority which man aged to carve out a nation state from a colonial power half a century ago.The workshop was not planned for partic ipants to reach any simple conclu sions or recommendations from the discussion on indigenousness and

s O U T H ASIA BOOKS RECEIVED Two papers were concerned with identity. Dr Somayaji’s paper (UniMYSORE, IN D IA ' versity of Goa) considered various as Draguhn,Werner pects of food: mediators social rela INDIEN 2000 tions and forms of cultural symbols. POLITIK - WIRTSCHAFT - GESELLSCHAFT Demonstrating how food is being Hamburg: Institut für Asienkunde (2000), 442 pp., ISBN 3-88910-239-5 j intertwined with other domains, he observed that, for the modern state, Kdmpchen, M artin food is an exclusive domain of refer RABINDRANATH TAGORE IN 0 ence. Mr Maid’s paper (CCRSS, Pune) FOUR RESPONSES TO A CULTURAL ICON discussed the identity of the Parit Indian Institute of Advanced Study, Shimla (1999), 128 pp., NO ISBN washermen of Maharashtra. He gave an excellent account of the way Schlingloff Dieter myths function to bridge communi GERMAN INDOLOGY cation gaps observed by social work A LIST OF INSTITUTIONS AND PERSONS CONCERNED ers. Dr Tiwari raised the issue of the WITH SANSKRIT AND ASSOCIATED STUDIES relationship between belief, action, München: Institut für Indologie und Iranistik der Universitat (2000), 3 1 pp. and history in the context of oral tra To celebrate its fifth birthday, the Centre for Advanced Re NO ISBN search on Indigenous Knowledge Systems (CARIKS) at Mysore, dition and development. Ms Hema Rairkar (CCRSS, Pune) India, jointly organized an international seminar on Linguis Wagner, Christian dealt with health, particularly repro tic and Interdisciplinary Approaches as Critical Resources to DIE BEDEUTUNG SÜDASIENS IN DER FORSCHUNGS UND UNIVERSITATSLANDSCHAFT DER BUNDESREPUBLIK Development', with the Centre for Co-operative Research m ductive health, and the role of tradi tional midwives in Maharashtra. She Social Science (CCRSS) at Pune and the Central Institute of In DEUTSCHLAND dian Languages (CIIL) at Mysore. The seminar took the incor powerfully argued that development Hamburg: Institut für Asienkunde (2001), 104 pp„ ISBN 3-88910-252-2 based on human potentials needs to poration o f folklore studies in the social sciences and develop be rooted in indigenous practices. The ment studies as its vantage point. last paper of this session was entitled, Interested in submitting a review article ‘The Narmada Valley Damming Pro for one of our Books Received? to one of the three themes of the jects: Science, indigenous knowledge, Please contact the editors at: iiasnews@rullet.leidenuniv.nl By JAN BROUWER seminar. and development in India’. Mr Ajay Dr Jennifer Bayer’s position paper o evolve a research Gandhi forcefully brought out the (CIIL, Mysore) related to the linkages methodology for contemporary development conflicts between oral tradition and develop __ the integrated study in India in which the dichotomy be ment addressed in theme one. She achieved in practices of cultural ac of oral traditions and de tinuity occurs in the name of tradi tween modern science and indige made a strong case for finding the tion, social transformation, or devel velopment, such was the tion? In this regard, he suggested nous knowledge is a central theme. missing link between research and opment programmes undertaken seminar’s objective. The two lines of reflection. The first He also drew attention to contradic development. The participants debat among the same communities to seminar was made possible by fund would be to make a conceptual dis tions and ambiguities present in the ed on the relevance of a purely eco whom the narratives belong’. He ing from the Indian Council of Social tinction between remembrance nomic definition of ‘development. strategic employment of science and stressed that such cultural practices Science Research (New Delhi) and oral tradition as records and memo indigenous knowledge. Dr Guy PoiThey agreed folklore should be lifted must be grounded in the objective se the Central Institute of Indian Lan ries - and the work of memory. The tevin (CCRSS, Pune) stated that the out of its isolation not only as a disci mantic structure of the text itself. guages. In the opening session, the second would be to frame an ap terms ‘scientific knowledge’ and ‘in pline, but also in terms of cultural The seminar concluded with a keynote address was delivered by Dr proach in terms of cultural inter digenous knowledge’ do not consti ideologies. A research methodology panel discussion on the position pa D.P. Pattanayak, former Director of tute a binary opposition but form a breeding based on an hermeneutics based on co-operation between the pers and the reports presented by the the CIIL and founding father of of the heritage of oral traditions continuum. producers and the analysts o f ‘folk session reporters. The panel thought CARIKS. Afterwards, three position welcome of the presence of the lore’ should therefore be developed in that the various levels of linguistic papers were presented, each relating ‘other’. order to do proper justice to both the analysis contribute either directly or If one is to accept, as a rule, the so ‘folklore authors’ and academic ob indirectly to development, that the cial scientific method that dictates analysis of oral tradition that recog jectives. other forms of legitimizing solidari that the living consciousness and Dr Jan Brouwer (CARIKS, Mysore) nizes narrative, speech, objects, and ty. A number of papers served to in statements of a human subject can introduced the second theme con actions as text complements research crease the level of the analytical con not be assessed properly by an alien cerning a critical analysis of oral tra findings in the social sciences, and ceptualization and clarity around in onlooker only, it would follow that dition and specific development that such knowledge and under digenousness, while still other papers the incorporation of the subject s questions. He revisited a couple of standing can only be reached through gave ample evidence of the problems performances and pronouncements major and minor development pro forms of co-operative and interdisci still faced by the Indian development cannot be dispensed with in the ana jects for artisans of Karnataka from plinary research. In concluding that a administration in integrating most lytical research process. the perspective of Indigenous beginning for the development of an of the groups to be defined as Sched Dr Bernard Bel (CNRS-Laboratoire Knowledge Systems. In his critical integrated research methodology to uled Tribes in the economic develop Parole et Langage, France) presented analysis of these projects he com wards this purpose can now be em an extraordinary paper on prosodic ment of India. pared the concepts behind the prac The workshop was convened by Dr patterns and rhetoric in the perfor barked upon, the panel recommended tices of the project designers with that a volume on research methodol B.G. Karlsson, Seminar for Develop mance of ‘folk’ songs, notably the those behind the practices of the ogy based on the seminar proceedings ment Studies, Uppsala, Dr Peter B. grind-mill songs presented by Ms beneficiaries. The artisans oral tra be published and that a series of semi Andersen, University of Copenhagen, Rairkar earlier. His fieldwork experi dition was one of the main resources nars focusing on critical areas that the and Dr Mohan Gautam, Leiden Uni ments, using, among other aids, the for his study. Mr Alex Cisilin (CNRS, seminar identified should be planned. versity. Two complete volumes based multi-platform praat (speech) soft Paris) and Dr Biswajit Das (Jamia on papers presented at the workshop ware developed by the University of Furthermore, it was felt that research Millia Islamia University, New projects should include the participa are scheduled for publication. The Amsterdam, prompted new ques Delhi) looked at two different eco tion of people concerned at the re first volume will be edited by B.G. tions about the rhetoric of singing. nomic questions. Mr Cisilin s study search level itself in order to bridge Karlsson and A. Baviskar and will These questions are inspired by the of self-help groups in Kolar District the gap between experts and infor focus on the definition and politics of observation that almost unnoticeof Karnataka State focused on in indigenous peoples. The second vol able aspects of the performance (of mants. The seminar was a fine exam digenous versus modern economic ple of collaboration between govern ume will be edited by P.B. Andersen songs and ballads) in which one may concepts. He observed that the tradi mental and non-governmental re and M. Gautam and will deal with in reach new layers o f meanings are not Memory and remembrance tional Kannada concepts of gift, sav search institutions. The organizers digenous peoples in the context of explicitly conveyed by the lyrics. Dr Guy Poitevin introduced the ing, and loan, were in conflict with must be complimented for their ef the Jharkhand region. ■ final theme, namely ‘treating re This is a domain o f ‘hidden knowl their modern counterparts. Dr Das’s forts which made this interdiscipli edge that provides feedback and new search methodology’. He empha study of famine in Lanjigarh, Kalanary meeting an international suc insights to both the analysts and the sized the need to ground develop handi District, Orissa, showed that cess. I informants. ment processes upon people’s own the concepts of famine and hunger Dr Peter B. Andersen is lecturer at the Dr Guy Poitevin’s session paper intangible heritage of oral tradi are alien constructions superim Institute for the History o f Religions (Institut analysed two Marathi myths as an ex tions. He raised a few fundamental posed upon a situation in which the for Religionshistorie) at the University o f ample of an interdisciplinary method. questions in relation to an envisaged indigenous networks of survival Copenhagen, Denmark. Having stated that an oral tradition is interdisciplinary research methodhave broken down under the impact E-mail: peterba@ hum .ku.dk a form of symbolic communication, ology. One of them is the apparent of ‘development’. The participants contradiction in the discourse of a his approach finds its starting point agreed that the failure of relief mea Dr M ohan K. G autam is based at the and legitimacy in the linguistic status continuity that both legitimizes and sures is to be attributed to the mod Dr Jan Brouwer is the Director o f the D epartment o f Languages and Cultures o f of the oral narrative as discourse. ‘Un carries through changes within tra ern state’s artificial distance from South and Central Asia, Research Cluster derstanding ourselves through a con Centre for Advanced Research on Indigenous dition itself: what could be the sta the Indigenous Knowledge Systems, Knowledge Systems (CARIKS). Intercultural Study o f Literature and Society, frontation of out condition with the tus of concepts of social or cultural in which the economic, social, and E-mail: ikdfcar@ eth.net Leiden University, the Netherlands. vision and intentionality of the text is transformation when change in con ritual domains are intertwined. E-mail: gautam@rullet.leidenuniv.nl 12

>•

1 4 J U LY 2 0 0 0

Linguistic and Interdisciplinary Approaches

... co-operation between

the producers

and the analysts o ffo M o re

should therefore be developed...

February 2001 •

i i as n e w s l e t t e r

14924 • ^ 1

REGI ONAL

N E WS

..V /TV

Southeast Asia

« • r iL

By PER L U N D B E R G

he idea of a Nordic Burma Studies Group (NOBUS) emerged in Goteborg as an attempt to improve the co-ordina tion of Nordic research on Burma and to provide an open forum for researchers and Burmese col leagues residing in the Nordic coun tries. This network would also allow for much needed discussions on the unique premises that inform re search in contemporary Burma. Be sides the obvious geographical prox-

Dr Craig Reynolds has discussed some of these dilemmas in a recent article entitled T he Ethics of Academic Engagement with Burma’ in May, R.J., M.B. Pedersen, and E. Rudland (eds.), MyanmarlBurma: Strong regime, weak state? London: C. Hirst & Co. (2000), pp. 123-137. Dr Reynolds is a well-known Thai specialist who also teaches Burmese history at the Centre for Asian Societies and Histories.Australian National University. Canberra. Dr Gustaaf Houtman (Editor of Anthropology Today, Royal Anthropological Institute) researches Buddhist practices/discourses among the Burmese political leadership. He is currently working on the political role played by ideas about 'culture’on the part of the Burmese military. Recent publications include Mental Culture in Burmese Crisis Politics:Aung San Suu Kyi and the National League for Democracy, Tokyo: ILCAA (1999). The Nordic countries have a strong interest in working to support and to participate in the maintaining of a vibrant Burmese civil society.This issue has been on the agenda of several recent conferences and workshops, and has recently been discussed by Danish researcher Morten B. Pedersen in an article entitled ‘International Policy on Burma: Coercion, Persuasion, or Cooperation? Assessing the Claims’ in May, R.J., M.B. Pedersen, and E. Rudland, (eds.), MyanmarlBurma: Strong regime, weak state? London: C. Hirst & Co.(2000), pp. 195-240. Morten Pedersen is a research scholar in the Department of Political & Social Change, Australian National University, Canberra. He is currently working on a project on the international dimensions of Burma's political process.

22 •

has n e w s l e t t e r

imity, there are three main reasons for the formation of NOBUS. Firstly, today there is a’growing number of researchers and senior students in volved in Burma Studies in the Nordic countries and, faced with the risk of isolation, it would clearly ben efit their research if they were able to meet regularly in an open forum. Sec ondly, a recognizable academic net work would complement the increas ing activity of a large number of NGOs in the Nordic region. Thirdly, the Nordic governments have adopt ed broadly similar approaches to Burma, thus permitting the formula tion of new and vigorous research initiatives on Burma in the Nordic countries. Invited to the workshop were some fourteen to sixteen researchers from the Nordic countries, represen tatives from various organisations and a number of Burmese col leagues. This first workshop encour aged participants to discuss their re search experiences and their needs openly rather than calling upon them to present papers. For this rea son, the workshop was held in an in formal manner and with plenty of time for socializing. The weekend began on Friday afternoon with a well-attended and thought-provoking guest lecture by Dr Gustaaf Houtman on ‘Myanmar and the Re making of Human Origins’. The lec ture was followed by a ‘post-semi nar’ at the Department of Social An thropology with a light meal, drinks, and discussions that went on late into the night. During the first day, representa tives from a number of institutions were given the opportunity to pre sent news of ongoing activities, to discuss problems encountered, as well as to provide ideas for joint ef forts. In this sense, the workshop was a first step towards an inventory of Nordic research on Burma. More specifically, the workshop sought to review critically the state of Burma Studies as an academic and social field. The political climate in Burma presents researchers and academic institutions with a set of dilemmas. Conditions inside Burma make both lengthy fieldwork and indepen dent commentary difficult and pre sent the social scientist with both practical and methodological chal lenges. More importantly, there are ethical considerations that relate both to the politicized nature of re

W 2 4 • February zoo 1

• MYANMAR • CAMBODI A

I N D O N E S I A • LAOS • MAL AYS I A THE

PHILIPPINES

• SINGAPORE

THAI LAND • VIETNAM

Introducing NOBUS In Novem ber 1999 , the Centre for East and Southeast Asian Studies at Goteborg University (GESEAS) hosted a workshop to discuss the form ing o f a Nordic network o f Burma researchers. The workshop led to the establishing o f the N ordic Burma Studies Group (NOBUS) and may p oin t to a resurgence in re search on Burma in northern Europe.

BRUNEI

search and writing in Burma and to the vulnerability of interviewees and informants at the hands of the au thorities. Along with a potential for conducting innovative research in areas (thematic and geographic) pre viously unknown to researchers, there is a risk of isolation because of the lack of recent academic works to come out of Burma. It was therefore agreed that a sensitive, well-in formed, and reflective attitude should be fostered both in conduct ing research and in everyday rela tions. At a time where many are con templating engaging with Burma, these are issues that need to be dis cussed by all researchers, newcomers as well as seasoned veterans.

A Nordic approach? The organizers also had an inter est in mapping out general outlines of what could be termed the wider Burma Studies community and had invited Dr Gustaaf Houtman to help shed light on how to approach Burma as a social and academic field (and indeed where to locate Burma Studies resources). The participants were given an in teresting and insightful commen tary on ‘the state of Burma Studies’ worldwide, and from the discussions that followed a few characteristics emerged that might possibly consti tute a ‘Nordic approach’ to Burma Studies. On the one hand, Nordic re searchers suffer from a lack of histor ical, linguistic and biographical re sources as well as academic traditions in key fields of Burma Studies. On the other, they are relatively unbur dened by historical, colonial, and po litical affiliations that inform Burma Studies elsewhere. This leaves indi vidual researchers with a great deal of freedom to conduct new and inno vative research, but also entails a considerable disadvantage in acquir ing the necessary research skills, in setting up the formalities of field work, and in relations with Burmese institutions. Similarly, without in stitutional traditions and affiliations to fall back on, assessing the quality (and impact) of research now falls on the individual researcher alone. In an inventory of Nordic research thus far, it emerged that very few Nordic scholars had actually carried out fieldwork inside Burma itself, choosing instead to work with Burmese people who live along the borders of Burma. Now, as in the past, Nordic research is informed by a will to understand contemporary socio political dynamics and, as a result, the Nordic countries have little to show in terms of studies in fields tradition ally associated with Burma Studies (religious studies, history, art and ar

chaeology, linguistics, and literature). While situating itself at present pri marily within the templates of con temporary social sciences, there is a great need to diversify and deepen the Nordic research capacity with regard to Burma as well as to encourage and invite scholars from all disciplines with little or no previous experience of Burma to engage in Burma Studies. Throughout the workshop, the im portance of relating academic re search to the needs of Burmese civil society remained a key issue. This was agreed upon as crucial and, given the nature ofNordic-Burmese affiliations and the research that is carried out today, the idea that in-depth studies should go together hand in hand with applied research was welcomed.

Guiding principles During the last day of the work shop, participants discussed what could be seen as the general guide lines for NOBUS and came up with the following three interlinking aims: - Future activities should be looked upon from a long-term perspective. Therefore, NOBUS should do more than invite high-profile foreign scholars to disseminate their find ings at international conferences. Efforts should also be made to sup porting up-and-coming research ers, and hence emphasize the long term development of research ca pacity related to Burma. The Nordic countries need to increase the numbers of PhD projects and to for mulate multi-disciplinary research programmes, in which a forum such as NOBUS could help senior students to enter PhD program mes. One way to ensure quality, continuity, and accessibility is for the Burmese language to be taught at least at one Nordic university and it was agreed that this should be made a long-term objective of NOBUS. - Maintaining close ties with Bur mese researchers and intellectuals was deemed crucial, to ensure both the quality and the relevance of Nordic research. In addition to keeping researchers close to Bur mese realities and discourses, this could possibly help to make up for the lack of formal academic re sources and the inaccessibility of Burma itself. Making an effort to invite moré Burmese colleagues is one way to establish ties with Bur mese researchers and intellectuals. Another way for these relations to be maintained and expanded is to support and build on the existing arrangement for Burmese students to be invited to Nordic universities on short-term academic scholar ships. Likewise, a future research programme would ideally involve equal numbers of Nordic and Burmese scholars. - Working to facilitate and maintain a high academic level must remain

the key objective of NOBUS. In in teracting closely with government agencies and non-government or ganizations, academics run the risk of being sidetracked into develop ing research skills and likewise when learning to read, write, and speak Burmese. As proficiency in the Burmese language and contacts with the social realities of contem porary Burma receives a top priori ty, NOBUS should actively work to help Nordic researchers become aware of institutions where appro priate tuition is available. An out ward-looking strategy would still apply, and come naturally both in the sense of working to intensify re lations with Burmese colleagues, in establishing contact with European centres and in relations with nonacademic parties within the Nordic area. A fully developed Burma Stud ies Group would work both as an academic and as a public resource centre, making itself accessible to co-operation with organizations with an interest in Burma as well as society in general.

Future plans It was agreed that in its first stage NOBUS would work to establish and consolidate itself as a network for Nordic researchers. This would be ac complished by providing basic infor mation and networking services through an interactive web site which is in the making and will be online by March 2001. Furthermore, NOBUS will work actively with other Nordic institutes to arrange interna tional conferences. Encouraging talks have been held with the Nordic In stitute for Asian Studies (NIAS) in Copenhagen and other organizations in the Nordic area, and the next workshop is scheduled to take place in mid-April 2001. In addition, a Re search Group (Burma) has been set up by Burmese students who are in terested and willing to engage in dia logue and activities with NOBUS. In short, all the right conditions seem to be in place for both distinguished and up-and-coming Burma re searchers to meet the challenges and potential that contemporary Burma represents with curiosity and opti mism, and above all, in a well-in formed and responsible manner. NOBUS is still in a phase of expan sion and will need another workshop to consolidate its structure. Pending funding another workshop is sched uled to take place in early 2001. ■ Suggestions, comments, and questions on these forthcoming events and/or on the overall approach of NOBUS are warmly welcomed by the author: Per Lundberg is a PhD student in Anthropology at Goteborg University, Goteborg, Sweden. E-mail: per.lundberg@sant.gu.se

SOUTHEAST

ASI A

Seeking Thai Gender History U sing historical

mura Is as a source o/tvid tn cz

What do scholars do when there is no written evidence? Use oral evidence, yes, but not if the period in question is prior to the twentieth century AD. This is the problem that faces would-be historians o f women, o f gender, and indeed social historians for Thailand in general. The sacking o f Ayudhya by the Burmese in 1767 and the subsequent fighting virtually de stroyed all the documents o f that centralized state. A couple o f documents and one or two remarks in dynastic histories do still exist, there are some useful comments by foreign visitors and one or two writings in stone (although the famous Ramkhamhaeng Stone, once dated from the thirteenth centu ry, has now been reduced to the level o f a nineteenth century artefact), but that is about all for sources on social history. Are we at an impasse and forced to rule out a thousand years or more ofThai social history? ■ By NAPAT S IR I S A MBHAN D & ALEC GORDON

existence plus the story popular with Thai muralists, Buddha’s life itself Normally the murals have a threepart division: at the top, deities are looking on, the activity of the main story is depicted in the middle, which mainly involves Buddhadasa and princely characters and, thirdly, at the bottom is a representation of the day-to-day goings-on of ordinary people. We are largely concerned with this third part, which frequently merges with the middle part, because this is where most of the portrayals of gender relations are displayed.

hat can we say, for example, about the gender divi sion of labour in Thailand/Siam during the nineteenth century AD? There are two points of view (whose authors shall be nameless!) that illus trate the stalemate very well; one ar gues that women did all the farm work whilst the other claims that women did no work at all outside the house. Neither camp, however, offers Division o f la b o u r evidence to support its views. This Our first study concerned the rela does not necessarily need to be the tively scarce genre murals of the case, we reckon, because there is visu Ayudhya style, roughly dating from al evidence. We have at our disposal AD 1350 - 1800.1 In these murals, we the immensely rich and beautiful found thirty-one work activities de treasures of the murals in historic scribed. When looking at them in Thai temples. There are at least one terms of the gender-based division of hundred temples in Thailand in labour, there were a total of eighteen which one can find very old, narra tasks performed by Thai women anc tive, genre murals, some of which twenty-three by Thai men; of these, date as far back as the seventeenth eight tasks were done by women only, century AD. Amongst other things, and the number of tasks performed these murals show ordinary people by Thai men alone were nine; and and their relations with one another. eleven tasks were shown being carried The main themes of all temple out by either gender. Given the cur paintings in Thailand are, of course, rent expectations of gender roles, religion and both religious and polit ical morality. The religious parts of there were some surprises, namely that there are several paintings of the murals dictate what ought to be women elephant drivers. Although done; the rest deal with real life. Most this probably was not an occupation paintings illustrate one of the Jataka stories dealing with the activities of held by numerous women, its depic tion in the murals gives cause for Buddha during the approximately much thought because, today, being a 455 lives he lived before his historical

Research Project

IW:

BOOKS

RECEIVED

Aragon, Lorraine V.

vWLtiif »I

'Peer pressure’: Amitada, the wife of the Brahmin Chuchak, drawing water on the left is under attachfrom the other women in the villaqe/or being too compliant to her husband/owner’s wishes. After this she goes on strike. This near not scene is afavourite of Thai muralists. (Wat Yai Intharam, Chonbun Province, AD c. 1790, caring for children, fishing, and sol diering.

mahout is exclusively a male domain. There are indications of gender blind ness on the part of many present-day observers who assume that what holds today held yesterday. There is

Two mysteries

This action by

a woman saved the very foundation

of a religion

also evidence that it is the rules apply ing to gender, and not sexual weak ness, that preclude women from un dertaking such an occupation today. Other unusual tasks shown to be per formed by women include bearers, management, and pottery-making, as well as the expected ones of weaving, food vending, and cooking. Men are occasionally shown preparing food,

In addition to the division of labour, the images in the murals re veal unequal sexual relations, women as male property, unfair punishment, and female peer pressure. Many of the murals depicting the common people are not only extremely beauti ful, like those in the upper parts, but are also very amusing indeed. Two mysteries also appeared. Given that rice cultivation must have been the principle task for most Thai families, why did we find only one rendering of it in a painting dated about 1890? The second concerns the appearance of Mae Dhorani, the Earth Goddess, in the great scene where the evil Lord Mara attempts to distract Buddha from the meditation that will lead him to Enlightenment. This scene is portrayed in almost every temple in Thailand. The armies raised by Mara are defeated, but only because Mae Dhorani wrings water out of her hair thus sweeping them away. This ac tion by a woman saved the very foun dation of a religion that, by and large as it developed in Thailand, came to hold no further important place for women.

These and other aspects are grounds for further investigation (provided funds are forthcoming) as proposed in our study of mural paintings of the Rattanakosin period from AD c.1800 to c.1920. These mu rals are far more numerous than those of the Ayudhya period, partly because, being from a later date, they have not had the same opportunities to fade or to be wiped out, and partly because several of these Wats are royal temples of the present dynasty and therefore cared for. This much richer collection promises to reveal much more about gender relations. Moreover, given that these murals would cover the period usually seen as being the period of transition to wards capitalism in Thailand (Siam), generally regarded as having begun in the 1850s, we may even be able to uncover changes in the situations of women for which this development in Thai society is responsible. ■

Note 1 Sirisambhand and Gordon, Journal o f the Siam Society, vol. 87, parts 1 & 2 (i9 9 9 )

Nopot Sirisambhand is a rural sociologist and Senior Researcher at Chulalongkorn

FIELDS OF THE LORD ANIMISM, CHRISTIAN MINORITIES, AND STATE DEVELOPMENT IN INDONESIA Honululu: University of Hawaii Press (2000), 383 pp., ISBN 0-8248-2303-6, ill.

University Social Research

* ^

tT -

I #

Institute (CUSRI). She

I ' '

Barr, Michael D.

LEE KWAN YEW: THE BELIEFS BEHIND THE MAN NIAS MONOGRAPH SERIES, NO. 85 Richmond, Surrey: Curzon Press (2000), 273pp, ISBN 0-7007-1325-5

* '

specializes in gender and social aspects o f development and has conducted field work in Thailand, Laos, Canada, and India. E-mail: gnapat@ chula.ac.th

Alec Gordon (MA: SOAS, London) has combined politi

Ben-Ari, Eyal and John Clammer

cal economy and economic

JAPAN IN SINGAPORE CULTURAL OCCURRENCES AND CULTURAL FLOWS Richmond: Curzon Press (2000), 283 pp, ISBN 0-7007-1245-3 Interested in submitting a review article for one of our Books Received? Please contact the editors at: iiasnews@rullet.leidenuniv.nl Continued on page 1 7 0

k* ...

history in research for many years in and on Indonesia and Thailand. Presently he acts as honorary con sultant at CUSRI and the Social Research In stitute o f Chiang Mai University and conducts research on colonial plantations and the his

AJemale mahout, elephant driver. (Wat Non^ Bua, Nan Province, AD c.1890)

tory ofThai women. E-mail: nagordon@usa.net

February 2001 • h a s n e w s l e t t e r W 2 4 • 2 3

SOUTHEAST

The Indonesians in Penang, 1 7 8 6 -2 0 0 0 Long before th e fo u n d in g o f th e B ritish se ttle m e n t on P enang island^ by th e East India C om pany in 1786, th e island was already in h a b ited and its d w ellers in clu d ed p eo p le from th e ‘Ind o n e sia n ’ archipelago. Som e years before th e arrival o f Captain Francis Light, th e fou n d er o f th e B ritish trad in g p o st on P enang, th ree brothers con n ected to th e M in angkabau (m od e m W est Sum atra) royal fam ily in Sum atra cam e to P enang to m ake th eir fortu ne. known as Lebuh Acheh). In the early part of the nineteenth century, the Acehnese and the Bugis people from Sulawesi (Celebes) used Sungai Pi nang as a transport artery. The Aceh nese built the Masjid Lama Sungei Pinang, Jelutong Road. George Town, the capital of Pe nang, was recognized by the locals

BY A B D U R - R A Z Z A Q LUBI S

he trio sought and obtained the per mission of the Sul tan of Kedah, Ahmad Tajuddin, himself of Mi nangkabau descent, to settle on the island. At the time, Penang was part of Kedah, and Kedah was a vassal state of Siam. In order of seniority, the three brothers were Nakhoda Bayan, Nakhoda Intan, and Nakhoda Kechil. Between them, they controlled Bayan Lepas, Balik Pulau, Glugor, and the site of present day George Town. Nakhoda Intan opened up a settle ment at Batu Uban and founded the Batu Uban Mosque, the oldest in Penang. To this day, Nakhoda Intan’s grave is considered a kramat, a holy place. A descendant of Nakhoda Intan, Aziz Ishak, became Malaysia’s first Minister of Agriculture, while his brother, Yusuf Ishak, became the first president ofSingapore. Nakhoda Kechil helped to clear Jelutong, the site where the jelutong Mosque, Je lutong Road, stands today. With the help of the ‘Malays’ and the Minangkabau, Captain Light built a stockade of nibong, palm fi bres, that became known as Fort Cornwallis. A prominent Minang historical figure who migrated to Penang in the early part of the twentieth centu ry was Syekh Tahir Jaluluddin, an Is lamic modernist and nationalist re formist. Syekh Tahir Jaluluddin was the father of the present governor of Penang, Tun Hamdan Syekh Tahir. The majority of Indonesian mi grants in the early days of Penang were Acehnese. Light wooed Tunku Syed Hussain, an Acehnese Arab, to move to Penang to help spur on the island’s economic growth. Syed Hus sain claimed to be the grandson of Sultan Jamal Syah of Aceh (17031726), who married the daughter of a Sultana of Aceh. Around about the same time, an other Arab family, of the qabilah (clans) Badridzwan and Bafadzal, ar rived in Penang from Aceh. This family has produced generations of Islamic teachers, da’wa (missionar ies), the propagators/practitioners of the Naqshabandiah tariqa (spiritual path), and has held the much covet ed positions of Qadi and M ufti. Until the early nineteenth century, Arab migration to Penang was drawn pri marily from Aceh, and this first wave settled around Acheen Street (today

Research Project

• HAS N E W S L E T T E R W 2 4 •

-- *

ASI A

still popularly referred to as ‘Rumah Tinggi’. In April 1873, the Dutch attacked Aceh. Prominent Penang personalities like Syed Mohamed Alatas, the leader of the Muslim secret society called Bendara Merah (Red Flag), smuggled arms to the Acehnese resistence. His bungalow has been restored by the authorities and now houses the Heritage Centre Penang. Acehnese exiles on Penang formed the Dewan Delapan (Council of Eight) to champion the Acehnese cause. oince the tne early eariy nineteenth nineteenth centucentuSince ry, Penang has been the transit point for the haj pilgrimage. The famed Tengku Tjhik di Tiro, who was the most aggressive opponent in the fight against the Dutch, left for the Holy Land from Penang in the 1850s. Before the al-Mashoor Arab family took over the haj business, the man agement of the pilgrims was in the hands of one Pak Ma’sum Mendeleng (Mandailing). The pilgrim agents, or ‘pilgrim bro kers’, were called ‘Sheikh Haji’. T-here were Sheikh Haji for the Talu, Rao (called Rawa in Malaysia), Kerinchi, Minangs, and others. The Sheikh Haji

' > si

P e n a n g . M*f*y Mosque, fkhaen

Acheen Street Mosque: This is a rare postcard (we have never seen it published anywhere before]. The people are taking part in a consecration ceremony (doa selamat) fo r the building o f the mosque extension (early 20th century], by the name Tanjung. Its southern part was either granted to or ac quired by Syed Hussain. This part of the town was named Acheen Street after its Acehnese settlers. It was there where Syed Hussain took up residence, where he founded his mosque in 1808, and where was eventually laid to rest in this quar ter. Through his wealth and philan thropic contributions, he emerged as a leader of the Arab and Acehnese trading community in Penang.

business in Lebuh Acheh survived up to the 15170s until the kapal Haji was replaced by kapal terbang (pesawat, or airplane), and the management of pil grims was taken over by the Tabung Haji (The Pilgrimage Board).

Baba and 'Nyonyas Slaves from Nias, Bali, Java, Toba, Karo, and elsewhere in the archipel ago were sold in Penang and in the main were bought by wealthy-Chi-

nese merchants. They became the progenitors of the Baba and Nyonyas (Cina Peranakan: people of mixed Malay and Chinese descent). Chinese and Indian (Tamil) coolies were taken to the Dutch plantations in East Sumatra from Penang. Chong Ah Fie of Medan and Cheong Fat Tze of Penang were related, as is the case with many of the Cina Peranakan in Penang with the Cina Peranakan in Medan. The present chief minister of Penang, Tan Sri Koh Su Koon, himself grew up and was educated in Medan. One of Malaya’s (as Malaysia was called then) best known novelist be fore WWII was Ahmad Rashid Talu. His novel Iakah Salmah? was the first with a local setting and was consid ered the best pre-war Malay novel. Many of his literary works were pub lished by the printing press owned by Rawa (Rao) publishers, who came to dominate the publishing scene from the 1920s onwards. The best known member of the firm in the modern period was Haji Yusuf Rawa, the former president of the Parti Islam SeMalaysia (PAS), which now rules the States of Kelantan and Terengganu. Many of the leading journalists in Penang and Perak before the war were trained on the press at Medan. Many were political refugees and migrants. Foremost among them were Halalloedin Hamzah (a Mandailing), Kamaluddin Nasution, Mohd. Samin Thayeb (a leader of Sarekat Islam in Sumatra), Mohd. Amin Nayan (a Tamil Muslim convert). To prevent detection by Dutch agents, Halalloedin Hamzah, changed his name to Ahmad Noor Abdul Shukoor. In Medan, he wrote for the periodicals PewartaDeli and Kompas. Kamaluddin Nasution changed his name to Abdul Rahman Abdul Rahim. In Sumatra, he was a partisan in the Sumpah Pemuda group that initiated the strug gle for Indonesian independence. The famous Indonesian national ist Tan Malaka, dressed as a Chinese, sought refuge with Mohd. Samin at his shop in Chulia Street before boarding Samin’s ship to sail to Belawan. The state’s foremost literary fig ure, Sastrawan Negara, Dato’Abdullah Hussain, one of Malaysia’s best loved writers, was very much in volved in the fight for Indonesian in dependence in Aceh in the 1940s. Dato’Abdullah is a friend of the leg-

The Acheen Street M osquefounded by Tunku Syed Hussain al-Aideed in 808. It was restored in 1997 with RM 2.2 million federal funding. endary film director and actor, P. Ramlee, whose real name was Teuku Zakaria bin Teuku Nyak Putih, a sec ond generation Acehnese. In 1995, Abdullah, with three of his Malay sian compatriots, was given recogni tion for his contribution to the In donesian cause by being made spe cial guests of the Indonesian govern ment during the golden jubilee cele brations of Indonesian indepen dence. All this only goes to show that there has been and always will be a historical and cultural heritage rela tionship between Indonesia and Malaysia in general, and between Sumatra and peninsular (West) Ma laysia in particular. Indeed the Indonesia-Malaysia-Thailand Growth Triangle (IMT-GT) covering Aceh, North Sumatra, and West Sumatra in Indonesia, the southern States of Thailand and the northern States of peninsular Malaysia now presents a new means of building linkages be tween people through their com mon legacy. ■

This is a summary of a twenty- page paper read out to the Perhimpunan Pelajar Indonesia Kawasan Utara Malaysia (PPI-KUM), at the Pusat Pengajian Jarak Jauh (Centre for Distance Learning), Universiti Sains Malaysia (USM), 23 July 2000.

Indonesian founders The Acheen Street Mosque is the oldest mosque in George Town and still stands today. During the Aceh War of the 1870s, as prayers were per formed there for the success of the Acehnese struggle, this mosque be came one of the focal points of the resistance against the Dutch. Chi nese Muslim influence in the archi tecture is reflected in the swallow tail ridged roof. Of the sixty-nine mosques in Penang, seven had In donesian founders. Syed Hussain also owned the fourstorey building at the junction of ‘Beach Street’ (today Lebuh Pantai) and Acheen Street, later known as ‘Gedong Aceh’. The Gedong Aceh served as a kind of market place for buying and selling spices from Aceh. It was the first high-rise landmark in George Town and is to this day

February

2001

A bdur-R azzaq Lubis is the Malaysian Representative o f Badan Warisan Sumatra (Sumatra Heritage Trust) and the project leader o f The Toyota Foundation grant researching the migration o f the Mandailing

Office o f Sheikh Zachanah Basheer & Sons, Commission Agents at 2,4 a n d ó L u m u t Lane. The M inang writer Ahmad Rashid Talu was bom at No. 2 Lumut Lane.

to nineteenth-century 'British Malaya’, their system o f governance, cultural heritage, music and arts. E-mail: lubisksn@pd.jaring.my

SOUTHEAST

Travelling in the Memoirs o f ibu S.K.Abdulrachman In 1965, at the age o f 80, Ibu S.K. Abdulrachman related a story that began in i860 about her native, aristocrat family (‘priyayi’). It is the story o f her grandfather, a Dutch protege who, during the turbulent years between 1870 and 1900, occu pied posts as assistant district chief (‘assisten wedana’) in West Java. But it is also the story o f a sheltered young girl who grew up with a close relationship to her grandparents ography’. It’s in the form of an fortysix page long, unpublished paper that was typed out by her niece in 1965, he wrote that the Research Ibu S.K.Abdulrachman, or Siti Karfamily originated Project tijah, spent some time in the house of from Aceh, North Sumatra (on her father’s relatives near Bogor, West Java, and because it was constantly raining she side) and Rembang on the used her time to write. The autobiog North Coast of Java (on raphy consists of a foreword (p.i), fol her mother’s side). She explained to lowed by twenty-six parts (pp.2-27) in her children and grandchildren that which she lays out the story of her she wrote her autobiography to give grandparents’ and parents’ career them a sense of direction in life and to movements in the native civil service ensure that they become civilized [Pangreh Praja). A number appendixes people, because ‘civilized people know to these pages contain letters. They who their ancestors are’. In other were written between 1865 and 1874 words, in order to travel into the fu in Indonesian by the Dutch Resident ture, one must travel into the past, L. van Capellen to her grandfather, and her autobiography is indeed full Amat Prawirodirdjo (Achmad), and of travelling. they illustrate the warm relationship The autobiography called K m a n g 2between Amat and Van Capellen (pp. an: Tiada Pemah Padam, (Memories 28-32). Siti Kartijah’s own life story fo Never Fade Away) oleh: ibu S.K. Abdulcuses on the period around her marrachman was one of the many autobi riage (pp. 34-44) and, lastly, she de ographies that I found during my re scribes the genealogy of her immedi search stay in Leiden. It is preserved ate family (45-46). on microfilm at the library of the Through her testimony of the femi Royal Institute of Linguistics and An nine experience, Siti Kartijah revealed thropology (KITLV) in Leiden, the herself to be an intelligent person Netherlands, and it appears to be who formed her own opinions. In a what we might call a ‘family autobi By LI SBETH LI TTRUP

7 ► 8 JULY 2 0 0 0 LONDON, UNITED

very personal autobiography, she ex pressed ‘the feminine experience’ of a priyayi family, but not through any rebellious spirit or from a direct femi nist standpoint. To a certain degree, her autobiography exemplifies that ‘the significant experiences for women are not events, but the en counters and developing relation ships with others’ as Watson (Watson 2000:193) comments in an analysis of the Indonesian woman writer Nh Dini’s memoirs. First and foremost, it is her ability to interpret and influ ence personal relationships that will shape her life and not events, since she cannot initiate events important to her own life. Her marriage is a fine example of this. In 1904, at the age of nineteen, she was presented with a list of prospective husbands and was asked to make a choice. But she asked herself how she could do that from among the unknown people on the list. She remembered how old people always said that marriage was like a lottery. If a girl was lucky, she would win first prize. Of this, she wrote, T just sur rendered to my fate’. Before she ven tured the information that she had actually won the first prize in that said marriage lottery, she embarked on a lengthy description of her 1905 journey to the marriage. He was a stu dent at the Agricultural School in Bogor and a descendant of the Regent of Karawang, and she had never met him before. The journey began in Garawangi in Cirebon, where she lodged with her grandparents, and proceeded to Dawuan, close to Cikampek where her parents lived at the time she wrote her memoirs. Siti Kartijah made mention that she had forgotten most of the unpleasant experiences during her many travels. But she did describe one event in par ticular that happened during that journey undertaken by her grand-

KINGDOM

Centre and Periphery On 7 and 8 July 2000, the workshop ‘Centre and Periphery in Southeast Asia’ was held at the Centre for Southeast Asian Studies at the School o f African and Oriental Studies (SOAS) in London, UK. The purpose o f the gathering was to review issues relating to centre and periphery in the Southeast Asian con text. The workshop was designed to be multi-disciplinary, and was based on the premise that the complex issues o f regional ism and national identity can only be understood when exam ined in historical depth, and from the perspectives o f econom ics, politics, law, geography, and anthropology. ANNE BOOTH

he workshop pro duced a number of stimulating discus sions on the concept of nation and nationalism in the Southeast Asian context and on the usefulness of the centre-periphery dichotomy. Several participants thought that the con cepts of centre and periphery carried too much baggage from the past (es

ASIA

pecially from the Latin American de pendency debates of the 1970s) and that, in the more dynamic Southeast Asian context, they should be dropped in favour of other concepts such as urbanization or regionalism. The historical papers in particular were concerned with the growth of feelings of national identity in the Southeast Asian context and the ex tent to which the various countries which now comprise the ASEAN re gion were in fact colonial constructs.

The lawyers stressed the importance of laws and constitutions in the cre ation of national identities, while the economists concentrated more on the nature of the financial relation ships between the centre and the re gions. Some of the papers presented were conceptual in nature and looked at the region as a whole, while others concentrated on particular countries (Malaysia, Indonesia, and Thailand). Inevitably, given the dramatic nature of recent events in Indonesia, that country tended to dominate many of the discussions, although some use ful comparisons were made. For ex ample, a contrast was drawn between the way fiscal federalism operated in the Malaysian context (and the conse quences for the East Malaysian States of Sabah and Sarawak) and the nature of centre-regional financial relations in the centralized system which has prevailed in Indonesia under the New Order. In the panel devoted especially to Indonesia, there was considerable discussion of the implications of the laws passed in May 1999 regarding re gional and local government, and re gional finance. Several participants stressed the importance of cultural, religious, and linguistic factors in the current trou bles in various parts of Indonesia and the importance of taking these fac tors into consideration when framing

Recent and Family experiences en route had to be dealt mother, mother, sister, a young with without real adult male protec brother and herself. It was in the tion. Siti Kartijah, sheltered and pro pitch dark of night and in the midst tected as she undoubtedly was, of roaring thunder and rain that they learned important things about her left her grandfather’s home in self when face to face with fear. Raised Buniseuri to go to the station in in the Javanese aristocracy where the Ciamis. Despite the bad weather, they concept of female gender was closely set out in their palaquins carried by connected with restriction and subor bearers from the nearby village. Sud dination to men, these travels would denly, 'It was as if lightening hit the have given her a feeling of liberation people who carried our palaquins so from routines of daily life and from they ran off to seek shelter and we her restricted role based on her gen were left in the middle of the pitch dark road. In that distress we placed der. While seated in the house near Bogor in 1965 recalling details of this our fate in Allah’s hands. It was not important journey, the differences until after the rain calmed down that noted between travel conditions in the bearers came back and we contin 1905 and in 1965 highlighted the jour ued the journey to the station in ney through time she had embarked Ciamis.’ upon. She watched the Islamic AsiaWhy did Siti Kartijah describe this Africa conference in Jakarta and Ban and other journeys in such great de dung on television and expressed tail, in contrast to the descriptions of happiness for the high public profile her wedding and marriage? One rea of Indonesian women taking political son might have been an adherence to and religious roles that were present the Javanese custom by which one did at the event (p. 35). not discuss such intimate matters. She looked back to her childhood, Her emphasis upon travel is, however, when at twelve years old she complet interesting. On the journey described ed her studies of the Koran she passed above, the dangerous and frightening a test at a ceremony where many guests attended. Her happy and j proud grandmother said at that occa new laws on political and economic sion, ‘When I was still small I wanted decentralization. very much to learn to read the Koran, The workshop had contributions but my parents always said that it was from five historians (from the UK, the not necessary for women... What was Netherlands, Malaysia, and Portu most important for women was to gal), two lawyers (from the UK and serve her husband with a sweet face Singapore), four geographers (from and be patient...’ (p. 36). Siti Kartijah Germany and the UK), four econo ended her autobiography emphasiz mists (from the UK and Malaysia), ing a journey towards more freedom four political scientists (from the UK, for women. Of all her travels, appar Indonesia, Brunei and Myanmar/Sinently it was that one in particular that gapore), and a cultural anthropolo seemed, to her, to have been the most gist (from Germany). Two of the par significant because there was a trans ticipants were post-graduate stu gression of the combined boundaries dents (an Indonesian MA student of time, space, and gender roles. ■ from Bristol University in the UK, and a Malaysian PhD student from the London School of Economics, UK). References Unfortunately, a political scientist Abdulrachman, Ibu S.K., Kenang2an: from France and a geographer from Tiada Pemah Padam, Langensari Spain and based in Germany had to (1 9 6 5 ). drop out for personal reasons. - Sutherland, Heather, The Making of a While many of the papers were pre BureaucrattcElite, Kuala Lumpur and sented as first drafts, there seems litHong Kong: Heinemann Educational j tie doubt that a quality publication Books (1979). can emerge from the workshop. Anne - W atson, C.W., O f Self and Nation: Booth and Jonathan Rigg have under Autobiography and the representation of taken the task of approaching all the modem Indonesia, U niversity o f H aw aii j participants with suggestions for rePress: H o n o lu lu (2000). j visions. A final manuscript should be ready for submission to a publisher Dr Lisbeth Littrup has worked as a in early 2001. ■ lecturer at the Department o f Asian Studies, Professor Anne Booth is professor

University o f Copenhagen and written a

of economics at the School for Oriental

number o f articles on Malaysian literature.

and African Studies, London, UK.

She visited the HAS in February 2000.

E-mail: ab 10@soas.ac.uk

E-mail: stenlis@worldonline.dk

February zoo 1 •

has n e w s l e t t e r

N?24 • 2 - 5

SOUTHEAST

ASI A

DIDIC:

Indonesian among younger genera tions was conspicuously higher. Even if account is taken of the fact that the current economic crisis has had negative effects on school atten dance and that regional autonomy and disturbances in post-New Order Indonesia may slow down the process, it seems fair to predict that Indonesian will in the future oust many, if not most, of the nearly five The Dutch-Indonesian Dictionary Project (DIDIC) is in the hundred regional languages which process o f compiling a long-awaited dictionary that is produc still exist today. Whatever the future tive and receptive at the same time. It is geared to the needs o f of Indonesia will be, Indonesian will Dutch users for whom Indonesian is a foreign language, and remain a major world language and one for Indonesian users for whom the Dutch entries and their an essential means of access to the uses need extra clarification. Southeast Asian area. Until recently written sources on that area, especially on Indonesia, By HEIN STEI NHAUER have been predominantly in Dutch. In recent literature on linguistic impe ore than seven For many fields of knowledge about rialism, Indonesian has been accused o f Research ty years ago, In Projecl Indonesia, a knowledge of Dutch is betraying its Aitstronesian roots by donesian na still a prerequisite. Up-to-date dic adapting its lexicon to the ‘common tionalists proclaimed tionaries are therefore a must for European’ conceptualization o f the Malay, henceforth to be both the Indonesian and the Dutch world. Indeed, Indonesian has changed called bahasa Indonesia or markets. since the 19405, but this is largely be The members o f the Dutch-Indonesian D ictio n a ry Project are (fltr): Indonesian, as the sole national lan However, as a result of the pro cause o f the addition o f new domains o f Susi Moeimam, Ewald Ebing, and Hein Steinhauer. guage of the future independent longed decolonization process in language use, such as journalism and state of Indonesia. Until the Japanese both Indonesia and the Netherlands, scientific discourse, rather than a mat since 1990 has an adequate receptive Databases, again developed by the occupation, however, Dutch and the need for such dictionaries was ter o f surrender to a lexical and concep Indonesian-Dutch dictionary been CLW) and with the aid of this extra what the Dutch government and sci not perceived as particularly vital tual ‘common European’ takeover. It is available: Teeuw, A., Indonesisch-Nedinformation, it will be possible to entists alike continued to refer to as during the initial decades after the our definite impression, based on daily erïands Woordenboek, fourth, revised use the Dutch-Indonesian database Malay retained their diverse func Indonesian declaration of Indepen experience, th a t proper Indonesian and enlarged edition, Leiden: KITLV through a turnkey operation as the tions in colonial society. When dence, but since the early 1970s rela equivalents appear to be absent fo r Publishers (1996). Its Dutch-Indone basis for an Indonesian-Dutch coun Dutch was finally ousted by the tions and contacts between both many Dutch items (and vice versa). sian pendant took even more time to terpart. It is foreseen that a future, Japanese, Malay/Indonesian was free countries have normalized and in be implemented. new edition of Teeuw’s Indonesianto commence its dazzling rise into tensified. When Susi Moeimam of the Dutch Dutch dictionary will also make use what it has become today: a ‘modern’ the number of speakers rose dramat Consequently, several Dutch-Inlanguage department of Universitas of the inverted DIDIC database. language, lexicologically geared to ically. Ten years ago, some seventeen donesian/Indonesian-Dutch dictio Indonesia (Depok, Jakarta) defended the needs of a global urban culture, per cent of the population of five naries were published in the 1970s her PhD thesis on bilingual lexicog without having lost its local histori years and older claimed to use In and 1980s. Most of them were a curi raphy at Leiden University in October cal roots. donesian as its first language. For ous mixture of non-existing or obso 1994, fundraising for such a dictio INDONESIAN VERSION: With the introduction of mass ed over sixty per cent, Indonesian func lete Dutch, not always standard In nary gained momentum. After three ucation after independence, in tioned as a second language. Indeed, njst fde,jamak: —j padi, betas, nasi;... donesian, insufficient grammatical years of lobbying, the Dutch-Indone which Indonesian has always been there was a clear correlation between information and examples, and cir sian Dictionary project (DIDIC) could the major - if not the only - lan age and the ability to speak Indone cumscriptions where lexical equiva finally be launched in November guage of instruction and interaction, sian: the percentage of speakers of lents would have been possible. Only DUTCH VERSION: 1997. The main sponsor is the DutchFlemish Commissie voor lexicologische rijst [de, plural: —] (plant, korrels in halm) Vertaalvoorzieningen (CLW, Commit padi, (ongekookt) beras, (gekookt) nasi;... tee for Lexicographical Interlingual Resources); additional funds have been provided by the Royal Nether lands Academy of Arts and Sciences, Leiden University, and the Interna In the initial stages of the project, tional Institute for Asian Studies. the OMBI programme was still part The project is building on a digi ly experimental. This was the main talized database of some 50,000 mod reason the original final date of the ern Dutch entries with grammatical project had to be postponed from 1 stablished 28 years I n sx tixt Aia m d a n major areas of interest related to the information, collocations, example August 2000 to 1 May 2001. The T aMAIJUN MELAYU IATMAi ago, the Institute Malay world that is of concern to the sentences, and idioms, which has iNsrmiTS of the Mai ay DIDIC’s lexicological approach has World and Civilization of the Malay World Institute are as follows: x. theory con been developed by the CLW. As far as now attracted international atten and Civilization, or structions; 2. language; 3. literature; possible, appropriate translation tion: from 27 - 30 June of last year, known by its Malay acro 4. culture; 5. education. For each area, equivalents in modern standard In the Institut Alam danT a m a d u n M ela yu nym ATMA, is the only a senior scholar is designated as the donesian are sought for these Dutch (Institute of the Malay World and full-fledged academic research insti ‘lead scholar’-cum-co-ordinator for entries and constructions, with the Civilization) of the Universiti Ke tute in Malaysia that concentrates all research and related activities, in final aim of enabling the output of bangsaan M alaysia, in conjunction solely on the study of the ‘Malay cluding senior research funds. both a productive and a receptive with the Dewan Bahasa dan Pustaka World’, the vast maritime-riverine ATMA also runs short and extend dictionary: i.e. a dictionary geared to (Institute of Language and Literature complex of Southeast Asia, thus ed Malay language courses both for the needs of Dutch users for whom Malaysia), organized two lexico forming a major component of beginners and advanced learners, es Indonesian is a foreign language, graphical workshops around the Southeast Asian Studies. The research pecially for post-graduate students and one for Indonesian users for project, in which the DIDIC team U niversiti K ebanosmn M alaysia activities are conducted through an intending to do research and field whom the Dutch entries and their members were keynote speakers. application of the three major uni work in the Malay world. The Insti uses need extra clarification. There A recurring observation during versal academic orientations, namely tute also publishes books and jour fore, additional information has to the seminars was that the produc ‘disciplinary’ (sociology, economics, comes funded-fellows to spend time nals in the traditional printed form be added for Indonesian users, espe tion of both a productive and recep history, etc.), ‘thematic’ (develop at the Institute, which provides a as well as electronic digital form. It cially on the irregular flection pat tive dictionary as envisaged by ment studies, communications stud host of supporting secretarial and organizes seminars and conferences terns of Dutch entries, and for Dutch DIDIC can only be achieved through ies, gender studies, etc.), and ‘area technical facilities, both for fellows regularly both of which are for acad users to disambiguate terms in close co-operation between native studies’ (Malay Studies, Chinese and postgraduate students. It has its emics as well as the general public. ■ which there appear to be more than speakers of both languages con Studies, European Studies, etc.). own research library and its special one Indonesian equivalent for a cerned. ■ Administratively, ATMA is divided collections, complemented by the Dutch item (see the example for rijst into three divisions, namely ‘Re main library’s Southeast Asia Collec INSTITUT ALAM DAN TAMADUN ‘rice’ in the box). search and Postgraduate’, ‘Docu tion and other holdings. MELAYU (ATMA) The additional information also mentation & Publication’, and ‘Skill Universiti Kebangsaan Malaysia includes a specification of the exact Development’ (Malay language and Research and Related 43600 UKM Bangi, Selangor, Malaysia relationship between the Indonesian Professor Hein Steinhauer is co-ordinator Information Technology), each con Activities Tel.: +60-3-825 0929 ‘equivalent’ and the Dutch original. o f the Dutch-Indonesian Dictionary Project ducting its own activities but always Research is the Institute’s core ac Fax: +60-3-825 4698 Thanks to the lexicological pro (DIDIC) and the HAS Extraordinary Chair for complementing one another. ATMA tivity around which other activities E-mail: pghatma@pkrisc.cc.ukm.my gramme Omkering van Biliguale Be the University o f Nijmegen, the Netherlands. both offers fellowships and welare built and generated. The five Http://www.atma.ukm.my standen (OMBI, Inverting Bilingual E-mail: steinhauer@rullet.leidenuniv.nl

Institute of the Malay World and Civilization

3#;

2 6 ■ has

newsletter

TsE24 • February 2001

PHOTO: HENK J SNATERSE

The definitive DutchI ndonesian dictionary

SOUTHEAST

ASI A

far as Indonesia was a ‘nation built with words’, its political tradition was at least as corporatist, integralist, and ‘fascist’ as it was pluralist and democ ratic. Given the temper of the times, the former were as likely to character ize the country’s political future as the latter. Within this framework, The most ambitious Indonesia Update yet held at the Aus Islam did not perhaps get the level of tralian National University in Canberra took place on 6 - j Oc attention that it requires. The view tober 2000. Around twenty speakers participated, and discus- from Wahid’s camp, that Indonesian sion topics ranged over recent social and political as well as Islam retains its ‘difference’ in respect economic developments in Indonesia, with an unprecedented to its unique pluralism and tolerance, was ably presented, but any clear degree o f attention being paid to historical background. statement of alternative positions, inter alia a socially based discussion of way which notably enhanced the level By ROGER KNI GHT ‘Islamism’, was sorely lacking. of debate. As in any big and ambitious confer The extent to which continuing crude summary ence of this kind, there were curiosi corruption and the failure of judicial would be to say that ties. A misguided attempt to compare and law reform stood in the way of the economists were Sukarno and Wahid (‘each became the real resumption of economic J 1 sanguine (when have they president at a time when the integrity growth also excited considerable in I been else?] about Indone of the Indonesian nation was threat terest, with a number of speakers sia’s future - recovery was ened’) was received with less mirth from the floor querying whether corj well on the way - while the serried than it richly deserved. On the other ruption was necessarily an obstacle to ranks of ‘political scientists’, histori hand, the conjecture from another growth. Not surprising given their ans, and anthropologists were equally speaker that the Suharto ‘Security past record was an apparent consen uniformly gloomy (ditto). Yet there State' was so incompetent as to be in sus among ANU economists that re was much more than this. The great effective did draw a barrage of wellsumed growth would follow the lines strength of the two-day meeting lay targeted fire from one of Australia s laid down under the New Order, not only in its panel of distinguished most senior and level headed acade minus, presumably, the ‘mishaps of speakers but in an audience that con mics. One puzzle was why so little use the last stages of the Suharto regime. tained an impressive cross-section of was made - a special half-day session, ‘Would Indonesia survive?’ was Australian and Indonesian scholars, surely - of the presence at the confer obviously high on the order of dis students and commentators, civil ser ence of the distinguished Indonesian cussion. Perhaps the most penetrat vants and journalists. Most of the editor of Tempo magazine. All of ing single comment on this score speakers respected this expertise, and which points to the fact that the Up was a reminder that prosperity, as left ample time for discussion ses well as brute force, had always been a date - shaping up very well as the sions that were as lively as they were major regional forum for discussion key element in the colonial and post informed. The proceedings were ac of developments in Indonesia - could cordingly much more nuanced than a colonial state’s existence in Indone very usefully have extended over three sia, and that without it the prospects crude summary might suggest. days rather than two. Inter alia, such looked grim indeed. Or should we, Some of the economists, to be sure, an extended meeting might have still sounded as sleek as ever (a diet of perhaps, put it another way and sug given the participants full time to dis gest that empires collapse when they their own words over the last two cuss the (tongue in cheek?) sugges years must have proved nourishing. A no longer make economic sense? The post-Suharto regime itself tion of a well-known Brisbane acade pity the poor still find statistics so in mic - made at the end of the Update’s came in for quite a pounding, not digestible). However, there were oth final session - that Java would be least from a trenchantly argued posi ers among the economic historians, in much better off divested of its empire, tion that Wahid was himself so much I particular, some with experience out in a sensible dismantlement of the old a creature of the New Order that little side the rarefied atmosphere of gov Dutch imperium in Southeast Asia. ■ by way of Reformasi was to be expect ernment and corporate offices, who ed under him. Perhaps even more in sounded a note not only of caution Dr Roger Knight is senior lecturer teresting, however, was another but of scepticism about interpreta speaker’s implication that George in history at the University of Adelaide, tions of the data on offer. Yet others South Australia. Kahin and his followers got it all took immense pains to review the E-mail: knight@arts.adelaide.edu.au wrong. We were reminded that, in so pros and cons of their database in a

BOOKS

6 ► 7 OCTOBER 2 0 0 0 CANBERRA, AUSTRALIA

Indonesia Update

6 JULY 2 0 0 0 MELBOURNE,

AUSTRALIA

Thai is a ‘small enrolment language’ when compared to such languages as Japanese and Indonesian, and univer- j sity administrators are not enthusias tic about funding programmes that attract small enrolments. There was a general consensus that the NTSC should actively pursue its role as a national co-ordinator ofThai On this occasion, speakers from Studies and as a resource for those universities, the public sector, and the wanting to encourage the study of business world convened to suggest ways to increase public awareness of Thailand especially in the tertiary sec tor. The meeting felt there was a need the importance of Thailand. Repre sentatives from the Departments of for better Australian media coverage ofThailand and for the media to make Foreign Affairs and Trade, of Defence, more use of Australian expertise and of Employment and Youth Affairs spoke about their respective needs. A when seeking comment rather than relying on foreign experts who did session on ‘What Business Wants not have an Australian perspective. from Thai Studies?’ was particularly Last year's Update focused on the lively, with several business consul impact of the Asian financial crisis on tants sharing their experiences of ad the Thai economy. The suggestion vising foreign business people on how for next year’s update was that it to operate in Thailand. It was quite should focus on defence and strategic clear that some business people had to issues. be persuaded that they needed to be sensitive to cultural matters if they were to do business successfully. Dr Craig J. Reynolds is affiliated to Academics from around the coun the Australian National University, Canberra, try addressed problems in their re Australia. spective disciplines. The basic prob E-mail: ntsc@anu.edu.au lem with language instruction is that

RECEI VED

Continuedjfom pa^e 23

Boogaart, Ernst van den HET VERHEVEN EN VERDORVEN AZIË WOORD EN BEELD IN HET ITINERARIO EN DE ICONES VAN JAN HUYGEN VAN LINSCHOTEN Leiden, KITLV Uitgeverij (2000), I 18pp, ill., ISBN 90-6718 -16 17 and Het Spinhuis Cribb, Robert HISTORICAL ATLAS OF INDONESIA Richmond: Curzon Press (2000), 256 pp, ISBN 0-7007-0985-1, ill., maps Eade.J.C. and Lars Cislén EARLY JAVANESE INSCRIPTIONS A NEW DATING METHOD Leiden: Brill, 2000. 224 pp, ISBN 90-04-1 1759-8 Evans, Grant Christopher Hutton, and Kuah Khun Eng (eds.) WHERE CHINA MEETS SOUTHEAST ASIA SOCIAL &CULTURAL CHANGE IN THE BORDER REGIONS Singapore: ISEAS / NIAS (2000). ISBN 981-230-071-6 (pb), ISBN 981-230-040-6 (hb) Mossier, Ab and Termorshuizen-Arts, Marjanne (eds.) INDONESISCH-NEDERLANDS WOORDENBOEK PRIVAA TRECHT* Leiden, KITLV Uitgeverij, (2000), 6 vols. in box, ISBN 90-67I8-I65-X *To be reviewed by Southeast Asia regional editor Dick van der Meij in HAS Newsletter 25 Merrillees, Scott BATAVIA IN NINETEENTH CENTURY PHOTOGRAPHS Richmond, Surrey: Curzon Press (2000), 282pp, ISBN 0-7007-1436-7 Mulder, Niels INDONESIAN IMAGES

THE CULTURE OF THE PUBLIC WORLD Yogyakarta: Kanisius (2000), 249 pp, ISBN 979-672656-4, ill. Phongpaichit Pasuk, and Chris Baker THAILAND'S CRISIS

ISEAS AND NIAS Singapore: ISEAS (2000), 275 pp, ISBN 981-230-091-0, ill. Raendchen, Oliver VIETNAMESEN IN DER DDR: EIN RÜCKBLICK STUDIËN ZUR SÜDOSTASIENKUNDE: BAND 2 Berlin: Seacom SUdostasiengesellschaft (2000), 200 pp, ISSN 1432-9301. German Roberts, David W. POLITICAL TRANSITION IN CAMBODIA 1991-99 POWER, ELITISM, AND DEMOCRACY Surrey, Richmond: Curzon Press (2001), 259 pp, ISBN 0-7007-1283-6 (hbk), ISBN 0-7007-1424-3 (pbk) Rubinstein, R. BEYOND THE REALM OF THE SENSES THE BALINESE RITUAL OF KEKAWIN COMPOSITION Leiden: KITLV Press (2000),240 pp. ISBN 90-6718-133-1 Spaan, Ernst LABOUR CIRCULATION AND SOCIOECONOMIC TRANS FORMATION THE CASE OF EAST JAVA, INDONESIA The Hague: Netherlands Interdisciplinary Demographic Institute (1999), 371 pp, ISBN 90-70990-76-8, ISSN 0922-7210, maps and tables

Thailand Update

Suwandi, Raharjo A QUEST FOR JUSTICE MILITARY ASPIRATIONS OF A CONTEMPORARY JAVANESE WALI Leiden: KITLV Press (2000), 229 pp, ISBN 90-6718-134-X, illustrations

■ By CRAI G J. REYNOLDS

Tol, Roger, Kees van Dijk, and Greg Acciaioli AUTHORITY AND ENTERPRISE AMONG THE PEOPLE OF SOUTH SULAWESI VERHANDELINGEN VAN HET KONINKLIJKE INSTITUUT VOOR TAAL-, LAND- EN VOLKENKUNDE 188 Leiden: KITLV Press (2000), 285pp, ISBN 90-6718 -1455, ill., maps

t was as a result of'The Promotion of Thai Studies in Australia’, ^ the Sixth Thailand Update j since 1991, that the Na tional Thai Studies Centre (NTSC) was founded. The Centre was supported initially by a grant from the Commonwealth government to promote and co-ordinate Thai Studies in Australia with special attention to instruction in the Thai language. In conjunction with the Thai Studies programme at the Australian Nation al University, home of the NTSC, the Centre has produced language mate rials, data papers, and an occasional newsletter. It also maintains a data base of expertise keyed in as name, in stitution, research and teaching fields, and contact details.

Turton, Andrew CIVILITY AND SAVAGERY SOCIAL IDENTITY IN TAI STATES Richmond: Curzon Press (2000), 376 pp, ISBN 0-7007-1 173-2, illustrated Watson, C.W. OF SELF AND NATION AUTOBIOGRAPHY AND THE REPRESENTATION OF MOD ERN INDONESIA Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press (2000), 257 pp, ISBN 0-8248-2095-9 (hb), ISBN 0-8248-2281-1 (pbk)

Interested in submitting a review article for one of our Books Received? Please contact the editors at: iiasnews@rullet.leidenuniv.nl

February 2001 •

iia s n e w s l e t t e r

TC24 •

Z J

SOUTHEAST 1 DECEMBER

ASI A

2000

AMSTERDAM,

THE

NETHERLANDS

Boundaries, Territories, and Spatial Issues in

the 2 1 st century

B oundaries and territories are con cepts m o stly associated w ith th e d isc ip lin e o f geographers. Can th ere be a fru itfu l d iscu s sio n on 'spatial issu e s’ b etw een geographers, so cio lo g ists, an th ro p o lo g ists, literary critics, and h istorians? T his was th e ch a llen g e for a on e-d ay sem in ar in A m sterdam on 1 D ecem b er zooo. A grou p o f scholars from th e N a tio n a l U n iversity o f Sin gapore and th e U n iversity o f A m sterdam crossed th e b o u n d aries o f th eir d iscip lin es and region al sp ecialties to d iscuss g e o p o litic s and g lo b a lisa tio n in S ou th east Asia and Europe. ■ By J A C Q U E L I N E VEL & MA R I O R UT T E N

he seminar ‘The Geopolitics o f Glob alization in Southeast Asia and Europe’ was a collaborative effort be tween the National Uni versity of Singapore (NUS) and the University of Amsterdam. It was orga nized by the Amsterdam Branch Office of the International Institute for Asian Studies (HAS) and Platform ASiA of the University of Amsterdam. Dr Srilata Ravi and Dr Richard Derderain (Euro

OCTOBER

AMSTERDAM,

pean Studies), Prof Carl Grundy-Warr and Prof Martin Perry (Geography), Dr Carole Faucher (Sociology), and Dr John Phillips (English Language and Literature) made up a six-member del egation from Singapore that was on tour in Europe to discuss their ongo ing research. When discussing geopolitics in Southeast Asia, one of the recurrent issues is the decreasing relevance of national boundaries. In the context of economic development, ‘growth triangles’ have emerged that cross national boundaries. Prof Martin Perry used a case study of the Singa-

2000 THE

NETHERLANDS

Philippinists in the Netherlands T he D u tch netw ork o f scholars in th e field o f P h ilip p in e Soci ety and C u ltu re S tu dies m et o n 20 O ctober 2000, u n d er th e auspices o f th e A m sterdam Branch O ffice o f th e HAS. The m e e tin g was d evoted to th e p resen tation o f current research by th ree overseas g u ests, viz. G regory Bankoff, M aria C ynthia Rose B anzon-B au tista, and Raul Pertierra. I By OTTO VAN DEN MUIJZENBERG

regory Bankoff (History, Univer sity of Auckland) is temporarily attached to the Disaster Studies unit in the department of Soci ology of Rural Development, Wageningen University. He followed up on his earlier presentation of his broad, long-term investigation of natural hazards in the Philippines. This topic forces him to follow an in terdisciplinary approach, which he strongly recommends. Even if the im proving registration of earthquakes, typhoons, volcanic eruptions, tsuna mis, droughts and other hazards is taken into account, the frequency of these phenomena appears to have in creased over time. Damage is also greater than before, partly because of the frequency and intensity of the dis asters and partly because there are 2 8 • IIAS

news letter

more people affected by them. Popu lation growth has actually con tributed to such hazards as landslides and floods. A lively discussion on the difficult question of the cultural repercussions of the hazardous envi ronment on Philippine culture and the Filipino psyche followed. Maria Cynthia Rose BanzonBautista (Sociology, University of the Philippines at Diliman) is currently Professorial Fellow of the IIAS Amster dam Branch Office. She is writing a book on the transformation of the Philippine middle class, while she is also engaged in a study of Philippine development discourse. In her presen tation of her ongoing work with re gard to the Philippine middle class, she focused on the manifestation of an increasing proportion of urbanites in Metropolitan Manila who consider themselves ‘middle class’. The presen tation dealt with the difficulties of de finition experienced by the researcher

24 • February zoo 1

pore-Indonesian border zone to il lustrate the characteristics of growth triangles and contrasted its impact with the European approach to bor derland relations. The relevance of this comparison between Southeast Asia and Europe in terms of inter state co-operation was questioned by the discussant Prof Herman van der Wusten (UvA). He pointed out the fact that the European states in volved are often, in economic terms, equally strong partners. This is not the case with the Singapore-Indonesian growth triangle in which Singa pore is clearly the dominant partner. Moreover, Singapore differs substan tially from other partners involved in growth triangles in the sense that it is most of all a global city with its urban interests. For such global cities, national policies and national boundaries seem to have become in creasingly less relevant. For those who reside in borderland areas, however, national boundaries

in her work, which is part of a fivecountry comparative investigation in Southeast Asia. The Philippine contri bution to that survey is based on a stratified, directed sample survey in the metropolitan area. Making a dis tinction between new middle class, old middle class, and marginal mid dle class, Bautista revealed a generally upward intergenerational mobility among the more than 600 middle class respondents interviewed. Due in part to a changing occupational struc ture, and often facilitated by higher educational attainment than that of the parents’ generation, such mobili ty mostly appears to have a limited span. Commonly sustained by a dou ble income the normative lifestyle of the middle classes comprises a single, detached home, cars, and a spread of consumer durables, but relatively limited investments and valuables, and few expenses from cultural activi ties. Income levels constrain the lifestyle. In accordance with expecta tions, family centricity and involve ment in church activities appear to be characteristic, while high levels of support for environmental and human rights movements could also be noted, particularly among the new middle class. A paradoxical finding was the self perception of the middle class respondents as being in the van guard of democracy whereas, at the same time, a remarkable proportion supported fairly authoritarian forms of governing, including limitations to freedom of speech. Raul Pertierra (Anthropology, Uni versity of New South Wales, Ateneo de Manila University and University of the Philippines) has been a regular visitor to the Netherlands since the

are still very relevant and often have a dramatic impact on their lives. An extreme case of this is the borderland area between Thailand and Burma. Prof Carl Grundy-Warr presented his findings on the lives of the Burmese refugees on the Thai side of the border. He stressed the limita tions of existing conflict manage ment mechanisms, international ac tions, and political processes because they are usually linked up with rigid notions of territorial and political sovereignty. Another example of re search that focuses on the perspec tive of the people who live in a bor derland area was presented by Dr Ca role Faucher. Her case study of the Malay population in Riau showed that views on ancestral territory among the population are not con fined to the Indonesian national boundaries. The Riau Malays regard the Indonesian policies of changing administrative divisions over a terri tory identified by themselves as the Malay’s heartland as a form of disempowerment. The global movements of migrant populations and the establishment of large ‘diasporic’ communities raise fundamental questions, about the capacity of nation states to main tain control over their national terri tory and boundaries. With regard to this, Dr Richard Derderian showed how tensions between newcomers and a settled majority in suburban France is not a recent phenomenon at all. This theme was taken up by the discussant Dr Ruben Gowricharn, who compared Derderian’s

early 1980s. His lecture dealt with the question of whether foreigners can contribute meaningfully to insight into Philippine culture and society. This problem was highlighted by Zeus Salazar’s plea for an authentic Pilipinolohyia by Filipinos as against Philippine Studies by foreign stu dents. The main thrust of Pertierra’s paper was the need for nation states, as opposed to other forms of political organization, to generate knowledge about themselves. This may result in a close nexus between national sover eignty, national consciousness, and national scholarship. The nature of scholarship, however, is also interna tional and non-parochial, and as such leads to a fundamental contradiction with the position that one has to be Filipino and share Filipino domain assumptions to understand Philip pine society, culture, and politics. As usual in the meetings of the Philippinist network in the Nether lands, the other participants briefly shared their present preoccupations and discussed possible contributions in the form of papers and panels to the forthcoming Fourth European Philippine Studies Conference to be held in Madrid, Spain, to-11 Septem ber 2001. The Seventh IPSC will be held in the Netherlands in 2004. ■

Professor Carl Grundy-W arr speaking a t the seminar. arguments on France with studies on the Dutch multicultural society. He emphasized that the process of defining immigrant minorities as problematic clearly reflects an elite perspective. According to Gowricharn, the issue is not to find an an swer to the question about how mi norities can adjust or obtain equal opportunities. The challenge lies rather in finding a way of communi cation that is based on respect and acceptance. This theme of immigrants and identity was also at the centre of Dr Srilata Ravi’s presentation on con temporary writings by Vietnamese authors in French. Her case study showed how the multiple or hybrid identities of authors illustrate the fluidity of existing boundaries and the fact that crossing them has in creasingly become more common. In his comments, the discussant Dr John Kleinen raised the question as to whether ‘diasporic writings’ can constitute a specific category to be characterized as transnational. Ac cording to him, writing has always crossed borders and an author’s readership has often been separated from his or her national identity, even more so when the text has been translated into another language. At the end of the seminar, the par ticipants looked back on a successful day. The initiative of the delegation from the National University of Sin gapore to make a tour through Eu rope and present ongoing research appeared to be a very stimulating for mula for academic co-operation. ■

Dr Jacqueline Vel is a sociologist with a research interest in rural development in Indonesia. She is a lecturer at the University o f Amsterdam, and

In f o rm a tio n a b o u t th e conference:

Co-ordinator o f the Platform ASiA. UvA. E-mail: vel@pscw.uva.nl

E-mail: muysot@euronet.nl Dr M ario R utten is a sociologist with a research interest in rural entrepreneurs

Professor O tto van den M uijzenberg

in South and Southeast Asia, and the Indian

is attached to the University o f Amsterdam

diaspora. He is Director o f the Platform ASiA

and the Centre for Asian Studies in

o f the University o f Amsterdam and Head

Amsterdam (CASA).

o f the IIAS Branch Office, Amsterdam.

E-mail: vandenmuijzenberg@pscw.uva.nl

E-mail: mrutten@pscw.uva.nl

REGI ONAL

N E WS P . R. C H I N A J APAN

Asia

KOREA T AI WAN

Chinese Storytelling The interplay of traditions pinghua). The performances of the Yangzhou storytellers are compared to other oral, oral-related, and liter ary texts related to the 'Water Mar gin’ theme, with emphasis on the Wu Song saga: Oral performances (audioand videotaped) of stories about Wu Song as found in a spectrum of per formed genres (quyi) from other parts of China. Oral-related texts, such as By VI BE KE B 0 R D A H L scripts for a number of performed 'Whenever the children o f the genres (shuochang wenxue), editions, lanes and streets are naughty and hus, in the story Research old and new, refined and popular, of their parents g e t annoyed they tellers’ house of ‘Seen from afar it looked like a bull ox with one horn... Project the novel Water Margin(Shuihuzhuan). hastily give them some coins and Yangzhou, one of (From ‘Wu Son^ Fights the Tiger’, performed by the Yangzhou stoiyteller The analysis includes the following tell them to go and sit down to the traditional strong Wang Xiaotang [1918-zooo]. International Workshop on Oral Literature in topics: listen to stories about old times. holds of Chinese story Modern China’, Nordic Institute o f Asian Studies [NIAS], Copenhagen, 1996) 1. ‘The Written Legacy of Story When the tale o f The Three King telling, we find the fol telling’: Early Chinese storytelling doms is told, and they hear about lowing words enscribed on the wood Many of the oral traditions of long been debated whether the story on the ‘Water Margin’ theme; the de/eat o f Liu Bei, they/ret and en boards hanging on each side of the teller’s art was ‘genuinely oral’or only China, particularly the storytelling drama, novel, and contemporary some even shed tears. When they stage: ‘Past and present are related, ‘pseudo-oral’, i.e. a kind of artistic per traditions, are in prose, not bound by storytelling; the ‘storyteller’s man hear o f Cao Cao’s defeat, they be formance of written texts learned by advice is passed along / Good words to metre and rhyme. Therefore the imner’ in the novel and in the story come happy and applaud. This enlighten the world, instruction inheart. I think that we have to ac provisational aspects are much more telling genres of pre-modern and shows that the worthy man and knowledge the specific conditions of fused in amusement!’ pronounced than in the great epic po modern times; modern storyteller the mean will both leave their The oral genre of storytelling every ‘oral’ tradition: the categories of etry of the West. The professional oral books. mark, not to be erased in a hun played a significant role in the forma methodology must fit the object, and traditions in China have, as long as we 2. ‘The Oral Testimony of Story dred generations.’ tion of the written genres of the novel be so fine-meshed that we catch the know, been practised in a society telling’: Contemporary oral genres essential characteristics of the tradi and short story. Conversely, the his deeply imbued with writing and lit of Chinese storytelling on the SuDongpo (1036-1101} torical and fictional genres that were tion. While Western theories and dis erature. The interplay of oral and lit ‘Water Margin’; features oforality; transmitted in written form, deeply cussions are valuable as background erary components forms a basic pat features of literacy; memorization of oral entertainment in China, or influenced the oral genres. The oraliand methodological tools, it is no less tern in Chinese storytelling. This has and improvisation. whether the new conditions may ty/literacy dichotomy, treated in its important to look into the way Chi important implications for our un culture-specific context, seems to be bring about a renaissance. A thousand nese scholars treat their own heritage, derstanding of the social and literary Aims and methods years ago there was the following say of major importance when seeking an and it seems particularly fruitful to In the West, the ‘Homeric question’ functions of the oral arts. At the same ing in China: ‘The storyteller only re understanding of the structural inquire into the storytellers’ and incited an avalanche of studies of time as these arts were welcome lies on his three inch-long tongue, specifics and conditions of existence other oral artists’ own understanding among the illiterate and the poor, what ‘orality’ and ‘literacy’ meant for and yet he is able to show us what is of their art, their professional termi of the oral arts. who had little chance of a literary ed ancient Greece (and for the Yugoslav superficial in this world and where we The storytelling genres have sur nology. ucation, they were also in many cases poets of the Parry-Lord collections). find the deep ground.’ vived as orally transmitted traditions For more than ten years I have been well-esteemed entertainment for the These studies are also important for In my research, I aim to study the up to our present time and, as such, performing intensive fieldwork on learned connoisseurs. our understanding of Chinese litera development and mutual influence they offer a unique territory for re oral storytelling in China, mainly in The themes of the long-continued ture, especially when we want to ex between the oral arts in China with search into oral tradition. The trans the Lower Yangzi area, Yangzhou and ales, as well as the rules for learning plore the oral traditions. However, in special attention to the interface be formation of Chinese society at the Suzhou, but also recently in North and performing the art, have survived the professional traditions of Chinese tween the written literature and the end of the twentieth century is re China, Tianjin and Beijing. My re through the centuries, going back ul storytelling and other oral arts that oral traditions of storytelling. The re flected in fundamental changes in the search involves small-scale teamwork timately to the popular amusement have survived to the present, we find search is based on my fieldwork on areas of human communication and with Chinese storytellers and co-op districts of the Song Dynasty (907similarities, but also obvious differ performance. It remains to be seen if oral storytelling of the ‘Water Mar eration with the photographer Jette 1279). There are still old storytellers, ences from ancient Greek oral tradi the modern lifestyle and new infor gin’ (Shuihu] cycle in the Lower Ross, Photo Atelier, Copenhagen. A educated on the basis of oral trans tion, as well as from the Anglo-Saxon Yangzi area, with a focus on mation technology will speed up fur monograph is being prepared for mission and performing according to and Icelandic oral traditions of the Yangzhou storytelling (Yangzhou ther the demise of the age-old genres publication entitled, Wu Song Fights traditional rules. medieval period: the Tiger - The Interplaj; o f Oral and The repertoires in which story In China, a plethora of these tradi Written Tradition in Chinese Storytelling. tellers of different schools excel are of tions are still living. We have the pos A book for general readership, illus enormous dimensions. What were the sibility to know or inquire about trated with photos by Jette Ross, Chi principles of education practised in <u many things that one can only guess nese Storytellers - The Life and Art o f the time-honoured tradition of or theorize about in the ancient Greek Yangzhou Storytellers, will be ready for ~ ' m.T'f 4 * ‘transmitting by mouth and teaching and medieval European traditions. * i * < -ft‘v v from the heart’ (kou chuan xin shou)? publication this year. ■ Concrete historical sources on most r i T . - ,« i. I *■ *■ *• ‘A AWhat part of the repertoire was sup * * *>t * y* lt , I of the individual oral traditions in \* ;h U * T Dr Vibeke Bardahl is an senior researcher %1 * * * %t »' * t * • * a i 4 \ posed to be learned by heart? To what ■ . •! , a, i «1<** * I» i ^ u 4#$*. f. t ■' ■ * a %* \ m China of today go back only three to at the Danish Institute o f Advanced Studies degree are the spoken texts formulaic i f %;. four hundred years. They belong, in the Humanities (DIASH) and an affiliated * 1 *’ * * * f ' I r * * * >•'»,Air.'ti *■♦. *'« A* } and in what sense? Is there a largely however, to a very much older culture ** »n’ f* * r *^ * * * «. researcher at the Nordic Institute o f Asian i u t n i f A -M » t •*V*-t **«• individual historical background to » ».■**• s f s of rich literary as well as oral tradi » A* « -v s a m *«?>•** *‘* 4 * * * , ■ 3 A« « * <ijI* Studies, Copenhagen, Denmark. She visited each of the items of the repertoire or f t J- * «• ’ 4 i* f - t » *- i * '» * * *ti tions. There has been a constant diffu * * * .« * - * the HAS in Leiden, can we establish some general charac "ft sion (both ways) of ideas, styles and \ p 4 r .♦ *11 *S* A»*■*>“ *A ** i.. **J / y ƒ •* «T •>re f . *^ *"ST *u ** the Netherlands, between d* * a *.*• * • ........ ,_.y * teristics for the formation of the formulas between the written and **t A A« " 2 1 August and I September repertoires? oral genres (in contrast to the Homer 2000 as a NIAS exchange The ‘orality’and the improvisationic tradition which existed in a largely fellow. Storyteller’s script handwritten byforefathers o f the Dai School ofjoumey pre-literate society with little use of al aspect of the Chinese professional E-mail: vbordahl@online.no oral arts has been questioned. It has to the West in Yangzhou storytelling. writing).

A Thousand Years o f Chinese Storytelling: Storytelling as a professional genre o f oral entertainment goes back more than a thousand years in Chinese society. In spite o f the low social esteem in which the storytellers are held, their art always had a heavy impact on the daily life o f the Chinese townspeople, serving as the ‘university’ o f ordinary people, the place where culture and knowledge was communicated in an entertaining and simple way.

®]

na&ilKliHfea*..-. t i l l i n '' k t

February 2001 • has newsletter NS24 * ^ 9

EAST

ASIA

Korea: A historical & cultural dictionary ‘Korea: A Historical and Cultural Dictionary’ is a concise man ual that comprises several thousand entries about Korean his torical, political, and cultural phenomena. It covers practically all past royals and politicians, as well as important writers, re ligious texts, symbols, painters, and foreign emissaries.

the German military helmets of tens of thousands of food-delivery boys, and as ‘cool’ decoration in bars cer tainly warrants a mention. One other curious omission is North Korea’s post-war subdivision of parts of North P’yöngan province and South Hamgyöng province into Chagang province and Yanggang province on Map 2 (p.xix). The new official system for romanizing Korean (p.ix) is also lacking, but perhaps because it was unfortunately adopted around the time of publication. In any case, I be lieve the ‘old’ system will continue to be used for quite some time and its ac curate use in this volume very much adds to the book’s value. Editing has been practically flaw less throughout, except for a few minor errors such as small spelling mistakes (see for example ‘role’ on p. vi, the pleonastic use o f‘also’ and ‘as well’ on p.ix, and the misspelling of mudong on p.310) and inconsistencies (see the rather outdated explanation of hansik as a rime when ‘no fire is lit in houses’ on p. 164, the two dates for the Kabo reforms on pp.212 and 479, the omission of a link between Arirang and Na U n’g yu, and the omission of the characters su and pok on pp.38935?p). The odd errors are, however, not enough to irritate or lead to much confusion. The choice and outdated ness o f the entries, on the other hand, has somewhat let down what is other wise a perfect addition to the Englishlanguage sources on Korea currently available. Considering the high price of this volume, I would not recom mend it blindly to non-academics or those students unable to read Korean because of its lack of entries on more contemporary cultural phenomena and limited references. Yet it may be exactly this emphasis on historical phenomena that prompts them to buy it, considering it is relatively easy to find information on post-war phe nomena in English elsewhere. Most academics will probably find the in formation provided too general but, in all fairness, they ought not to be looking up complicated Korean con cepts in an English-language dictio nary. This dictionary is intended for those in need of a quick and adequate definition, explanation, or summary of facts. They now have an excellent tool at their disposal. ■

Too often I was left with the feeling By ROALD M A L IA N G KAY that the authors had not spent much time in Korea recently. Much to my u n i i y i he entnes vary in W Ê Ê Ê Ê St I length; some may surprise, for example, I noticed that JL constitute no more neither the im portant phenomena of than a definition o f a few ‘cultural properties’, hum an or na lines, while others may tional, nor the feeling of han, which is extend over two pages generally regarded as quintessentialelucidating, for example, the change ly Korean, or sam ul nori and noraebang of a specific concept with time. The (singing room), both already interna entries are mostly textual, though tional phenomena, are mentioned sometimes a picture or a chart is used anywhere in the dictionary. Nor do to clarify a specific concept in more the now internationally acclaimed detail. In addition to this, the intro writers ‘Yi Munyöl’ and ‘Pak Wansö’, duction provides two maps, a chrono the award-winning director Im logical chart of East Asia’s dynastic Kwönt’aek, or such singer-icons as periods, and an elaborate five-page Pak Ch’unjae, Im Pangul, and Yi explanation of the McCune-ReisCh’angbae feature. They surely quali chauer romanization system used. fy to ‘typify its [Korea’s] civilization, The dictionary is well organized. and the complexity o f its experiences Most entries provide the Sino-Korean during the twentieth century’ (p.iv), or Chinese characters next to the so I hope they will be included in a entry word(s), plus a translation. In second edition. The inadequacy and the text, words that have their own somewhat outdatedness of quite a separate entry are printed in bold. number of entries also demand a sec Some entries also provide one or two ond revision. references to other sources in English Besides the fact that it covers only at the end, but these often constitute one-and-a-half pages mentioning the source rather than offering an only one other dish, kimeh’i, and pro extra view on the matter. In order to viding no references, the entry for find a term, one can browse alphabet food (PP.13Z-133), for example, says ically or check one of the indexes in that dog’s meat is only eaten by men the back. There are two: an index of at midsummer. In fact, the meat is personal names, and one of literary nowadays eaten throughout the year, and musical titles. The entries are but particularly in the summertime, given in the language in which they and because - like most dishes based are commonly referred to abroad, so I on ‘exotic’ animals (i.e. imported rare found them generally - though not species and pets and insects) - it is ex always - easy to find. Someone who is pensive and believed to enhance the unfamiliar with the English for a spe male libido, it is only rarely eaten by cific Korean concept may have some women. The entry on ‘folk song’ trouble finding its entry, but I believe (pp. 131-132) suggests the original Ko the potentially confusing subjectivity rean term is minyo, but it fails to spec o f this system is far outweighed by ify that this is only the scholarly de the fact that it allows one to find com nomination of the genre of songs that plicated Korean concepts through ei are commonly referred to as sori, ther their English equivalent or a faryöng, or norae. It also claims that generic term. Because the entries are the Japanese eventually discouraged cross-referenced, the reader is able to folksongs because they expressed na quickly check other possibilities once tionalist sentim ent Because there are a relevant entry has been located. The so many types of folksongs, a state problem is that, because there are too ment like this is bound to lead to con few references to other English-lan fusion. Some folksongs were simply guage materials, the adequacy and banned and others allowed since, in choice of the entries become an issue. most cases, only Koreans were aware There is not much the authors could of the true meaning o f the words they have done to avoid this. One of the sang. The more clearly political songs reasons why there has not been any that the Japanese sought to ban alto References cultural-historical handbook like this gether appeared around the rime of Research Institute o f Comm unist Bloc, before may be that, apart from the the March First Movement. They be Vukhanyorigam: 45-68 (Yearbook o f difficulty o f defining specific terms or long to a musically and lyrically sepa N orth Korea: 1945-1968). Seoul: concepts, the entries should, ideally, rate genre known as ch’angga, which Kwangmyöng insoe kongsa (1968). provide more than one reference to a is briefly defined under a separate Yi Yusön, Han jjukyangak more detailed source. There are still entry on p.71, but curiously left out p’alsfiimnyonsa (Eighty Years’ History too few foreign-language sources on of the second index. o f Western Music in Korea). Seoul: Korea to date. Another entry that shows the dic Chungang taehakkyo ch’ulp’ansa The enormous num ber o f entries tionary’s emphasis on historical (1968). notwithstanding, I could not help rather than contemporary associa feeling that the reason the authors tions is that for ‘swastika’. Although included such a large num ber of it correctly shows the many uses of items on missionary activities on the the symbol, it fails to mention that it one hand, and left out so many on has become increasingly popular be Dr Roald H. Maliangkay is a researcher post-war cultural phenomena on the cause o f its association with Nazi Ger at the Centre for Korean Studies, Leiden. other, was more than circumstantial. many. Its present use on clothing, on E-mail: roald.maliangkay@wolmail.nl 3 O •

has n e w s l e t t e r

NS24 • February 2001

BOOKS

RECEIVED

etc. (eds.) INTEGRATED KOREAN KLEAR TEXTBOOKS IN KOREAN LANGUAGE: TEXT- AND WORKBOOKS Honolulu, University of Hawai’i Press (2000), 4 vols., 332+336+211+398 pp. ISBN 0-8248-2174-2 Cho,Young-mee

Kim, Nam-Kil

MODERN KOREAN AN INTERMEDIATE READER Honolulu: University of Hawai’i Press (2000), 398 pp, ISBN 0-8248-2222-6 (pb)

e a

Lee. Dong Jae (chief ed.)

STUDIES ON KOREAN IN COMMUNITY SCHOOLS Honolulu: University of Hawai'i Press (2000), 254 pp, ISBN 0-8248-2352-4, Korean M erritt, Helen, and Nanako Yamada

WOODBLOCK KUCHI-E PRINTS REFLECTIONS OF MEJI CULTURE Honolulu: University of Hawai'i Press (2000), pp, ISBN 0-8248-2073-8 (doth) Oh, Kongdan, and Ralph C. Hassig NORTH KOREA: THROUGH THE LOOKING GLASS Washington D.C.: Brookings Institution Press (2000), 256pp, ISBN 0-8157-6435-9 (pb). ill. Pratt, Keith and Richard Rut, additional material by James Hoare

KOREA A HISTORICAL AND CULTURAL DICTIONARY Richmond, Surrey: Curzon Press ( 1999), 568 pp, ISBN 0-7007-0464-7, ISBN 0-7007-0463-9 (pb). ill. Schultz, Edward J.

GENERALS AND SCHOLARS MILITARY RULE IN MEDIEVAL KOREA Honolulu: University of Hawai’i Press (2000), 254 pp, ISBN 0-8248-2188-2 (hb), ISBN 0-8248-2324-9 (pb), tables

BOOKS

RECEIVED

Adolphson, M ikael S.

THE GATES OF POWER MONKS,COURTIERS, AND WARRIORS IN PREMODERN JAPAN Honolulu: University of Hawai’i Press (2000), 456 pp, ISBN 0-8248-2263-3 (hb) ISBN 0-8248-2334-6 (pb) ill. Akemine.A., etc. (ed.)

a n

CATALOGUE OF ENGLISH PUBLICATIONS PUBLISHED BY THE INSTITUTE OF DEVELOPING ECONOMICS 1995-1999 Chiba: Institute of Development Economies/ Japan External Trade Organization (2000), ISBN 4-258-16034-2 8reen,John and MarkTeeuwen (eds.) SHINTO IN HISTORY WAYS OF THE KAMI Richmond: Curzon Press (2000), 366 pp, ISBN 0-7007-1170-8 (hb) ISBN 0-7007-1172-4 (pb) maps. ill. Groner, Paul

THE ESTABLISHMENT OF THE JAPANESE TENDAI SCHOOL Honululu: University of Hawai'i (2000), 337 pp. ISBN 0-8248-2371-0 (pb) Hijiya-Kirschnereit, Irmela

JAPANISCHE GEGENWARTSLITERATUR EIN HANDBUCH München: Richard Boorberg Verlag (2000), 345 pp, ISBN 3-88377-639-4, ill., German Kouwenhoven.Arlette, and M atthi Forrer

SIEBOLD AND JAPAN: HIS LIFE AND WORKS Leiden: Hotel publishing (2000), I20pp, ISBN 90-74822-19-3 (English), ill. Also: ISBN 90-74822-27-4 (Dutch), ISBN 90-74822-33-9 (Japanese) Steve Rabson (eds.) SOUTHERN EXPOSURE MODERN JAPANESE LITERATURE FROM OKINAWA blonolulu: University of Hawai’i Press (2000), 362 pp, ISBN 0-8248-2169-6 (hb), ISBN 0-8248-2300-1 (pb) Molasky, Michael and

Put, M ax

PLUNDER AND PLEASURE JAPANESE ART IN THE WEST 1860-1930 Leiden: Hotei Publishing (2000), 151 pp, ISBN 90-74822-09-6, illustrated Snyder, Stephen

FICTIONS OF DESIRE NARRITIVE FORM IN THE NOVELS OF NAGAI KAF_ Honolulu: University of Hawai’i Press (2000), 195 pp, ISBN 0-8428-2147-5 hb, ISBN 0-8248-2236-6 (pb) Interested in submitting a review article for one of our Books Received? Please contact the editors at: iiasnews@rullet.leidenuniv.nl

EAST

Qiaoxiang Ties Book introductions Why were cultural claim s so im p ortan t w h en overseas C hinese capital entered C hina d u rin g th e 1980s and 1990s? H ow d id assu m p tio n s o f cultural affin ity affect relations b etw een m ain land C hinese em ployees and foreign m anagers in C hinese transnational enterprises, and b etw een th o se enterprises and C hinese officialdom ? H o w im p ortan t is it for C h inese transnatio n a l enterprises to leave th eir su p p osed ly C h inese characteristics b eh in d in th eir stru ggle for survival in th e w orld market?

By LEO DOUW hese are some of the questions that have been ad dressed by the HAS re search programme on ‘In ternational Social Organi zation in East and Southeast Asia: Qiaoxiang Ties during the Twentieth Century’ from its introduction in 1996 to its conclusion in 2000 [see arti cle, ‘Qiaoxiang Ties, Programme Succesfully Concluded’on pp. 41 and 43 of this issue’s Pink Pages). Our hypothe ses required the deployment of a broad spectrum of social science ap proaches. To this end, the Qiaoxiang Ties programme was joined by politi cal scientists, anthropologists, histo rians, and sociologists. This enabled us to discuss the interaction between business and society as well as the dy namics of social groups within enter prises over the entire twentieth cen tury in great detail. A full account in which the research findings of the programme will be discussed more deeply will be provided in the pro gramme’s Final Report, to be pub lished shortly. What follows are intro ductions to the two volumes of publi cations produced by the programme.

the closing decades of the nineteenth century led to the establishment of institutions in China and abroad that were geared towards stimulating trade and investment in China by overseas Chinese business people. This effort was symbolically founded on the sojourners’ dream of return ing home once their fortune had been made. The organizations subscribing to this ‘sojourner discourse’ have con sisted mainly of the voluntary Chi nese associations abroad and the ex tensive semi-official state apparatus of overseas Chinese affairs that was built up in China for the specific pur pose of conducting this type of eco nomic diplomacy. The chapters by Liu Hong, Elisabeth Sinn, and Joseph

ASIA

situation to their own benefit by in truding the state apparatus and usurping its financial decision-mak ing machinery. During the rest of the twentieth century, the Chinese state was vastly more powerful, but the deals about establishing business in China were negotiated from similarly incongruent positions between business people and officials. This says something important about the character and efficiency of business net works, so central to the study of eth nic ^ Chinese entrepreneurial activity. . In short, the assumption ofcultur affinity among people of Chinese descent was a conscious construction set up to create a favourable political en vironment for the negotiation of for eign investment back in China. This is not to say that cultural construc tions should not be socially grounded in order to be effective in the longer run and serve as a basis for institution building. In her contribution on a Singapore lineage from Anxi in Fujian province, Kuah Khun Eng shows how an upright religious sentiment is im portant in the re-establishment of the links with the home town, even though these links may be manipu lated or used in a more straightfor wardly instrumental way by business people and government officials. Co gently, on many occasions, cultural affinity may derail, ultimately thwarting, economic development.

ethinking Transna tional Chinese Enter prises: Cultural Ajfir ity and Business Strategies investigates the social and economic fabrics of Chi nese transnational enterprises. It dis cusses two major questions: (x.) What role does cultural affinity play in eth nic Chinese and non-Chinese transnational enterprises operating in mainland China and in other Chi nese cultural milieus? and (2.) As strategies responding to globaliza tion, corporatization, and the recent Asian crisis, what adaptations have Chinese businesses made to family control and business networks to en sure their survival and success? The first question is treated by looking at the cultural assumptions underlying labour relations in Chinese transna tional enterprises. Cen Huang s study of enterprises in Fujian and Guangdong provinces casts ffirther doubt on the efficiency of assump tions about cultural affinity between overseas Chinese managers and their mainland Chinese personnel: they can easily cause misunderstanding, disappointment, and conflict among both parties. Two chapters, by Irmtraud Munder, and by Renate Krieg and Kerstin Nagels, on Sino-German business ventures in China and Tai wan make it clear that Western as sumptions about the viability of

past as well as at present, the profit motive is at least equally important. Zhuang’s finding that in Xiamen, since 1978, the amount of donations made by individual overseas entre preneurs has increasingly corre sponded to the amount of their in vestment, which suggests that dona tion behaviour is coming close to routine tax operations. In looking at the economic fabric of Chinese transnational enterprises, the remaining chapters cast further doubt upon the importance of the Chinese characteristics for the sur vival and profitability of these firms. Noel Tracy, David Ip, and Constance Lever-Tracy do claim, that the sup posedly Chinese characteristics of Chinese transnational enterprises in Southeast Asia, Hong Kong, and Tai wan, namely their flexibility, invisi bility, and family control, may have been assets in their struggle for sur vival through the recent Asian crisis. The other contributions, however, mostly contain disclaimers on this issue. For example, the chapters by Stephanie Chung and Henry Yeung that follow the Singapore- and Hong Kong-based Eu Yan Sang business firm in its development since the late nineteenth century emphasize the adaptability of Eu Yan Sang s or ganization to changing economic and political circumstances. In conclusion, it is imperative to study cultural phenomena in order to understand Chinese transnational entrepreneurship and enterprises in our frame of time. At the same time, there is reason to doubt that institu tion-building based upon the pre sent prevalent cultural assumptions is viable in the longer term. ■

Douw, Leo, Cen Huang, and David Ip

RETHINKING TRANSNATIONAL CHINESE ENTERPRISES: CULTURAL AFFINITY AND BUSINESS

Qiaoxiang Ties: Interdisciplinary Ap proaches to ‘Cultural Capitalism’ in South China looks at how claims of cultural affinity made by officials in China and ethnic Chinese business people elsewhere served to facilitate negotia tions between both parties on the es tablishment of business enterprises in South China. One of the central ob jects of study for our programme was the way links were formed with their home town in South China by busi ness people who had once been so journers from that area, or who were the descendants of sojourners. Rather than claim or disclaim that these people share a Chinese identity among themselves and with the peo ple in their home towns (in Chinese: qiaoxiang, or sojourner home towns), it would seem to be more relevant to realize the context in which these claims figure. The most important are, firstly, that Chinese overseas usu ally share a background of political marginalization in their countries of residence; secondly, that a consider able number of them have achieved sufficient wealth and business acu men to assume the role of prominant economic actors, even in the interna tional arena; and thirdly, that the ‘home country', China, has lagged be hind in economic development dur ing all of the past century. The recog nition of a mutual interest in the de velopment of China’s economy since

STRATEGIES. London: Curzon Press

A mansion in South Fujian, China, built in the early twentieth century by a Chinese lineage in Malaysia. It was intended to be used by the emigrants upon their return to China, but that return never happened. Cheng and Ngok King-lun provide elaborate descriptions of the institu tional fabrics of such groups since the early twentieth century. The mechanisms involved are nice ly illustrated, as seen in Stephanie Chung’s contribution, by the dealings in the early twentieth century of the Siyi community of business people in Hong Kong, first, with the Qing state and then with Sun Yat-sen’s govern ment in Guangzhou. Because of their deviant historical trajectory the Siyi people, who originated from the Siyi region in Guangdong province, had become a marginal group among their fellow ethnic Chinese residents in Hong Kong, but they worked their way up by acting the roles assigned to them as Chinese overseas sojourners. This case casts doubt on the impor tance of the distinction between being Chinese and non-Chinese ori gins, but it also illustrates how im portant differences in wealth, power, and status were among those who claimed to have their roots in one Chinese culture. Weak governments, such as Sun Yat-sen’s in Guangzhou, could easily be dominated by assertive emigrant groups, which turned the

Numerous interviews with business people from Hong Kong and Taiwan operating businesses in South China, presented in a chapter by Isabel Thireau and Hua Linshan show incontrovertibly that there are con straints in the operation of business enterprises which to an extent im pede the opportunities created by the sojourner discourse. Employees and subcontractors recruited from the home town district and among family and kin may be much more demand ing and unreliable than persons who are recruited in less particular ways. ■

Douw, Leo, Cen Huang, and Michael R. Godley, (eds.),

QIAOXIANG TIES: INTER DISCIPLINARY APPROACHES TO 'CULTURAL CAPITALISM' IN SOUTH CHINA. London: Kegan Paul International (

1999) .

(forthcoming).

human resource management may not yet work in the emergent market economy in China. The conclusion is that there still is a strong preference in China for clear hierarchical com mand structures, even though espe cially mainland China employees in creasingly value having a say in the decision-making by their superiors. Also, in different parts of China there are big differences in employees’ and managers’ expectations concerning the requirements of teamwork and leadership qualities. Exposure to Western contact, such as has long ex isted in Taiwan, does not of necessity lead to a higher degree of Western ization of work attitudes. Of particular importance when looking at the cultural grounding of institutions are the contributions by Dai Yifeng, Zhuang Guotu, and Song Ping, all from the PRC, dealing with donation and investment behaviour among overseas Chinese investors operating in South China. Contrary to previous assumptions popular among academics and politicians in the PRC about patriotic values un derlying such behaviour, these chap ters acknowledge that in the pre-war

The Final Report of the programme will be published shortly on its web site: Http://www.iias.leidenuniv.nl/ iias/research/qiaoxiang/

Dr Leo Douw was the director of the HAS Qiaoxiang Ties Programme and is a lecturer o f modem Asian history, University of Amsterdam and Free University Amsterdam. E-mail: lm.douw@letvu.nl

February 2001 •

iias newsletter

>1224 • 3

EAST AS I A BOOKS

RECEI VED

4 JUNE

OSLO, Barr, Michael D. LEE KUAN YEW THE BELIEFS BEHIND THE MAN Richmond, Surrey: Curzon Press (2000), 273 pp, ISBN 0-7007-1325-5

h i

n a

Bramsen, Christopher Bo PEACE AND FRIENDSHIP DENMARK'S OFFICIAL RELATIONS WITH CHINA Copenhagen: NIAS Publications (2000), 155 pp, ISBN 87-87062-82-8. illustrated, English and Chinese Bun, Chan Kwok fed.) CHINESE BUSINESS NETWORKS STATE, ECONOMY AND CULTURE Copenhagen: NIAS Publications (2000), 320 pp, ISBN 87-87062-79-8 Campen.Jan van DE HAAGSE JURIST JEAN THEODORE ROYER (1737- 1807) EN ZIJN VERZAMELING CHINESE VOORWERPEN Hilversum:Verloren (2000), pp. 410, ISBN 90-6550-621-7, ill., Dutch Chaigne, Christin, Catherine Paix and Chantal Zheng (Eds.) TAIWAN: ENQUÊTE SUR UNE IDENTITÉ Paris: Editions Karthala (2000), 352 pp, ISBN 2-84586-087-0, ill., French Chi, Pang-Yuan, and David Der-WeiWang (eds.) CHINESE LITERATURE IN THE SECOND HALF OF A MODERN CENTURY A CRITICAL SURVEY Bloomington and Indianapolis: Indiana University Press (2000), 382 pp, ISBN 0-253-33710-0 (cloth) Chien-Chao, Hung A HISTORY OF TAIWAN Rimini: II Cerchio Iniziative Editoriali (2000), 367 pp, ISBN 88-86583-80-X Fu, Poshek and David Desser (eds.) THE CINEMA OF HONG KONG HISTORY, ARTS, IDENTITY Cambridge: Cambridge University Press (2000), 333 pp, ISBN 0-521-77235-4, (hb), illustrated GanBbauer, Monika (ed) CHRISTSEIN IN CHINA CHINESISCHE STIMMEN AUS KIRCHE UND FORSCHUNG Hamburg:EMV and China Infostelle (2000), 129 pp, ISSN 1436-2058, ill., German Heinzig, Dieter DIE SOWJETUNION UND DAS KOMMUNISTISCHE CHINA 1945-1950 DER BESCHWERLICHE WEG ZUM BÜNDNIS Baden: NomosVerlagsgesellschaft (1998),710 pp. ISBN 3-7890-5370-8, German Henk, Ewald WANG KANGNIAN (1860- 1911) UND DIE SHIWUBAO MONUMENTA SERICA MONOGRAPH SERIES: XXXVI Sankt Augustin: Institut monumenta Serica(2000), 353 pp. ISBN 3-8050-0432-X, ISSN 0 179-261X, German incl. Chinese texts Hsien-Yung, Pai TAIPEI PEOPLE (TAIPEI JEN) CHINESE-ENGLISH BILINGUAL EDITION Hong Kong: Chinese University Press (2000), 448 pp, ISBN 962-201-859-9, Chinese and English Jaschok, Maria and Shui Jingjun THE HISTORY OF WOMEN'S MOSQUES IN CHINESE ISLAM A MOSQUE OF THEIR OWN Richmond, Surrey: Curzon Press (2000), 364 pp, ISBN 0-7007-1302-6 (hb), ill. Knapp, Ronald CHINA'S OLD DWELLINGS Honolulu: University of Hawai’i Press (2000), 362 pp, ISBN 0-8248-2075-4 (hb) ISBN 0-8248-2214-5 (pb), ill., graphs, maps Muppathinchira, Thomas CONFUCIUS BEYOND TIMES UNDERSTANDING CONFUC1AN HUMANISTIC VALUES IN TODAY'S CONTEXT Ghent: Communication & Cognition (2000), pp 277, ISBN D-2000-2249-1

2000

NORWAY

Human & Regional Security around the South China Sea Thirty-seven scholarly papers were presented at the workshop ‘Human and Regional Security around the South China Sea’ in Oslo from 2 to 4 June 2000. Thanks to generous funding from the Norwegian Research Council, the ESF Asia Committee, and the Statoil Company, it was possible to invite a substantial number o f scholars from the countries around the South China Sea, and also leading experts from Australia, North America, and Europe. By STEIN T 0 N N E S S O N

eynote speakers were Prof Hasjim , Djalal (Jakarta) and \ Dr Mark J. Valencia (Hon olulu). Rector Kaare R. Norum of the University of Oslo opened the workshop, and Professor Jean-Luc Domenach (Paris) delivered a speech to the participants on behalf of the ESF Asia Committee. The workshop was organized into six panels: 1) The Environment, 2) His tory, 3) Security, 4) Economy, 5) Law, and 6) Confidence Building and Con flict Management. As the workshop was organized under the Chatham House Rule, it is not possible to quote what was said. What follows are my personal im pressions, which will not represent the views of all participants: 1. The environment in the South China Sea is under severe stress. Disputed coral reefs are rapidly being destroyed by the use of ille gal fishing methods and by mili tary activity. Some species of fish are rapidly being depleted. The en vironmental problems are recog nized locally, and agreement has been reached about the undertak ing of some joint research, but so far nothing effective has been done. Even in areas where national jurisdiction is undisputed, it is difficult to patrol fishing grounds and prevent the use of illegal fish ing methods. In disputed waters this is virtually impossible. While the situation gives grounds for pessimism, environmental con

cerns are also the most likely basis for regional co-operation and con flict management. One factor that may contribute to reduction in the intensity of the disputes is that the prospects of finding substantial quantities of oil and gas are less promising than they had once seemed. 2. Historically, the Paracel and Spratly Islands have been mainly a source of danger to shipping. When an cient documents described them, the intent was not to claim sover eignty on behalf of any particular state, but to help seafarers avoid danger. Even in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, the small is lands and reefs in the Paracel and Spratly areas were of much less eco nomic and strategic value than local interest groups would have the world believe. 3. The balance of naval forces in the South China Sea is now partly af fected by the growing strength of the Chinese Navy, partly by US de velopment of Theatre Missile De fence (TMD) technology, and also by the increasing sophistication of satellite-based monitoring sys tems. Taiwan-mainland relations are closely intertwined with the conflict in the South China Sea. It seems possible that a local securi ty regime could emerge, based on: a) a shared implicit realization in China, the USA, and Southeast Asia that a balance of force is necessary in order to guarantee the safety of shipping, and b) a general realiza tion in the region that co-operation and conflict management must be

Oudshoorn, Yvonne LEER MIJ ZE KENNEN, DE CHINEZEN SOCIAAL-PSYCHOLOGISCHE ASPECTEN VAN DE CHINESE SAMENLEVING Deventer: Samson (2000), 160 pp, ISBN 90-14-06936-7,ill., Dutch Schucher, Giinter CHINAFORSCHUNG - FORSCHUNG IN CHINA EMPFEHLUNGEN FÜR DIE ERRICHTUNG EINES GEISTESUND SOZIALWISSENSCHAFTLICHEN AUSLANDINSTITUTS IN CHINA Mitteilungen des Instituts fur Asienkunde Hamburg Nr 334, Hamburg: IFA (2001), 11 I pp. ISBN 3-88910-251-4 Shambaugh, David (ed) THE MODERN CHINESE STATE Cambridge: Cambridge University Press (2000), 244 pp, ISBN 0 521 77603 I (pb), ISBN 0 521 77234 6 (hb), illustrated, English

Interested in submitting a review article for one of our Books Received? Please contact the editors at: iiasnews@rullet.leidenuniv.nl

32 •

has n e w s l e t t e r

W 2 4 • February zoo 1

Tarücvpants o f the conference

undertaken in order to resolve criti cal environmental problems and fa cilitate international trade and in vestments. 4. Much of the trade of the countries around the South China Sea is with developed economies else where. The local states compete in the same markets and try to at tract the same kind of invest ments. Still there has also been a tendency towards regional eco nomic integration, with Singapore and Taiwan as the main catalysts. A pattern of sustained economic development will depend on the continuation of this trend. 5. All the local states have signed the United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea (UNCLOS); most have also ratified it. The foreign ministries have increased their competence in the Law of the Sea, but politicians often lack the most basic understanding of its intrica cies. The foreign ministries realize that any solution to disputes over maritime delimitation must be based on UNCLOS. This means that claims to sovereignty over so-called ‘maritime territory’ must be re phrased as claims to a twelve-nauti cal mile territorial sea, a further twelve-nautical mile contiguous zone, a 200-nautical mile exclusive economic zone, and a 2oo~35o-nautical mile continental shelf, all ex tended from properly drawn base lines along the coasts and around the islands of each state. A key step in paving the way for a solution to the South China Sea disputes is to decide if any of the small islets in the Spratly and Paracel areas fulfil the requirements for generating more than a twelve-nautical mile territorial sea - and if the answer is positive, how many. The text of UNCLOS is unclear on this matter and legal scholars disagree on its interpretation.

EAST 31

MAY

SEOUL,

2 JUNE

ASIA

2000

KOREA

The 4th EPCReN workshop

Perceptions of Good Government ‘Eurasia Political Culture Research Network’ (EPCReN) held its fourth workshop at Sangnam Institute o f Management, Yonsei University in Seoul, Korea from 31 May to 2 June zooo. The workshop was an important part o f the research project ‘Good Government, East Asian and Nordic Perceptions’ which has participating research teams from China, Denmark, Fin land, Iceland, Japan, Korea, Norway, Sweden, and Taiwan. So cial scientists from these countries have joined forces to con duct comparative research in order to develop a deeper East West cross-cultural understanding with relation to govern mental systems. ■ By GEI R HE L GES E N

epresentatives from our teams in Korea, J - x . Japan, China, Tai, ^ j wan, Sweden, Iceland, and I Denmark met to discuss data presentation and interpretation from surveys conducted in four of the nine participating coun tries, namely Denmark, Korea, Japan, and Taiwan. Also discussed was the content and structure of the final publication, scheduled for release in 2002. What follows is a brief descrip tion of the preliminary results of the workshop to give an impression of the workshop discussions and an indica tion of the direction of the analysis.

Trust and rights Results from three surveys con ducted from 1999 to 2000 in Japan, Korea and Denmark revealed simi larities as well as differences be tween attitudes in the three coun tries in with regard to T rust in Peo ple’. Trust in people close to you ap pears to be universal; ‘family first is not only a conservative slogan, it is not even a special East Asian trait, a consensus which should not be sur prising. When surveys asked about

relations with other categories of re lations, there was found to be an av erage rating from ‘do not trust them to ‘trust them completely’. According to the survey results, belief in the importance of democra tic rights was found to be (almost) universal; although rights as such may be somewhat less cherished in Japan and Korea, especially when it comes to political participation. Cat egories o f rights’ listed in the survey were the right: to vote, to participate in an organization, to gather and demonstrate, to be fully informed about the government, to freedom of speech, and to criticize the govern ment. From the survey it was also found that satisfaction with democ ratic rights is also lower in the East. This could indicate that govern ments there might consider increas ing the level of information about their work. Trust in institutions were also shown to be lower in the East, based on survey results. The institutions highlighted in the survey were: the parliament, political parties, trade unions, the media, the legal system, public offices, the police, the armed forces, major companies, and the ed ucational system. According to one

The Philippines, China, and Tai wan might, if they want to, seek a resolution to their dispute over Scarborough Reef in a way that would set a precedent for resolv ing the larger disputes (notably the Spratlys). 6. The most promising recent events, in terms of preparing the ground for conflict management and re gional co-operation, are: a) China and Vietnam intend to reach an agreement on maritime delimitation in the Gulf of Tonkin before the end of 2000; b) ASEAN and China are engaged in negotiations for a code of conduct; c) the United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP) has developed a comprehensive Strategic Action Plan for the South China Sea. 7. Despite these positive signs, the workshop was characterized by general pessimism. This reflected the precariousness of the environ mental situation, and also security matters, although no one seemed to expect an outbreak of war. There does not seem to be much prospect of resolving the disputes

Publications The papers will not be published in a joint volume. Instead the au thors have been encouraged to sub mit their papers as drafts to re nowned journals. Most have already done so. A majority of the papers will thus hopefully be published in Ocean Development and International Law, The Pacific Review, Survival and other peri odicals. The intention is to register on the workshop web site all the publications that come out of the workshop. ■

Please visit: Http://www.sum.uio.no/ southchinasea

Professor Stein T ennesson is professor of Human Development Studies at the Centre for Development and the Environment, University o f Oslo, Norway. E-mail: stein.tonnesson@sum.uio.no

other quality generally supported, but less so in Japan, where the re spondents may have thought that this trait already is a part of the lifestyle. ‘Creativity’ was considered important; it was found to be mostly so in Korea, where the supposed lack of creativity is a social issue, and to be least important in Denmark, where children and educators have been overly creative for a long period of time to the point that a less cre ative upbringing might be consid ered more sound. Ability to think for oneself was considered to be very important in Denmark and Japan, but not so in Korea, where it might have been seen as an individual and, therefore, an egoistic trait. ‘Self-re strain t, on the other hand, was con sidered most important in Korea and Upbrin^in^ of children least important in Denmark, and a According to the political culture similar pattern applies for ‘ambi approach, socialization plays an im tion’. Four traits stand out as not portant role by determining the being very important although there foundation of later attitudes to are some variations. T hrift was seen wards matters of political impor as important in Korea, but less im tance. It is hardly possible to under portant in Japan and not so impor stand people’s perceptions of central tant in Denmark. This variation may concepts such as power and authori follow the level of prosperity and ty without having a good knowledge lifestyle in the three compared coun about the social values and norms tries. ‘Unselfishness’ was perceived that were transmitted to them dur as rather important in Japan, less so ing their childhood through up in Denmark, and actually rather bringing and education. In a crossunimportant in Korea. Obedience cultural study, this aspect is even was not seen as very important. Sur more important. To consider values prisingly it was more important in and norms from one civilization as Denmark than in Japan and Korea. universally true without even inves From what we know from the litera tigating the matter is not, as we have ture and from personal observation, seen time and again, promoting in this response is probably predomi ternational understanding. nantly a reflection of ideals rather When respondents were asked a than reality. The final item present question about a list of qualities ed to our respondents was ‘religious which children can be encouraged to faith’. In all three countries this was learn at home, they were prompted not considered to be very important. to indicate how they would rate the In Denmark, thirty-six per cent said importance of each of the qualities it was ‘not at all important’. This fig listed, namely fifteen values, norms ure is about twenty per cent for and traits (i.e. obedience, creativity, Japan and Korea. independence, good manners, etc.). Asked to rank the three most im We addressed respondents in their portant among the list of fifteen val role as parents or parents-to-be. All ues, norms, and traits, the Korean parents wanted their children to de and Japanese respondents ranked velop as sound and mature human ‘good manners’ as number one, beings. There were, however, differ while the Danish respondents ent understandings about what it ranked ‘responsibility’ in first place. implies to reach adulthood as a ma For all three countries, the second ture person. Parents had different most important was ‘responsibility , opinions of what they wanted to and the third most important for ‘implant’ in the minds of their chil Korea and Japan was also ‘responsi dren. bility’, while for Denmark it was the A conclusion drawn from the re ability to ‘think for oneself. sults of this line of questioning was Why did we pose these questions that ‘good manners’ and ‘responsi about upbringing in a survey on po bility’ seem to be universally cher ished (about ninety-five per cent of litical culture? In general, people pay much more attention to family mat respondents found them to be ters than to political matters. The ‘rather important’ or ‘very impor central importance of family for the tant’). ‘Tolerance’, ‘respect’ and ‘de individual seems to be a universal termination’ were also generally fact. Ronald Ingelhart’s study pre found to be strongly supported. In sented in: Human Values and Belie/s: A dependence was considered to be im Cross-Cultural Sourcebook, Ann Arbor: portant, but less so among the Dan University of Michigan Press (1998) ish respondents, who might have testifies to this claim. Among 42,397 found that there is more than respondents from forty-three coun enough independence among the tries who were asked about the im youth of today. ‘Hard work was an

interpretation of the results ob tained from this query in particular, the core democratic institutions such as the parliament, the judiciary system, and the law-enforcement system lack public support in Japan and Korea. One could then conclude that representative democracy is not yet rooted in that part of the world, or one could say that people in ‘the East’ are not comfortable with ‘Western’ institutions. The conclu sion was that, in spite of belief in these rights, it is difficult to create satisfaction with them. When com pared with those of the West, trust in ‘people close to you may, after all, be built on other principles and val ues in East Asia...

over sovereignty and maritime de limitation in the Paracel and Sprat ly areas.

portance of the following six items: politics, religion, leisure, friends, work, and family, only twelve per cent found politics to be very impor tant to them, while eighty-three per cent said that family was very im portant. The family is not just im portant because people say so, but because it is in the family that val ues, norms and ideas are communi cated from generation to generation in the process of upbringing and ed ucation. In their behavior people may be marked by political convic tions and activities, but before they reach adulthood and their political convictions, they are formed in the social and emotional environment of the family. To understand politics from a cross-cultural perspective, it is thus necessary, we believe, to understand attitudes towards power and author ity, and how these attitudes are formed during childhood. Without such an understanding, it is proba bly meaningless to discuss why and how trust, leadership, participation and other aspects of political life are understood and performed in differ ent ways in different cultures. In order to achieve our goal, which is that our study may contribute to a deeper understanding of similarities and differences between East Asian and Nordic perceptions of good gov ernment, it is necessary to deal with values, norms, and traits that colour people’s world view, and their politi cal attitudes and convictions. Mentioned here in this report are only preliminary results and analy ses. More countries will be included shortly. Any comments to our work at this stage are appreciated and can be directed to the author.

Future plans The fifth EPCReN workshop is planned to be held in Stockholm in late 2001. Before this workshop, all manuscripts will have been distrib uted to the network members so that the workshop can concentrate on discussing each contribution be fore the final revision and publica tion of the intende volume, Good Government, East Asian and Nordic Per spectives. (working title) Leading up to the publication of the workshop volume, a number of journal articles focusing on some of the issues we have covered in our surveys, as well as country specific working papers, are planned. Anoth er conference to present and discuss the collected data and data interpre tation is planned to be arranged to take place in Copenhagen previous to the 2002 ASEM. ■

To see illustrative figures of the above report, please visit: Http://www.nias.ku.dk/epcren

The European Science Foundation Asia Committee was the main sponsor of the workshop, which was also supported by the Korea Foundation.

Dr Geir He/gesen is the EPCReN workshop co-ordinator. He is affiliated with the Nordic Institute o f Asian Studies (NIAS), Copenhagen, Denmark. E-mail: Geir@nias.ku.dk . I TAS M F W S I F T T E R T\l?2A

EAST

ASIA

Institute of East Asian Studies Gerhard-Mercator University

New Research Projects Beyond the purely econom ic dim ension o f the financial and econom ic crisis in Asia there is also a political dim ension which has generated a discourse on the political reasons for the crisis and thus the future o f political structures and sys tem s. Even though the com m on may take different turns in each o f the countries involved, em erging transnational processes and discussion contexts can still be discerned. ■ By T HO MA S HEBERER

"■"project 1: ‘Discourses on Political Reform JL and Democratization in East and Southeast Asia in the Light o f New Processes of Regional Community Building’ (funded by the Deutsche Forschungsgemeinschaft). This project intends to: - trace and analyse the conceptions on the political future evolved since the mid-nineties at three levels: 1) the political elite; 2) the intellectual elite;

(?)

3 ) N G O s;

- look at the influence exerted on the political reform process by po litical discourse; - discern whether a second debate on ‘Asian values’ is emerging, or has emerged, on the basis of demo cratic values; - analyse whether the conceptions formed by political discourse tend to be ‘Asian’, ‘Western’, or syncretic; - provide an exhaustive answer to the question of whether political dis course is contributing to a debate reaching beyond the earlier one on ‘Asian values’ and whether a com mon identity oriented towards de mocratic elements is formed.

Aspects o f ethnic m obilization during processes o f m oderniza tion have so far only been m arginally investigated. In particu lar, there have been alm ost no academic investigations or analyses o f the developm ent o f a new entrepreneurship am ong indigenous m inorities and its role in ethnic m obilization and ethnic consciousness. In China, as a m ultinational state with 55 ethnic m inorities, we have a good area for specific research, especially in view o f the fact that there are very few investiga tions which deal w ith tensions between econom ic m oderniza tion and social change am ong m inorities. roject 2: ‘Ethnic Entrepreneurs between J - Market Behaviour and Social Morality. The Impact of Ethnic Entre preneurship on Social Change and Ethnicity. A Case Study Among the Yi in Liangshan Yi Au tonomous Prefecture in China’ (funded by Volkswagen Foundation). The project starts out with four basic questions regarding: r. The role of new entrepreneurs in social change and social structural change in Yi society; 2. The development of a Yi ethnic en trepreneurship and its impact on social mobilization; 3. The changing role of social organi zations (lineage) and of economic thinking in the wake of economic and social change; 4. The relationship between entre preneurship and ethnicity. The double role of entrepreneurs as social actors in the market place and as members of an ethnic group (Yi) is an important interface for our investigation. Individuals (in our case entrepreneurs) operate simulta neously as individuals and as mem bers of personal relationship groups, like ethnic, regional, or language groups. Such a double role can also be found in the ethnic entrepreneur. Here, ethnic mobility is concomitant with individual mobility. An investi gation of ethnic entrepreneurs as ac tors with both individual and ethnic 3 4

mobility contributes to a better un derstanding of the processes of change in the social structures. The proposed project is based on four dimensions of investigation: 1. The theoretical dimension: to investigate whether the devel opment of an ethnic entrepreneurship among the Yi can be ex plained by existing theories about ethnic entrepreneurship, with the emphasis on the investigation of the link between economy (the contribution of the ethnic entre preneurship to economic develop ment) and society (the social func tion of entrepreneurship and its influence on social change in the society affected). Simultaneously the project will research the link between ethnic entrepreneurship, ethnic identity, and ethnicity. 2. The comparative dimension: we will investigate how Han and Yi entrepreneurs in the Liangshan Autonomous Region differ from one another. Central issues here are economic thinking, social behav iour, economic interconnection or segregation, mutual perceptions and ethnicity, and determinants of ethnic group differences in labour markets and in entrepreneurial roles. Only through comparison is it possible to make significant statements about the complexes of ethnicity and ethnic identity.

‘ IIAS n e w s l e t t e r n ?24 • February zoo 1

These points will be analysed in two authoritarian states (China, Vietnam), a multi-ethnic, formally democratic state with strong author itarian features (Malaysia), and a de mocratic state with significant parochial structures and patterns of behaviour (Japan). The research objectives in the field of comparative politics have two aims: the analysis and categorization of the recent debate on democracy, participation and conceptions re garding the political future, and ex amination of the differences and similarities of this debate in its re spective contexts - something which has so far received insufficient schol arly coverage in the West. As an ex pression of increased self-assertive ness, the ‘synthesis debate’ is of par ticular interest. As opposed to ap proaches aiming to reveal empirical evaluations of democracy through quantitative computations based on

3. The practical research dimension: as well as the theoretical and com parative aspects our results will have a practical application in the sense that they will provide con crete, specific suggestions for the development of entrepreneurship among the Yi (this was at the re quest of our Chinese partner insti tution, which has to legitimize its research and financial support through being geared to practical purposes). This has to be seen as an added benefit to the project be cause theoretical and comparative results will be compacted into a context of practical orientation. 4. The methodological dimension: through empirical research and a transfer of social scientific theories and methods (in the form of quan titative and qualitative methods), we will improve the research po tential of our Chinese partner in stitute. The project will be carried out in co-operation with the Research Insti tute for Yi Studies of the Yi Liangshan Autonomous Prefecture in Xichang. The proposed research project is concerned with the social conse quences of the development of an en trepreneurship for Yi society, as well as for the social organization of and for the group consciousness of the Yi. To enrich the project, local Han en trepreneurs will be included in the survey in order to be able to ascertain differences in economic and social behaviour. Ethnic and economic seg regation will also be subject to analy sis. Segregation, or the development of separate groups on the basis of ethnicity occurs not only culturally or geographically, but also economi cally. For example, nationalities cre ate their own ethnic networks (eth nic economy). Moreover, the emer-

______________________________ an explicit democracy/non-democra cy dichotomy, this project intends to reflect the procedural character of political discourse and of political ex ercise within the framework of its stated research objectives. The following questions will be ex amined and analysed: 1. Which conceptions regarding the political future have been dis cussed since 1990? How has the Asian crisis affected the character of the debate and which levels of discussion and changes in perspec tives can be discerned? We are par ticularly interested in: a) ideas for a future political system such as concepts of democracy, ideas con cerning the political order, forms of participation; b) How are events leading up to the crisis viewed? Where and when do we see a recog nition of faults, and where is the status quo of political and struc tural relations defended?; c) Which reform concepts are introduced and discussed? Which ideas, prin ciples, values and traditions do po litical actors rely on?; d) Are there any attempts to achieve long-term democratization and, if so, which forms of democracy are regarded as emulative? 2. This will be analysed at three lev els: a) the political elite (both gov erning and non-governing); b)

gence of a trader or entrepreneur stratum on an ethnic basis is more than just a reaction to real or poten tial loss of status for a group (reactive ethnicity). The new entrepreneurs also contribute to changing social structures and social mobilization. In this context the project, in co operation with the Research Institute for Yi Studies in Xichang, intends to carry out a field study and investigate the following questions: - To what extent are an ethnic econ omy and an ‘ethnic entrepreneurship' with strong network struc tures developing as a result of the reorganisation to market economy structures? - What role does the mobilization of ethnic resources play for Yi entre preneurs? - To what extent do ethnic entrepre neurs benefit from their ethnic surroundings, and do they enjoy advantages derived from ethnic solidarity which are denied non-Yi in the Liangshan region? - What effects does the new Yi entre preneurship have on elements of Yi social structure (e.g. the lineage)? - Does segregation increase, and is there a cultural division of labour between Yi and Han entrepre neurs? Are new ethnic tensions building up as a result of market competition and the growing pos sibility of being ousted from the market? - To what extent do Yi and Han en trepreneurs differ in their entre preneurial behaviour and econom ic thinking? In the context of these questions, which form the main thrust of the in vestigation, we also intend to estab lish whether, and if so to what extent, ethnic entrepreneurship strengthens ethnic identity and ethnicity. ■

NGOs, with a distinction between external and internal spheres of in fluence, i.e. foreign and domestic impulses; and c) the intellectual elite. 3. Is there any link between the level of political discourse and the change in political structures (such as the emphasis on village and communal elections in China and Vietnam)? Can we expect a form o f ‘intellectual mobilization’ (Bendix)? 4. Are there any signs of an emer gence of a second Asian values de bate on the basis of democracy-ori ented values? Does this lead to an application of Western democratic concepts or are there any efforts to draw a boundary between those concepts and syncretic indigenous conceptions? 5. Are these ‘Asian’ concepts truly Asian in the sense that they are democracy-inducing concepts and factors drawing on a reservoir of indigenous elements which can be viewed as local thought products deviating from Western ideas? Within this context, we under stand ‘indigenous concepts’ to mean ideas about political change born within the respective cultural realm which need not necessarily be compatible with Western ideas. We do not subscribe to a homoge nous notion of culture in this con text, but rather to different cultur al traditions that may produce competing concepts and contend ing theories. 6. Does the discourse on democrati zation and participation con tribute to a discourse beyond the earlier debate on values within the region, and is it possible, on the basis of the mentioned synthesis debate, to ascertain new signs of a common regional identity more definitely marked by elements of democracy? The future course of the Asian cri sis notwithstanding, we believe that the discourse on the political future in East and Southeast Asia is an ex pression of growing democratic selfconsciousness and self-assertiveness among the political and intellectual elite. This research project goes be yond the discourses on currently practised forms of political exercise, since it is an inquiry into the histori cal place occupied by the respective discourses, which looks for specific future-oriented elements within them while at the same time at tempting to extract constituent transnational elements. ■ A special ‘Discussion Paper’ series related to this project (N0.1 was published in June 2000) is available at Http://www.uni-duisburg.de/ Institute/OAWISS/publikationen/ index.html

Further information:

Professor Thomas Heberer Institute o f East Asian Studies, GerhardMercator University Duisburg, Germany. E-mail: heberer@uni-duisburg.de

ASI AN

ART Visiting Arts North E ast Asia Regional Arts Profile

and web sites are also listed to help facilitate research. Each directory also contains an introduction which provides a background of the coun try or region, a survey of its arts scene covering wide-ranging tradi tional and contemporary art forms, and an overview of how culture is administered in the country. The directories are based on ex and research. Sections on perform tensive research in each region or ing arts venues and temporary exhi country by Visiting Arts, a non-prof bition spaces include technical in it organization which promotes pos formation to enable overseas presen itive cultural relations between the ters and promoters to identify po UK and countries around the world tential touring opportunities. De through facilitating international scriptions across a wide range of or arts and cultural activities. Addi ganizations - festivals, performing tional directories are being pre arts groups, promoters and venues, pared, among which will be the Vis galleries, studios, museums, support iting Arts Japan, Singapore, Cambo organizations for individual arts sec dia, Thailand, and Brunei Arts Ditors, governmental organizations and other cultural agencies - provide an invaluable starting point for sourcing artistic product, develop ing international arts programmes, For further information about these or building new contacts in cultural directories and other Visiting Arts industries overseas. Guidelines on publications, contact: exchange opportunities and a listing C h ristelle M azella of funding sources are also included. Visiting Arts A section on arts training and re 11 Portland Place, London,W IB IE], UK search gives information on organi Tel: +44-20-7389 3019 I 3061 zations teaching tertiary and nonFax:+44-20-7389 3016 tertiary arts-related courses. Cultur E-mail: publications@visitingarts.demon.co.uk al information centres including Http:llwww.britcoun.orglvisitingartsl archives, libraries, resource centres,

New Arts Directories By C HR I S T E L L E MAZELLA isiting Arts has published two new comprehensive arts directories, The Viet nam Arts Directoiy and The Taiwan Arts Director)/, to provide a series of invaluable tools for organizations or individuals research ing or developing international arts activity at home and abroad. Exten sively researched in each region and country, the directories provide ex tensive contacts in each of the key cul tural sectors, information on venues and funding, guidelines on cultural exchange, and a detailed introduction to the arts of each region or country. Each directory contains descrip tions and contact details for organi zations across the cultural sectors performing and visual arts, litera ture, film and broadcasting, her itage, arts festivals, cultural infor mation centres, and arts training -v

1 JUNE 2000 BRI GHTON, UNITED

KINGDOM

ASEASUK Conference Art, Culture, and the Media in Southeast Asia It was fitting that a gathering concerned with the arts and cul ture o f Southeast Asia was held in the elegant setting o f the Royal Pavillion in Brighton. A suitably diverse range o f papers were presented concerning (and often linking) historical and contemporary themes spanning the region’s ‘traditional /ammist, Hindu-Buddhist, Islamic, colonial, and ‘modern cultur al layers. The presentations were divided into three broad groups: religion and aesthetics, early photography and colo nial imaging, and contemporary cultural expressions.

thetic treatments of the subjects. Fiona Kerlogue’s paper (presented in absentia by Mike Hitchcock) reviewed early photographs of the Andaman islanders. Elizabeth Dell s paper on the photographs of Colonel Green from the 1920s and 1930s Kachin state coincided with the publication of her book ‘Burma: Frontier Photographs’, in which the mapping of the fron tiers of empire conjoined with a jour ney into the frontiers of knowledge. Colonel Green’s recording of the first European contacts with these hill peoples was discussed in terms of a process of exchange (e.g. in terms of trade, military matters, and educa tion). The photographs combined I powerful portraits with a romanti cism of the mists and immense scale of the mountains. By way of making these historical images available to Kachin people today, such ‘salvage anthropology’ has taken on new life as a resource from which marginal ized and oppressed groups may seek to reclaim their past, reinterpreting the images within the contemporary process of identity formation.

pologies and guide manuals on illus tration, her work has identified three key aesthetics among Southeast Asian 1ladimir Braginsky illuminated manuscripts: a recogniz and Annabel Gallop able Acehnese style, an east coast addressed the in Malay style, and Chinese Islamic in trinsic and extrinsic aes fluences (such as lotuses, tendrils and thetics of Islamic arts re spectively. Braginsky s vines). Alexandra Green outlined ele ments of scene selection from the erudite analysis of the Muslim Malay Buddhist Jatakas in seventeenth- and romance Hikayat Maharaja Ali ex eighteenth-century Burmese wall plored the Islamic notions of the in paintings. ternal beauty of characters with re The four papers on photography spect to ‘intrinsic intellect’ and other comprised the most coherent set of virtues beyond the senses. Formulaic presentations during the conference. numerical correlations sequencing Recurring themes included the ‘sci loss and renewal were seen to provide entific’ pretensions of early photo the narrative with a tense ethical tex graphic work, the deciphering of im ture of extreme conditions within perial codings in the staged and which actions and decisions could be posed nature of such ‘natural scenes, taken. Gallop explored the codicology the documentation of ways of life of the decorative arts of Malay manu and ‘salvage anthropology’, and later, scripts of the Koran. Taking as a start the more individualized and sympaing point the paucity of existing tyNI C K FORD

Taiwan Arts Directory

■ékAr^mM

- •

tradition of depicting people from other cultures. He presented this in the context of the Western myth making of Bali, as seen in the history of sensationalism, exoticization, and Orientalist stereotypes (e.g. of war riors, opium smokers, royalty, and nobility). Hitchcock discussed Spies’ use of photography as an artistic, rather than a scientific, practice, building upon the reinvented mys tique of Bali to use the image to con vey the artist’s chosen meaning.

‘Salvage anthropology’ has taken on new li/e as a resource.

Courtly tr a d itio n

Finally, three quite different papers examined contemporary cultural tendencies. Mika Toyota stimulated a Western mythmaking torrent of questions with her presen Terry King presented a discussion tation on the growing trend of young of the photographic work of the seemJapanese female tourists - partly pe ingly tireless Hendrich Tillema who, cuniary - socio-sexual interaction following ‘retirement’, undertook with beachboys in Bali (as is also the three expeditions in which he docu case in Phuket). The trend was nonmented the Dutch East Indies in the 1930s. The recovered, original nitrate judgmentally linked to constructed images, consumerism, and globaliza film of the river journey in Borneo tion. Felicia Hughes-Freeland ques vividly conveys a sense of energy and tioned the prevalent interpretation of dynamism. Tillema s photographic an encroachment of modernity on so work combined a sense o f‘noble sav ciety by seeking a more processual age’ romanticism - in seeking to cap analysis of the transformation of ture images of a disappearing Dyak court dance performance in Yoculture, for instance - with a propa gyakarta. The context was outlined in gandist mission to document diseases terms of growing commercial and so in order to promote better primary cial pressures challenging Javanese health care in the archipelago. courtly tradition (‘social structure on Mike Hitchcock, focusing particu legs!’) in the turbulence, excitement, larly on the work of Walter Spies and and new openness of post-New Order Beryl de Zoete in Bali, linked photog Indonesia. Hughes-Freeland noted a raphy with this recurring, broader

tendency for movement away from courtly and towards folk traditions, in which a new aesthetic of mixed, hybridizing elements from a wide range of both Indonesian and nonIndonesian sources can be seen. Sandra Dudley gave a presentation based on her research on the current cultural responses ofKarenni refugees living in camps in Thailand spawned by the cruelty of the Burmese military regime. Specifically, Dudley discussed the way in which a traditional, pole raising festival is being used by Karenni refugees as a means of enculturing space and politicizing tradi tion. The ritual demarcation of a sa cred space in the refugee camp was seen as creating and reinforcing a sense of belonging and temporal con tinuity. Furthermore, as previously distinct tribes have come to reside in the same camps and have been experi encing physical and social dislocation, a new form of pan-Karenni identity is being formed. Perhaps some key underlying themes in this diverse set of paper presentations on art and culture in Southeast Asia would be: indigenous creativity and appropriation from ex ternal sources in cultural production pertaining to the significant and/or enjoyable; image-making, both, on the part of outsiders, and in the form of indigenous, invented tradition and identity formation; and the com plexity, dynamism, and diversity of contemporary trends in the region. ■ Sponsorship from James Henry Green Charitable Trust is gratefully appreciated. Finally, and above all, special thanks go to Mike Hitchcock for initiating and organizing such a stimulating gathering.

Nick Ford, School o f Geography and Archaeology, University o f Exeter, United Kingdom. E-mail: n.j.ford@exeter.ac.uk

F e b r u a r y 2 0 0 1 • IIAS N E W S L E T T E R "NC24

ASIAN

ART

THE GATE F O U N D A T I O N IS AN I N T E R N A T I O N A L ART

THE GATE FOUNDATION

F O U N D A T I O N DEVOTED TO P R O M O T I N G I N T E R C U L T UR AL E X C H A N G E OF C O N T E M P O R A R Y ART. THE GATE F O U N D A T I O N AI MS TO S TI MULATE KNOWL EDGE AND U N D E R S T A N D I N G OF C O N T E M P O R A R Y ART AND AR T I S T S , E MP H A S I Z I N G

G‘I

N O N - WE S T E R N AND MI G R A N T CULTURES.

Foundation

■ By SEBASTIAN LOPEZ he stories about this work sum up the critical, historiogra phical and presentational fate of Yoko Ono. Her pio neering work in such di verse fields as the plastic arts, poetry, and music has been overshadowed by her emotional and artistic relation ship with John Lennon, which began during that meeting at the Indica Gallery, and her considerable pres ence in the media from then on. The exhibition ‘Yes’ is intended to fill the gap, and it does so amply. Prepared for the Japan Society of New York, where it remains until January 2001, it will travel to five other museums until the year 2002. With more than 150 works and a thoroughly produced catalogue (with contributions by the curator of the exhibition Alexandra Munroe, the Fluxus specialist Jon Hendriks, Murray Sayle, David Ross, Bruce Altshuler and others), the exhi bition marks the discovery of her work by the general public and by the specialists. The apple in question was not just a meeting point of two of the most creative minds in the last fifty years. At the same time, to compound the confusion, it is the global symbol of a period, and the name which was used for the recording company of The Beatles (even though this work has no connection with it), for the renaming of an island (Manhattan), for centres of art (De Appel in Ams terdam), and for urban spaces where the latest things were happening, like Manzana Loca (The Crazy Apple), in Buenos Aires. The Japan Society had packaged the exhibition around the Beatlemania mythology and, to add to the confusion, the green apple was used in a publicity poster. There is no audience without promotion and, it would seem that Lennon still sells more than his famous widow. Such publicity routes are a long way from the solitary ones that Yoko Ono had to follow when, in the fifties, she decided to devote herself to the arts and made a fundamental contribu tion to a new way óf creating, look ing, and thinking. When Yoko Ono made this work, she was in transition between two types of production. On the one hand, there were works using indus trial materials, such as ‘Pointedness’ (1964), a crystal ball on a plexiglas pedestal bearing the words: ‘This sphere will be a sharp point when it reaches the far corner of the room in your mind’. On the other hand, the production of ‘things’ and events that focused on the realignment of perceptions, positions, and actions was taking shape. ‘Apple’ had been conceived to confront the public with its own life cycle. Its own slow

Asian Art

YES (Yoko O no] A piece o f fruit is offered to the viewer on an acrylic pedestal. A copper plaque emphasizes its name: ‘Apple’. Yoko Ono made this work in 1966 for her exhibition at the Indica Gallery in London, one o f the fundamental moments o f her public presentation as a sculptural artist. Until then, Yoko Ono had been one o f the most respected figures o f the New York artistic vanguard. She had promoted and introduced new perspectives among the vanguard groups o f Manhattan, and had finally joined the multidisciplinary group o f artists and musicians who formed Fluxus in the late Fifties. In a recent interview, Yoko Ono recalled John Lennon’s visit to the Indica Gallery when this work was on show. Lennon nonchalantly picked up the apple, took a bite, and put it back on the pedestal. ‘How dare he?’, she asked herself.

though the term used in Japan was ‘autonomous subjectivity’, combined with the gradual discovery of Marx ism. This situation did not pass unno ticed when Yoko Ono became the first female student to enter philosophy classes at Gakushuin University. Yoko Ono entered the Japanese scene with ‘Instructions for Paint ings’, a series produced during her stay in Tokyo from 1962 to 1964. This provocative series, published later in 1964 in her famous ‘Grapefruit’ an thology, was based on instructions for ‘paintings to be constructed in your head’. One of these works was ‘Painting in Three Stanzas’, exhibited at the Sogetsy Art Centre in Tokyo in May 1962: ‘Make a small hole in the canvas with a cigarette, hang a sack that contains wet cotton and seeds behind the canvas, and water every day. / The first stanza - till the canvas is covered by the vine / The second stanza - till the vine withers / The third stanza - till the canvas is burned to ashes / Photograph the canvas at the end of each stanza’. The ‘Instructions for Paintings’ were based on works that Yoko Ono had previously carried out in New York as performances. In 1961, the instruc tions were recited by the artist facing the canvasses: ‘It ends when it is cov ered with leaves, / It ends when the leaves wither, / It ends when it turns to ashes, / And a new vine will grow’.

Painting

‘Cut Piece’, Yoko Ono (1964)

decomposition during the course of the exhibition was a metaphor for decomposition and subsequent re generation through the seeds con tained in the apple. Without a doubt, the period prior to this work is one which contains one of the major contributions of this exhibition - a moment at which neither coming from Asia nor being a woman had entered the histories of modernity.

Internationalism Issues debated in the arts during the past few years have involved a widespread use of concepts like transculturalism and internationalism. If courageous voices from the Caribbean have drawn attention to the extensive use of transculturalism in the artistic debates of the forties in Cuba, Yoko Ono’s exhibition can serve to show us how ‘internationalism’ was used in Japan in the late fifties and sixties. In fact, kokusai-teki dojisei (international

• has n e w s l e t t e r W 2 4 • February 2001

contemporaneity) was developed as a concept in artistic circles to refer to the convergence of the international and the local. Reiko Tamii recently re minded us of this situation in the bringing together of a series of‘stylis tic parallels between Japan and the Euro-North American tendencies [such as]: gutai vs. informal/abstract expressionism and happening; hangeijutsu (anti-art) vs. nouveau réalisme, neo-Dada and pop; Mono-ha (school of things) vs. arte povera and minimal/process/land art; and conceptual ism’. Given these parallels, what re mains to be analyzed is the way in which artistic production in Japan since the fifties had entered into a challenging dialogue with both Japanese culture in general and Japan’s recent political and military past, and the way in which philosoph ical positions in the artistic environ ment that would be called existential ist from a European perspective, al

Keizersgracht 613 1017 DS Amsterdam The Netherlands P.O. Box 814 1000 AV Amsterdam Tel: +31-20-620 80 57 Fax: +31-20-639 07 62 E-mail: info@gatefoundation.nl Http://www.gatefoundation.nl

problem

Raising the question of the status of the painting is a theme that has been present throughout the history of Japanese art in the twentieth cen tury. What is important to take into account when considering the gener ation of the fifties and sixties is the fact that Japanese has two words for art. Bijutsu is the descriptive term that includes painting and sculpture; geijutsu is an elusive term that can be translated as ‘the arts’ when the words descriptively encompass art, music, literature, etc. When the anti art (anti-^jeijutsu) movement began in Japan, the elements o f ‘institutional criticism’ it contained did not refer to institutions with specific functions, such as museums and galleries. The importance of the Japanese perspective lay rooted in the fact that, irrespective of Peter Berger’s consid erations of art institutions, the Japanese understood that the institu tion also exists in the expression, in the work, and in the act of creation. Other artists in Japan had been focus ing on painting in this new institu tional context. The works of On Kawara from 1958-1959 were con cerned with the status of art, with painting as an object of communica tion, and with the space in which this interrelation took place: the gallery. Printing processes in public spaces, which would later be used by Yoko

Ono in works like ‘War is Over! If you want it’, and the importance of oper ating outside the galleries, were based on those conceptions and dis cussions circulating in Japan at this time. The 'Instructions for Paintings' are equally important, as they made one of the first statements in what Lucy Lippard was to characterize many years later as ‘the dematerial ization of the art object’. Yoko Ono had fully developed this concept five years before the New York artists began devoting themselves to con verting language as the material base of the new vanguard advance. The exhibition combines works and documentation on works, per formances and films, which are among Yoko Ono’s most interesting achievements. In the film ‘Fly’ (1970), a fly travels over the naked body of a woman; in ‘No. 4’ (1966), better known as ‘Bottoms’, the naked but tocks of a group of artists and friends is shown in a sequence of close-ups, presaging Andy Warhol’s films of the seventies; and in the documentation o f‘Cut Piece’, first performed in the Yamaichi Hall in Tokyo in 1964, after coming on stage in her best clothes and carrying a pair of scissors, she squatted on the floor and invited the audience to cut her clothes. The cata logue includes a CD with songs demonstrating, once again, Yoko Ono’s extraordinary vocal technique - what John Lennon used to call her 16-track voice. ■

Exhibition Schedule: - 10 March - 17 June 2001: Walker

Art Centre, Minneapolis, MN (U.S.A.) - 13 July - 16 September 2001:

Contemporary Art Museum, Houston, TX(U.S.A.) - 18 October 2001 - 6 January 2002:

MIT - List Visual Art Centre, Cambridge, MA (U.S.A.) - 22 February - 20 May 2002:

Art Gallery ofOntario, Toronto, ON (Canada) - 25 October 2002 - 26 January 2003:

Museum of Contemporary Art, North Miami, FL(U.SA)

Sebastian Lopez is director ofThe Gate Foundation, Amsterdam. He is also currently a guest lecturer at the Department of Art History, Leiden University, the Netherlands. E-mail: info@gatefoundation.nl

ASIAN

ART

'Century City': Cultural Explosions in the Tate Modern For over a century modem art has gained a foothold in almost every region o f the world. To some people in the field modern art started with ‘Les Demoiselles d’Avignon, painted by Pablo Picasso in 1907. Others argue that modem art began with Edouard Manet’s ‘Olympia’, completed in 1863. The Tate Gallery o f Modern Art in London conceives the birth of modem as being directly related not to an artwork, but to the energy produced by a wide variety o f modem metropoles which have sprung up all over the world since the beginning o f the twenti eth century. Organized as one o f the first major temporary ex hibitions to be held at Tate Modem, ‘Century City: Art and Culture in the Modem Metropolis’ examines key moments of cultural creativity in nine great cities around the world. behind the ‘Metropolis’ exhibition seem mainly to have sprung from 1 the opening-up of many former efore the Tate Mod Asian Art Eastern European countries at that ern’s official open time, the ‘Century City exhibition ing on 11 May 2000, clearly aims to help the Tate Modern the new director of the re-invent its position in the London museum, Lars Nittve, ex pressed his personal view metropolis. This can also be seen from the fact that alongside Bomon the future role this museum bay/Mumbai, London has been cho should have in the world of modern sen to represent the metropolis of art. Nittve believes the museum ‘cultural explosion’ in the last would have to re-invent its role in the decade of the twentieth century and London metropolis. This re-invention has clearly begun with the opening of the first year of the new millennium. Perhaps this is the reason that the the ‘Century City’ exhibition. A total title of the exhibition reads ‘Century of nine cities are featured in the exhi City’ and not ‘Century Cities’, be bition, each connected to a specific pe cause with the opening of Tate Mod riod in the twentieth century: Paris ern, London has become this centu [1905-1915], Vienna (1908-1918), Mos ry’s ‘Century City’. ■ cow (1916-1930), Rio de Janeiro (19551969), Lagos (i955"197°)> New Yor^ The exhibition ‘Century City: Art and (1969-1974), Tokyo (1967-1973), BomCulture in the Modern Metropolis’ bay/Mumbai (1992-2001), and London will run from 1 February to 29 April (1990-2001). Specialist curators for 2001, at the Turbine Hall and Level 4 each of the regions have been invited ofTate Modern at Bankside, London. to design the contents for each of the cities. Representing the two Asian cities at the exhibition are the New York based Dr Reiko Tomii for Tokyo and Geeta Kapur for Bombay/Mumbai. Kapur, who lives and works in New Delhi, has also incorporated the Bombay-based journalist Ashish Rajadhyaksha as associate curator and specialist for Indian cinema, Marathi theatre, and literature. The works represented are not limited to visual pieces, but also in clude examples of architecture, cine ma, dance, fashion, music, and the atre, so that each of the sections shows how at certain periods through the twentieth century the energy of the modern metropolis peaked to produce a ‘cultural explo sion’ in which all these artistic forms flourished in a dynamic and radical interchange. Therefore, at a specific point in time these cities became transnational spaces, presenting a global perspective in the arts. This is not the first time that modern art has been associated with the metropolis as a point of depar ture for presenting art in a global perspective. In 1991, at the MartinGrophius-Bau in Berlin, an exhibi tion was organized by Christos M. Joachimides and Norman Rosenthal with the title ‘Metropolis’. At the ex hibition, artists coming from cities all over the world showed their work. However, whereas the ideas

mnnvm .«ifuf!

# — ^‘ 0

f i l i a11l nli n wl

“ >*

ü -

, .

MrMli

..-t i l .

tilimni i ui

tl**-*

St e *

- « -•

Hard to Acclimatize- M y America’, Z h ajy Huan, i 999

By T H O M A S J. B E R G H U I S

‘Translated Acts’ Body,

Self, and Performance

Although they would agree it began in the twentieth century the precise origin o f performance art has remained a point of discussion among many researchers in the field o f modern art history. As early as the 1910s and 1920s, Dada artists such as Tristian Tzara and Kurt Schwitters began to use performative acts as a means o f challenging the traditional representation o f art, moving art from museums to the streets. However, both the use o f the body as a projection o f the self and the involve ment o f the public as a creative factor in producing art only started in the 1960s, when artists around the world began to use their own bodies as both subject and object o f their work, moving from producing objects to using their own physical self for creating ‘real time’ performance art. By T H O M A S J. B E R G H U I S

recently, ore performance art has begun to play a new role in the production of art around the globe, particularly in Asia and quite vividly in China where, starting in the 1990s, an increasing number of artists from Beijing to Kunming have begun to develop a complex artistic language. Here, the artist’s body has become the central point at which the physical and the social meet and collapse. As a result, performance art has become one of the main forms of communicating identity, both at a personal level and in the wider context of society. It is from this perspective that the ‘Translated Acts’ exhibition held in May 2001 at the Haus der Kuituren der Welt in Berlin must be recog nized as an important event. Not only because performance art has be come such a significant vehicle for artistic expression around the world, but because focusing on perfor mance art by artists coming from four important regions in East Asia, ‘Translated Acts’ presents artistic and social activities in areas previ ously dominated by reports on eco nomic and political developments. For the exhibition, Yu Yuon Kim, who has been curator for numerous exhibitions over the past decade,

Asian Aft

presents contemporary performance art from artists in China, Japan, Korea, and Taiwan. They include Qiu Zhijie and Ma Liuming (China), Miwa Yanagi, Mariko Mori and Yasuma Morimura (Japan/USA), Lee Bui and Kim Young Jin (Korea), and Chen Chieh-jen (Taiwan).Thematically, the works of art revolve around the human body and its role in urban, technological societies. Here the body becomes a projection sur face that enables the artist to articu late recent changes in political, so cial, and gender issues, as well as the lasting influence of the religious and philosophical currents of Taoism, Confucianism, and Buddhism. To be held from 8 March to 27 May 2001, at the Haus der Kuituren der Welt in Berlin, the opening weekend of the exhibition will feature the artists Ku Ja-young (Korea/USA), Wang Jianwei (China), Zhang Huan (China) and Lin Chun-chi (Taiwan) presenting live performances. This event will be of particular interest because the performances will show both the artists and the public in volvement in making a work of art. Therefore, it will lead the visitor from being an observer, who reviews the visual registration of earlier per formances in photographs, video, and documentary films, to becom ing a part of the direct act of com munication that -lies imbedded in the actual performance itself. ■

Thom as J. Berghuis is a graduate o f the Department o f Sinology, Leiden University. Presently he is a PhD candidate doing research on contemporary art in China ot the Department of Art History and Theory, University o f Sydney, Australia. E-mail: info@thegatefoundation.nl

February 2001 •

i i as n e w s l e t t e r ’NP24

* 37

ASIAN

ART ■ I NDIA

PLEASE REFER TO

Sakshi G a lle ry

THE HAS NEWSLETTER

39 A l, Shree Ram Mills Compound Ganpatrao Kadam Marg, Lower Parel Mumbai, 400-013

WEB SITE ( h ttp ://w w w .iia s .n l/)

FOR MORE DETAILED INFORMATION ABOUT

Established in 1984 by Ms. Geetha Mehra, the Sakshi Gallery consists o f a tw o level o f exhibition space at an old mill complex in Mumbai's Parel district. In addition to presenting temporary exhibitions on modern a rt by Indian artists, the gallery also has a library and an artists archive, w ith slides o f a rt works by a large number o f Indian painters from the late 1980’s onwards.

MUSEUMS WITH ASIAN ART COLLECTIONS.

AGENDA

-/•

■

F E B R U A R Y

2 0 0 1

AUSTRALI A T h e N a tio n a l G a lle ry Parkes Place, Canberra, ACT 2601 Tel:+61-2-6240-6502 Fax:+61-2-6240-6560 E-mail: joannew@nga.gov.au Http:/l www.nga.gov.au 9 March - I I June 2001 Monet & Japan Thirty-eight o f Monet’s most brilliant and best known paintings from the w o rld ’s greatest collections w ill be shown in the company o f an extensive selection o f Japanese prints and paint ings.The exhibition explores the m ulti ple aspects o f M onet’s intimate rela tionship with Japanese a rt as it unfold ed throughout his long career, spanning over 60 years.

CANADA A rtb e a tu s M I -888 Nelson Street Vancouver, British Columbia V6Z 2 H I Tel:+1-604-688-2633 Fax: + 1-604-688-2685 E-mail: info@artbeatus.com Http:/l www.artbeatus.com

J U N E

2 0 0 1

21 January - 27 Feb ru ary 2001 Courtyard Gallery Winter Group Show Situated on the East Gate o f the For bidden City, the Courtyard Gallery o r ganises a group exhibition o f artworks by Chinese contem porary artists, in cluding Cai Jin, Hong Hao, Zhan Wang, and Zhuang Hui.

Royal O n ta rio M useum C h ris to p h e r O ndaatj'e South Asian G a lle ry

Levels I & 4, Dongbianmen Watchtower Chongwenmen District, Beijing, 100006 Tel:+86-10-6525-1005 Fax:+86-10-6582-4236 E-mail: redgate@eastnet.com.cn Http:/l www.redgategallery.com U n til early 2 0 0 1 Post-Material Interpretations o f Everyday Life by Contemporary Chinese Artists Founded in 1991 by the Australian Brian Wallace, the Red Gate Gallery has recently moved to the beautiful lo cation at the Eastern Watchtower, Dongbianmen, near Chongwenmen in the central Beijing. In celebration o f the opening o f the new exhibition space, one o f China’s most prom inent curator and a rt critic, Huang Du, has been invit ed to organise an exhibition o f works by several artists from China, including among others Gu Dexin.Wang Qiang, and Wang Jinsong.

2a Gaolan Road, Shanghai, 200020 Tel:+86-21-6359-3923 Fax: +86-21-6359-4570 E-mail: info@shanghartcom Http://www.shanghart.com Situated in downtown Shanghai, Shang hART is one o f the prom inent galleries on contem porary Chinese a rt in China. Some of the artists whose w o rk can be seen at the gallery include Chen Zhen, DingYi, Geng Jianyi, and Wang Guangyi.

FRANCE Le C o n s o rtiu m

C H IN A

C h in a A rchives and W a re h o u s e Coo Changdi, Beijing, 100006 Tel:+86-10-6760-5364 Fax:+86-10-6760-5642 E-mail: naac@public.gb.com.cn Http:/l www.archivesandwarehouse.com 24 F ebruary - 3 March Contemporary Asian Architects Overview o f recent developments in Asian architecture and the w o rk o f in fluential contem porary architects from Asia.

C o u rty a rd G a lle ry

3 7 rue de Longvic, Dijon Tel: +33-3-8030-7523 Fax: + 33-2-8068-4557 E-mail: consortium@planetb.fr Http:/l www.leconsortium.com Based in the city o f Dijon this gallery presents many solo exhibitions o f artist from Asia. Recent exhibitions at the gallery showcased works by the Chi nese born artist Wang Du, w ho’s w ork was also exhibited at the 1999 Venice Biennial, and Yayoi Kusama from Japan, presenting a series of ten monumental installations at the exhibition hall.

G a le rie L o ft 3 Bis rue des Beaux-Arts, Paris, 75006 Tel:+33-1-4633-1890 Fax:+33-1-4354-5614 E-mail: galoft@club-internetfr Established twenty years ago, Galerie Loft has become known as one o f the more im portant galleries on contem po rary a rt in France. Starting in 1999 Ga lerie Loft has devoted itself to in tro ducing and promoting contem porary a rt from China, and thereby in became the first gallery in Paris focussing solely on this area. In March 2001 a large ex hibition w ill be held focussing on sever al artists from China.

95 Donghuamen Dajie Dongcheng District, Beijing, 100006 Tel:+86-10-6526-8882 Fax:+86-10-6526-8880 E-mail: info@courtyard-gallery.com Http:/l www.courtyard-gallery.com

C e m e ti A r t H ouse Jalan Dl. Panjaitan 4 1 Yogyakarta, 5 5 143 Tel./ Fax:+62-274-37-1015 E-mail: cemetiah@indosat.net.id

‘U n title d R elief, by LiY uan-chia, 1924, wood w ith mounted photograph and incised character on moveable panel, 60 x 40 cm.

GERMANY Haus d e r K u itu re n d e r W e lt John-Foster-Dulles-Alee 10, Berlin, 10557 Tel:+49-30-397-8701 Fax:+49-30-394-8679 E-mail: info@hkw.de Http:/l www.hkw.de 8 M arch - 27 May Translated Acts: Performance Art from China, Japan, Korea & Taiwan ‘Translated Acts’ is the first in a series of exhibitions to be organised by guest curators to be held at the Haus der Kuituren der Welt. For this exhibition, the international renowned curator Yu Yuon Kim presents contem porary per formance arts by 30 artists from China, Korea, Japan, and Taiwan. Photographs, videos, documentary films, digital art and performances w ill be on show. (see article on page 37)

M useum F rid e ric ia n u m

100 Queen’s Park, Toronto, Ontario M5S 2C6 Tel:+ 1-416-586-5549 30 N o ve m b e r 2000 - Spring 2001 Treasures o f Japanese Art From the Royal Ontario Museum’s Collection. The recently opened C hristopher Ondaatje South Asian Gallery, presents some 50 objects from the Royal O n tario Museum’s permanent collection, spread over 2,500-sq. ft in downtown Toronto. The present exhibition show cases Japanese paintings and w ood block prints from the 17th to 19th cen turies.

I NDONESIA

Red G a te G a lle ry / T h e W a tc h to w e r

ShanghA R T Gallery specialising in contem porary Asian art. Among the artists represent ed at the gallery are many Asian born artists, currently residing in Canada and the United States, including the Japan ese born artist Lo Shyh-Charng, the Korean born artist Hye Sun Baik, and the Chinese born artists Huang Yongping, Geng Jianyi and Xu Bing.

■ ■■

h a s n e w s l e t t e r "N? 2 4 • February 20 0 1

Friederichsplatz 18, Kassel, 34117 Tel:+49-561-70-7270 Fax:+49-561-707-2739 E-mail: info@documenta.de Http:/l www.documenta.de Ongoing until Spring 2001 What’s the Story The museum’s internet-gallery presents the online-exhibition ‘W h a t’s the Story’, focussing on the w o rk by four international artists working within performances, including Shimabuku from Japan.Video footage o f the perfor mances, which are all situated in the context o f everyday life, can be seen at www.do-it-digital.com .

H a n a r t T Z G a lle ry 2/F Henley Building 5 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong Tel:+85-2-2526-9019 Fax:+85-2-2521-2001 E-mail: www.tzchang@hanart.com Http:/lwww.hanart.com

F ebruary / M arch / A p ril 2 0 0 1 Ju Ming, Yu Peng, Shen Xiaotong Established in 1983,the H anartT Z Gallery in Hong Kong specialises in Chinese contem porary art. In February 2001 the gallery will showcase an exhi bition o f photographs and sculptures by the Taiwanese artist Ju Ming. In March 2001 ink paintings by another Tai wanese a rtist Yu Peng w ill be shown, followed, in April 2001, by an exhibition o f ceramic works o f the Chinese artist Shen Xiaotong.

H o n g Kong M useum o f A r t 10 Salisbury Road, Tsimshatsui Hong Kong, Kowloon Tel:+85-2-2721-0116 Fax:+85-2-2723-7666 E-mail: enquiries@lcsd.gov.hk Http://www.Icsd.gov. hk

Foundation

The Art Agenda and 8 January - 4 M arch 2001 Fang Lijun: New Works Representing a wide variety o f artists from China, Japan and Korea, the Priiss & Ochs Gallery currently holds an ex hibition o f the latest works by the Chi nese artist Fang Lijun.

cultural pages are produced by The Gare Foundation in Amsterdam, the Netherlands. Please send all inform ation about activities and events relating to Asian art and culture to:

H O N G KONG

A rts c e n e C h in a 7IF One Lan Kwai Fong Hong Kong, Central District Tel:+85-2-2501-0211 Fax:++85-2-250l-0453 E-mail: aschina@artscenechina.com Http:/l www.artscenechina.com

T H E G ATE F O U N D A T IO N

KEI ZERSGRACHT 613 1017 DS AMSTERDAM THE NE T H E R L A N D S TEL: +3 I - 20- 620 80 57 FAX: +3 1- 20-639 07 62

Founded in 1998, A r t Scene China showcases a wide selection o f artw orks by artists from China. Recent exhibi tions included 'Angels & Oddballs’, a group show featuring the w o rk of Zhong Biao, Du Xinjian, Li Wei, and m ore...

J APAN Kyoto N a tio n a l M useum 527 Chayamachi Higashiyama-ku, Kyoto, 605-0931 Tel:+81-75-54 l - l 151 Fax:+81-75-531-0263 E-mail: welcome@kyohaku.go.jp Http:/lwww.kyohaku.go.jp 16 Feb ru ary - 25 M arch 2 0 0 1 Japanese Dolls This annual exhibition o f China dolls w ill feature Kanéi-bina, Genroku-bina, Kyoho-bina,Yusoko-bina, and various other examples o f Japanese dolls from the Edo period.The exhibition will also show traditional altars w ith pavilions and step altars from the Edo to Showa periods, as well as typical examples of Kyoto dolls, such as Gosho dolls and Saga dolls.

Fu ku o ka A sian A r t M useum Permanent displays o f ‘Historical Pic tures’ o f the events and life styles of the people in Hong Kong, Macao, and China in the 18th and 19th centuries, and ‘Chinese Antiques’ from the Ne olithic period to the early 20th century. The museum also organises many tem porary exhibitions on contem porary a rt from Hong Kong, Macau, and China.

Priiss & Ochs G a lle ry Asian Fine Arts, Sophienstrasse 18 Berlin, D -I0 I7 8 Tel:+49-30-2839-1387 Fax:+49-30-2839-1388 E-mail: pruessochs@asianfinearts.de Http:/lwww.asianfinearts.de

3 M arch - 30 M arch 2001 Lobang ‘Lobang’ is the title o f the second col laborative exhibition to be held as an initiative by a group o f artists from In donesia at the Cemiti A r t House. For this exhibition, the artists Sigit Pius, Bintang Hanggono.Wildan Antarest and Amrizal have produced a series o f a rt works, mixing different kinds o f media such as video art, theatre, dance, sculp ture, and graphic art.

E-MAIL. I N F O @ G A T E F O U N D A T IO N .N L W E B SITE w w w

a t e f o u n d a t i o n .n l

3 -1 Shimokawabata-machi Hakata-ku, Fukuoka, 8 12-002 7 E-mail: faam@faam.city.fukuoka.jp Http://www.faam.city.fukuoka.jp 2 January - 3 A p ril 2 0 0 1 Modern and Contemporary Art in Asia Exhibition on contem porary a rt from South Asia will be held at the Asia Gallery A o f the Fukuoka Asian A r t Mu seum. 2 January - 27 March Arts o f People II This special exhibition at the Asia Gallery B will focus on embroidery works from Bangladesh.

KOREA

N a tio n a l M useum o f C o n te m p o ra ry A r t 58-1 Makkye-dong Gwacheon-si, Gyeonggi-do Seoul, 427-080 Tel:+82-2-2188-6000 Fax:+82-2-2188-6123 Http.l/www.moca.go.kr Permanent collection o f Korean style painting, O il painting and sculpture form both Korean and foreign artists. Furthermore, the museum organises frequent exhibitions on modern art from Korean artists. Recent exhibitions included ‘A Passage for a New Millenni um’, showcasing w ork o f contem porary Korean artists who, by th e ir participa tion in international exhibitions, have brought Korean contem porary a rt to the fo re fro nt o f the international art scene.

A SIAN

fo r the first tim e three o f India’s most innovative contem porary artists: NS Harsha, Sheela Gowda, and Nasreen Mohamedi.

SINGAPORE A sian C iv iliza tio n s M useum 39 Armenian Street, Singapore, 179941 Tel:+65-332-3015 Fax: +65-883-0732 E-mail: nhb_acm@nhb.gov.sg Http:Jlwww. nhb.gov.sg

C a m d e n A rts C e n tre Arkwright Road, London, NW3 6DG Tel: +44-20-74352643 Fax: +44-207794-337 \ E-mail: info@camdenartscentre.org Http:/lwww.camdenartscentre.org

I O c to b e r 2000 - 31 D e c e m b e r 2001 Permanent Collection on Chinese Culture and Civilisation The exhibition introduces the visitors to the worlds of the Chinese scholar and the a rt of connoisseurs. On display are a Chinese scholar studio and a se lection o f paintings, graphic works, and imperial porcelain.

‘Elevator G irl House', N iw a Y a n a ^i, 1997

MONGOLIA M ongolian N a tio n a l M o d e rn A r t G a lle ry Central Cultural Palace 3 Sukhbaatar Square, Ulaanbaatar, 11 Tel:+976-1-32-7177 Fax: +976-1-31-3191 E-mail: mnartgallery@magicnet.mn H ttp:llwww.mongolart.mn Established in 1989, the Mongolian Na tional Modern A r t Gallery displays its significant collection o f Mongolian Modern Fine A rt, including paintings, sculptures, and handicrafts. Every year the gallery holds a series of tem porary a rt exhibitions of both domestic and foreign artists.

THE NETHERLANDS R ijksm useum A m s te rd a m Stadhouderskade 42 Amsterdam, 1071 ZD Tel:+31-20-674-7000 Fax:+31-20-6747001 E-mail: info@rijksmuseum.nl Http:/lwww.rijksmuseum.nl Royers Chinese Cabinet A t a tim e that trade between The Netherlands and China was flourishing in the 17th and 18th centuries, little was known about the country and its people. Here, the lawyer Jean Theodore Royer (1737-1807) made a major con tributing in enhancing awareness in these fields. O ver the years he assem bled a large collection o f popular and unfamiliar Chinese artefacts, o f which selected items are showcased at the exhibition, marking the 200th anniver sary of the museum.

W e re ld m u s e u m R o tte rd a m Willemskade 25, Rotterdam, 3016 DM T el:+ 3 I-I0 -2 7 07 I7 2 Fax: +3 l - l 0-270-7182 26 N o ve m b e r 2000 - 20 May 2001 Majapahit: Indonesia’s Golden Age A fte r tw o years of major refurbish ment, the form er Museum o f Ethnogra phy in Rotterdam reopened on 26 N o vember 2000, under it’s new name: Wereldmuseum Rotterdam (W orldmuseum Rotterdam). One of the exhi bitions marking this focuses on the kingdom o f Majapahit. Based in eastern Java, and running from the 13th to the 16th centuries, it was the largest empire ever known in Southeast Asia. On dis play are approximately 200 objects in gold, silver, bronze and stone.

NORWAY K unsternes Hus Wergelandsveien I 7, Oslo, N-016 7 Tel:+47-22-60-7423 Fax: +47-22-60-4155 E-mail: admin@kunsterneshus.no Http:/l www.kusnterneshus.no F rom A p ril 2001 onwards Contemporary Chinese Art A fte r having closed its galleries for more than a year fo r major refurbish ment, Kunsternes Hus w ill reopen its galleries by holding an exhibition on contem porary a rt from China, starting in A pril 2 001. Among the artists repre sented at the exhibition is Cang Xin.

25 O c to b e r 2000 - 30 Sept. 2 0 0 1 Glorious Traditions o f Ancient Chinese Bronzes From the collections of Anthony & Susan Hardy and Sze Yuan Tang around a hundred ancient Chinese bronzes are shown at the museum.The bronze items include ritual vessels, vessels for daily use, weapons, and chariot embell

ART

January — 18 M arch 2 0 0 1 Li Yuan<hia Curated by Guy Brett and produced by inIVA, the exhibition presents a com prehensive survey o f the w o rk o f Li Yuan-chia, one of the most significant Chinese artists of the twentieth centu ry, who worked and lived in London. The exhibition w ill feature w o rk from the many areas o f Li’s practice, painted folding books, filmmaking, sculpture, performance, and photography.

‘P ortrait (Nine Faces}’, Yasum asaM orim ura, 1989-90

T ate M o d e rn

ishments.

S ingapore A r t M useum 7 1 Bras Basah Road Singapore, 189555 Tel: +65-332-3222 Fax:+65-334-7919 E-mail: santha_anthony@nhb.gov.sg Http:l/www.nhb.gov.sg 16 August 2000 - 16 D e c e m b e r 2 0 0 1 The Landscape in Southeast Asian Art The exhibition uses the theme of land scapes to explore various spaces (geo graphical and spiritual), and various re lated issues such as nation, self and its identity, in relation to these spaces. Featuring a large group of Southeast Asian artists, including Basuki Abdullah, Georgette Chen, and Hedi Hariyanto, the works range from conventional landscape paintings to more abstract spaces, including the body.

T A IW AN Lin & Keng G a lle ry I F, 11, Lane 252 Tunhua South Road, Section I,Taipei Tel:+886-2-2750-881 I Fax:+886-2-2750-9922 E-mail:lkart@ms 19.hinet.net Feb ru ary 2001 Ka-Kwong Hui Ceramic works o f the Taiwanese artist Ka-Kwong Hui (born 1953), who now lives and works in the United States. 1 0 - 3 1 M arch 2 0 0 1 Yang Mao-lin Recent w o rk of the Taiwanese artist Yang Maolin (born 1953). 7 - 2 9 A p ril Li-lan Exhibition of the Chinese-American artist Li-lan (born 1943) from New York.

Taipei Fine A rts M useum 18 1 Chung Shan North Road, Section 3 Taipei, 104 Tel:+886-2-2595-7656 Fax:+886-2-2594-4104 E-mail: tfam-1 @ms2.hinet.net H ttp:llwww.tfam.gov.tw Taiwan’s first contem porary a rt muse um,Taipei Fine Arts Museum is fulfilling its mission to prom ote contem porary a rt in Taiwan by planning exhibitions, collecting artw orks from artists in Tai wan and o ther regions in Asia. Recently the museum organised the second edi tion of the Taipei Biennial, T h e Sky is the Lim it’ (9 September 2000 —7 Janu ary 2001), o f which details can be found at: www.taipeibiennial.org

Bankside, London, SEI 9TG Tel: +44-20-7887-8008 Http:/Iwww.tate.org.uk/modern I F ebruary - 29 A p ril 2 0 0 1 Century City:Art and Culture in the Modern Metropolis The firs t major loan exhibition at Tate Modern examines key monuments of cultural creativity in nine great cities across the world, including London, Tokyo, and Bombay/Mumbai. (see article on page 37)

T h e B ritish M useum Great Russel Streep London Tel: +44-20-7323-8000 Http:/lwww.thebritish-museum.ac.uk 30 January - I I M arch 2001 Clay Objects o f Ancient Japan This exhibition o f ancient Japanese clay objects w ill be held at the Heiseikan Special Exhibition Hall of the recent renovated British Museum in London.

T h e O rie n ta l M useum University o f DurhamElvet Hill Durham, D H I 3TH Tel./ Fax:+44-191-374-7911 E-mail: oriental.museum@durham.ac.uk Http://www.dur.ac.uk/oriental.museum 14 F ebruary - 29 A p ril 2 0 0 1 SPITLThe Forbidden Valley Exhibition o f photographs from a T i betan Community in the Himalayas, by Patrick Sutherland.

U N I T E D S TATES OF AMERICA Asian A r t M useum San Francisco Golden Gate Park San Francisco, CA 94118 Tel.+ 1-415-379-8800 Http:l/www.asianart.org 2 1 F ebruary - I 3 May 2 0 0 1 Taoism and the Arts o f China Opened on 4 November at the A r t In stitute of Chicago, the Taoism and the A rts o f China exhibition has travelled to the Asian A r t Museum in San Fran cisco.The exhibition w ill feature ap proximately 130 works of art, exploring conceptual and artistic achievements in the history o f Taoism. Significantly, th ir ty-three works have been borrowed from institutes in the People’s Republic of China, only tw o o f which have (>een previously exhibited in the West.

Jefferson Drive at 12th Streep S.W. Washington, DC 20560 Tel:+1-202-357-3200 H ttp:/lwww.asia.si.edu 3 D e c e m b e r 2000 - 25 M arch 2001 India through the Lens: Photography 1840-1911 The invention o f the camera was an nounced in Europe in 1839, and within months photography had arrived in India.This exhibition presents 134 pho tographs of the Indian subcontinent taken between 1840 and 1911.

A SIA N ART O N -LIN E W it h th e continuing expansion of connections to th e In te rn e t, th e A r t Agenda w ill follow this develo pm en t

T h e M inneapolis In s titu te o f Fine A r t 2400 Third Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 55404 Tel:+ 1-612-870-3131 Http:/lwww.artsmia.org

in tru e m u ltim e d ia style. Listing th e various galleries and museum s in the agenda, th e fo rm e r section on opening hours has been replaced w ith links to th e e-m a il addresses

10 D e c e m b e r 2000 - 4 M arch 2001 China: Fifty Years inside the People’s Republic The exhibition features some o f the most significant images made in China by both Asian, European, and N o rth American photographers, presenting cultural, political and everyday life in the history of the People’s Republic of China, since 1949.

and w eb sites o f these institutes.To enhance the online experien ce, the ‘Asian A r t O n lin e ’ section has been added to th e A r t Agenda, listing in fo rm a tio n on interesting web sites fo r a rt in Asia. W W W .R A M A 9 A R T .C O M Rama IX A r t Museum:Web site fo

W a lk e r A r t C e n te r

cussing on Thai modern and contem

Vineland Place Minneapolis, MN 55403 Tel: +1-612-375-7622 Http:/Iwww.walkerartorg

porary art. Special features include a listing o f museums and galleries in Thailand, and detailed inform ation on

10 M arch 17 June 2001 YES Yoko Ono Organised by the Japan Society in New York, the first American retrospective o f the w o rk o f pioneering avant-garde a rtist Yoko Ono, offers a comprehen sive re-evaluation of her w ork. Featur ing approximately 130 works from the 1960’s to the present, it presents Ono as the key transm itter o f Asian thought to the international a rt world. (see article on page 36)

Thai artists. W W W .IN D IA A R T .C O M In d ia A rt: Web-site listing information on a rt in India, including a list of gallery addresses, and reproductions o f artw orks by Indian artists.

W W W .C H IN E S E -A R T .C O M Chinese art.com: Portal to the w orld o f Chinese art. Upon entry, the visitor

VIETNAM

can choose to enter the ‘Chinese Tra ditional A r t’ web-site, o r the ‘Chinese

G a le rie Q uynh P.0. Box 695, Saigon Central Post Office Ho Chi Min City Tel./ Fax:+84-8-821-7995 E-mail: info@galeriequynh.com H ttp:l/www.galeriequynh.com

Contemporary A r t’ web-site. Each site contains extensive articles on Chinese art, information on exhibitions and links to a rt galleries, as well as an on line bookstore were books on Chi

M arch 2001 Group Exhibition Presenting inform ation on contempo rary Vietnamese a rt and exhibiting a rt works by artists living and working in Ho Chi Min C ity at selected locations, Galerie Quynh w ill organise a Group Exhibition o f works by young Viet namese artists in March 2 001. Please contact the gallery fo r exact details on venues.

UNITED KINGDOM

nese a rt can be purchased online.

W W W .M M S E R V E .C O M /M U S E U M / IN D E X .H T M Museums in Malaysia:Web-site listing information on museums in Malaysia, including historical information, infor mation on collections, and museum addresses.

Salon N atas h a

A ngel Row G a lle ry

30 Huang Bong, Hanoi Tel:+84-4-826-1387 E-mail: natasha@artsalonnatasha.com Http://www.artsalonnatasha.com

Central Library Building 3 Angel Row, Nottingham I 7 M arch - 28 A p ril Drawing Space Curated by Suman Gopinath and Grant Watson, and produced by inIVA, this I exhibition o f drawings brings together

artists and intellectuals the gallery was established in 1990 by the Russian émigré Natasha Kraevskaia and the artist Vu Dan Tan at th e ir family home and a rtist’s studio. Ever since, the gallery hold exhibitions o f both Vietnamese and foreign artists.

F re e r G a lle ry o f A r t and th e A r t h u r M . S a ckler G a lle ry

Hsi-Men

Salon Natasha is the first private gallery in Hanoi. A fte r serving fo r many years as a meeting place fo r independent

W W W .H IR A Y A .C O M Hiraya Gallery: 20 Years Celebrating Filipino Artistry. Gallery web-site listing exhibitions on art from the Philipines and information on Philipine artist.

February 2001 •

has n e w s l e t t e r

N924 •

I NDEX - Travelling in the Memoirs o f Ibu S.K. Abdulrachman....... 25 - DIDIC.................. ...................................................................z6

FORUM

(EastAsia] - Chinese Storytelling............................................................. 29 - New Research Projects..........................................................34

(Editonal Pa^e] - Asia-Europe M eeting................................................................. (Genera! News] - Asia and Western D om inance................................................3 - New Political and Cultural Issues in ASEAN........................5 (Asian Frontiers] - Introduction............................................................................. g

(ESF Asia Committee News] - 3rd EUROSEAS Conference.

(IIAS News]

- Qiaoxiang Ties Programme Successfully Concluded..........41 - Dissemination of Religious Authority in 20th-Century Indonesia................................................. 43

I /I

.48

(Short news] - ICAS2........................................................................................51 - Slavery, Unfree Labour & R evolt............................................51 - The8th ICSLS.............................................................................53 - The 4th E u ro p h il..................................................................... 53

REPORTS ASIAN ART

PEOPLE

(Asian Frontiers] - Interview with the Guest E ditors........................................ 14 (Central Asia] - Obituary: Hugh Edward Richardson.............................

CALL FOR PAPERS

INSTITUTIONAL NEWS

(General News] - TANAP..................................................................................... 7 (Central Asia] - Eurasian Studies in R ussia....................................................j6 - New Tibetan Studies Research C enter................................. 17 - Circle o f Tibetan and Himalayan Studies............................17 (SoutheastAsia) - Introducing NOBUS................................................................ 22 - Institute of the Malay World and Civilization......................26 (IIAS News] - IIAS Staff and Research............................................................ 42 - MoU with Taiw an................................................................... 44 - IIAS Research P artn ers............................................................ 45 - CLARA Annual Report 2000.................................................... 46 (ESF Asia CommitteeNews] - ESF Asia Committee N ew s...................................................... 47 - ESF Asia Committee M em bers............................................... 47 - European Associations for Asia Studies...................................47 - EAJS U p d a te ............................................................................. 49 (Short News] - Scholars Invited to T aiw an.....................................................51 - European Summer Institute in Taiwan.................................51

(General News] - Gender and Transmission o f Values...................................... 4 - Social Security in Asia and E u ro p e ........................................ 4 - ICANAS XXXVI...........................................................................6 - IISH 65th Anniversary................................................................7 (South Asia] - Globalization and Agriculture............................................... 20 - Indigenous People in India.....................................................20 - Linguistic and Interdisciplinary Approaches....................... 21 (Southeast Asia) - Centre and Periphery.............................................................. 25 - Indonesia U p d a te ....................................................................27 - Thailand U pdate......................................................................27 - Boundaries, Territories, and Spatial Issues........................... 28 - Philippinists in the N e th e rlan d s..........................................28 (EastAsia] - H um an and Regional Security............................................... 32 - Perceptions of Good G overnm ent..........................................33 (Asian Art] - ASEUSUK Conference.............................................................. 35 (IIAS News] - Women & Crisis....................................................................... 44 - Environmental C hange.......................................................... 45 - From Fact to Fiction................................................................45 - CLARA One-Day S em in ar.......................................................46 (Alliance News] - Asia Update in B erlin.............................................................. 50

PUBLICATIONS

(General News] - FEER O n -line............................................................................. 5 - Books Received General N ew s................................................. 6

YES (YokoOno].......................................................................... .‘.36 Century C ity.................................................................................. 37 Translated A c t s ............................................................................ 37

Jbj( AGENDA (General News] - Changing the Guard, Guarding the Past............................... 6 (Asian Art) - Asian Art Agenda..................................................................... 38 (IIAS News) - Welfare in the N eth e rla n d s.................................................. - CLARA workshops and panels in 2001................................. - International Conference Agenda..........................................54 (ESF Asian Committee News) - ESF Workshops 2001................................................................47 (Short News) - Child Labour in South Asia.....................................................51

SHORT NEWS

(IIAS News) - ABIA U pdate.................................................................................. 44 - PAATI Update................................................................................ 44

(Short News) - Asia-Europe Co-operation Framework 2000......................... 52

NOTES & QUERIES

RESEARCH PROJECTS (Asian Frontiers] - The Chinese-Mongolian Frontier..........................................8 - Pirs and Pastoralists................................. , ..........................9 - Upland Peoples and Changing Frontiers............................ 10 - Minding Frontiers or Frontiers of the M ind?.....................10 - Institutionalizing D uality...................................................11 - Ethnic Borderlands............................................................... 12 - Upriver, Down River and Across Rivers............................... 12 - Neither Asian nor Pacific...................................................... 13 - Frontiers of Death.................................................................14 (Central Asia] - Learning Himalayan Body P arts.......................................... 18 (South Asia) - The Bhandars ofSarahan...................................................... 19

(Central Asia] - Language Relations across Bering S tra it............................. 15 - Himalayan Trade from Outside I n .......................................16 - Books Received Central Asia..................................................18 (South Asia] - Books Received South A sia ..................................................... 21

LETTERS TO THE EDITOR (SoutheastAsia] - Books Received Southeast A sia.....................................23 & 27

4 0

•

has n e w s l e t t e r

^«24 • February 2001

- Letter from Delfin Co lomé, ASEF ... - Letter from Frederic Durand, CNRS.

(EastAsia] - Korea..........................................................................................30 - Books Received Korea.............................................................. 30 - Books Received Jap an .............................................................. 30 - Qiaoxiang T ies......................................................................... 31 - Books Received C hina.............................................................. 32 (Asian Art) - New Arts D irectories.............................................................. 35 (IIAS News] - CLARA New Publications.......................................................46

(Southeast Asia) Seeking Thai Gender History............................................... 23 - The Indonesians in Penang, 1786-2000................................. 24

- International Relations of the Asia-Pacific........................... 53 - International Centre for Kerala Studies.................................53 - Journal on Indian Philosophy and Religion......................... 53

(Alliance News] - New Alliance P ublication.......................................................50

LUWP..........................................................................................6 AsiaEdit.com.............................................................................48 Brill Academic Publishers.......................................................49 Cambridge University Press................................................... 56 Hotei Publishing......................................................................56 Leiden University School of M anagem ent........................... 56 Products & Services..................................................................56

MA S

Pink Pci^es

N E WS L E T T E R 24 I N S T I T U T I O N A L

NE WS :

ESF Asia Committee

Alliance

P 5° /

International Conference Agenda

P 54 /

MAS

P-47 /

HAS

Short News

P-4» / P-5* /

CLARA

P-4<5 /

Notes & Queries

Products & Services

P 53

P-5*

N E WS

Qiaoxiang Ties Programme Successfully Concluded On i8July zooo, the HAS Qiaoxiang Ties Research Programme was yuhlidy assessed during its concluding seminar at the University o/Amsterdam. Its director reports on the accomplishments and future prospects. The meeting discussed the programme’s achievements and fu ture projections on the basis o f written and oral reports by the undersigned and by members o f the programme’s supervisory committee. Below follows a report on the seminar. A more elaborate account o f the programme’s proceedings and results will be provided in its Final Report, to be published shortly. This proposal was adopted by the HAS in 1994; two postdoctoral re search positions and budgets for he participants in Research other research expenses were made the seminar agreed Project available to the programme, which that the pro was to be directed by Douw and gramme has been suc Pieke. The protected budget aside, as cessful in achieving its major goals, including a Douw emphasized in his introduc tion, the competence and enthusi considerable output of international asm of the HAS staff were a crucial academic publications, the building asset. In 1995, Douw and Post orga of an extensive and committed inter nized a highly qualified Academy national network of scholars, and Colloquium, entitled ‘South China: the establishment of international State, Culture, and Social Change collaborative research projects on during the Twentieth Century’, Qiaoxiang studies with Xiamen Uni which resulted in a proceedings versity of China. In addition, the publication the year after. Also in programme was successful in at 1996, the programme definitely took tracting outside funding, in particu off after the appointment of Dr Cen lar with the NWO and the European Huang (University of Calgary, Cana Science Foundation. da) in one of the postdoctoral posi In his introductory speech at the tions. By that time, Pieke had trans meeting, Dr Leo Douw related how ferred to the University of Oxford, the programme had developed from where he stayed on as an advisor of an initiative involving a broad group the programme. of Dutch academic researchers cen The seminar discussed several of tered around Prof Leonard Blussé and Dr Frank Pieke (University of the problems in the building-up phase of the programme. The main Leiden), Dr Peter Post (presently problem had been that even the very NIOD, Amsterdam), Prof. Heather broadly delimited initial research Sutherland (Free University Amster outline of the programme attracted dam), and Douw himself (University only few sufficiently qualified appli of Amsterdam, Free University Ams cants. The main reasons for this had terdam). The initiative tallied in been: the development of a new re with the emerging academic trend search field requires new skills to study globalization processes, and the increased acknowledgement all over the world that Chinese transna tional communities play a key role in those processes. By LEO DOUW & CEN HUANG

T ay

& Dr Cm Huan^

which cannot be expected to be widely available immediately; the need to build research and field net works in a relatively short time, the relatively high language require ments of the programme; and the fact that postdoctoral research may not always offer the best job oppor tunity for academic job-seekers. The other main problem, partly related to the personnel problem, was how to plan the programme’s budget. Despite its protected status, the pro gramme’s budget had to be adapted to changed circumstances several times, even at its later stages. A fixed budget with more freedom for the programme director to spend money could bring a solution here, even though it must be said that the flex ibility inherent in the existing sys tem in this case also had some ad vantages. The programme’s personnel took shape in the course of 1997 with Huang as the pivot around which

Establishment of the programme 1994-1997 When the HAS adopted a policy of stimulating programme research, Douw and Pieke put in a proposal for a research programme entitled ‘In ternational Social Organization in East and Southeast Asia: Qiaoxiang Ties During the Twentieth Century’. The authors proposed to study from a social scientific perspective how Chinese transnational communities linked up together and with China.

Dr Eduard Vermeer and Dr Mario Rutten

k K

Dr Leo Douw, Qiaoxiang Ties Programme Director

the programme revolved on a dayto-day basis, and Douw as general manager. As a substitute for the sec ond fellowship, it was also decided to emphasize the organization of bookproducing international workshops, to seek the support of senior fellows, and to grant Douw a ‘Dutch senior fellowship’. In the spring of 1997, Douw and Huang made a five-week tour through Singapore, Hong Kong, mainland China, and Taiwan in order to link up with academic re searchers in this field and to open up field and archive work. During this trip the co-operative link was estab lished with Zhuang Guotu’s group in Xiamen. In August of the same year an international workshop was held in Leiden to discuss the direc tion taken by the programme.

Hyhtide 1997-zooo In her address, Huang emphasized the major themes and research ap proaches which were considered the theoretical framework of the pro gramme. She situated the pro gramme at the crossroads of global ization processes, the role therein of Chinese business, and a regional focus on South China, including Tai wan and Hong Kong, and Southeast Asia. Huang considered comparative and empirical case studies to be the two main features of the pro gramme. Her many published arti cles, book chapters, and guest lec tures highlighted that her interest in structure and social organization, labour management in Chinese transnational enterprises have be come an important focus of the pro gramme.

Douw and Huang concurred in mentioning how efficient the com bination of senior fellows and bookproducing conferences had been. Dr Michael R. Godley (Monash Univer sity, Melbourne) appeared to be thoroughly committed to the pro gramme from the time of his in volvement with the second work shop in t998, in Noordwijkerhout, which resulted in the programme’s first major publication (Douw, Huang and Godley, 1999; for an in troduction, see p.31 in this News letter). Dr David Ip (University of Queensland, Brisbane) was equally committed from his fellowship in January t999 onwards, and co-organized the programme’s conference in Hong Kong in August 1999. That conference resulted in the other major publication of the programme (Douw, Huang and Ip forthcoming; see p.3t in this Newsletter). Since his fellowship in 1997-1998, Dr David Schak (Griffith University, Brisbane) contributed importantly to the pro gramme’s conferences and publica tions. Prof. Dai Yifeng (University of Xiamen) contributed in likewise manner and enriched the link with Xiamen by his historical studies. The programme was equally suc cessful in producing offshoots. This applies to the attraction of outside funding as much as to contributions to other related research pro grammes. A large grant for the pro- | gramme’s conference in Hong Kong j was acquired in a highly competitive round of applications with the Euro pean Science Foundation; the NWO

February 2001 •

Continued on page 42 f h a s n e w s l e t t e r tm? z 4

•4 1

HAS International

HAS M A IN OFFICE LEIDEN Visiting address:

Institute

Nonnensteeg 1-3,

l e id e n

Postal Address:

f or Asian Studies ’ 'itu te

HAS

NEWS

for

*'0

Telephone: +31-71-527 22 27

Oost-Indisch Huis

Telefax: +31-71-527 41 62

Oude Hoogstraat 24

E-mail: iias@ tullet.leidenuniv.nl

1012 CE Amsterdam, The Netherlands

P.O. Box 9515

H ttp ://w w w .iia s .n l

Telephone: +31-20-525 36 57

2300 RA

Newsletter contributions:

Telefax: +31-20-525 36 58

L E ID E N

TH E N ETHERLAND S

iiasnew s@ rullet.leidenuniv.nl

RESEARCH PROGRAMMES A ND PROJECTS

CLARA: 'CHANGING LABOUR RELATIONS IN ASIA' The Changing Labour Relations in Asia programme (CLARA) aims to build a comparative and historical understanding o f labour relations in different parts of Asia which are undergoing diverse h istori cal processes and experiences in terms of th e ir national economies, th e ir links with international markets and the nature of state intervention.This understanding will be based on the prom otion o f inter-Asian co-operation and the co-operation be tween Asian and non-Asian institutions. The programme promotes several types o f activities, namely: co-ordination of workshops; research projects; short-term research fellowships; networking; publica tions; and the setting up o f a databank. CLARA is supported by the International Institute fo r Asian Studies (MAS), and the International Institute o f Social H istory (IISH), Amsterdam. Programme coordinator:

D r R atna Saptari (rsa@iisg.nl) Programme fellow:

D r Prabu M oh apatra, India (see: HAS research fellows) Http.7/www.iisg.nl/-dara/clara.htm

'THE DISSEMINATION OF RELIGIOUS AUTHORITY IN 20TH CENTURY INDONESIA' Programme co-ordinators:

D r N ico Kaptein & D rs Sabine Kuypers (iias@rullet.leidenuniv.nl) Research fellows:

D r M ona A b aza, D r N ico Kaptein, D r Johan M eu lem an , one position: pending (see: HAS Research fellows). PhD students from Indonesia: selection in process. Http://www.iias.nl/iias/research/ dissemination/ For more information, see article on fi.43.

Moreover, the ABIA project has branches in Indonesia and India, and correspondents in several other countries. Project Coordinator:

D r Ellen Raven (abiaraven@rullet.leidenuniv.nl) Editor Southeast Asia:

H elga Lasschuijt (abialasschuijt@rullet.leidenuniv.nl)

F E BRUARY ► 15 J UNE 2001 At the moment, HAS fellowship applications can be sent in for affiliated fellowships only (no application deadline). I f any other fellowships will become available, it will be announced in the HAS Newsletter and on the Internet. For news about HAS fellowships, please see our website: H ttp :/l www.iias.nl

SO U TH EA S T ASIA

GENERAL

D r M ona A baza (Egypt), research fellow with in the programme ‘Dissemination o f

D r A ru n Bali (India), stationed in the Amsterdam Branch Office, affiliated fellow, co-sponsor: IDPAD

‘Elderly Care in India and the Netherlands: Interface between state and social institutions’ February 2001 - 3 March 2001

Http.7/www.iias.nl/iias/research/abia/ abia.html

PERFORMING ARTS OF ASIA: TRADITION AND INNOVATION; THE EXPRESSION OF IDENTITY IN A CHANGING WORLD The PAATI programme analyzes and com pares processes of change in Asian perform ing arts and, in particular, traditional Asian theatre. It focuses on the way in which the performing arts are institutionalized and standardized; how they balance between flexibility and fixation, influenced by global ization and localization; and how these processes of change affect form, content, and organization o f the teaching. This w ork is carried out by three research fellows (post-PhD), each o f whom focuses their re search on traditional theatre in a particular Asian region, and place this in a comparative perspective. The Programme Director, co ordinates these three comparative studies, and places the programme in a w ider na tional and international context. Programme Director: D r W im van Z an ten (zanten@rulfsw.leidenuniv.nl)

CENTRAL ASIA D r H e n k B le ze r (the Netherlands), affiliated fellow

T h e ‘Bon’-Origin of Tibetan Buddhist Speculations Regarding a Post-Mortem State Called ‘Reality as It Is” Until I August 2 0 0 1

D r A lex McKay (Australia), affiliated fellow T h e H istory o fT ib e t and the Indian Himalayas' / October 20 00 - I October 2 0 0 1 D r M ahm oud A linejad (Iran), research fellow within the programme ‘Transnational Society, M edia and Citizenship’ ‘Mass Media, Social Movements, and Religion’ I July 2000 - / July 2002 SO U TH ASIA D r H anne de Bruin (the Netherlands), stationed in Leiden and Amsterdam,research fellow within the program ‘Performing Arts o f Asia:Tradition and Innovation; the expression o f identity in a changing world’ (PAATI) Kattaikkuttu and Natakam:‘South Indian theatre traditions in regional perspective' Until 15 July 2001

Research Fellows:

D r H ann e de Bruin, D r M a tth e w Cohen, D r H ae-kyung U m (see HAS Research fellows) Http.7/www.iias.nl/iias/research/paati/ index.html

D r Thom as de Bruin (the Netherlands), affiliated fellow, co-sponsor NWO ‘Nayi Kahani: New Stories and New Positions in the Literary Field o f Hindi Literature after 1947' 15 June 1998 - 15 June 2 0 0 1 D r Kappadath Param esw ara Kannan (India), stationed at the Amsterdam Branch Office, affiliated fellow

ABIA SOUTH AND SOUTHEAST ASIAN ART AND ARCHAEOLOGY INDEX ABIA South and Southeast Asian A r t and Archaeology Index is an annotated biblio graphic database which is compiled by an international team o f specialists brought together in a project o f the International Institute fo r Asian Studies (HAS) in Leiden, the Netherlands. Formerly known as the Annual Bibliogra phy of Indian Archaeology (ABIA), the new ABIA South and Southeast Asian A r t and A r chaeology Index is an electronic database which is accessible via the internet: www.abia.net. The ABIA website (with help functions) is under construction. The bibli ography w ill also appear regularly in a print ed version deduced from the database. ABIA Index vol. I was published by Kegan Paul lnternational.London.lt includes over 1300 annotated and key word-indexed ref erences to publications o f 1996 and 1997. ABIA Index 2 is under preparation. Teams at three regional centres o f ex pertise participate in the production o f the ABIA Index database: at the International Institute for Asian Studies (HAS) in Leiden, under the guidance of Professor Karel R. van Kooij, professor o f South Asian a rt his to ry at Leiden University and general edi to r o f the ABIA Index; at the Postgraduate Institute of Archaeology (PGIAR) in Colombo, Sri Lanka, under the guidance of H.D.S. Hettipathirana, the director o f the Central Cultural Fund, M r S. Lakdusinghe, the director of PGIAR, and D r Roland Silva, at the SEAMEO Regional Centre fo r A r chaeology and Fine A rts (SPAFA) in Bangkok, Thailand, under the guidance of Prof. Khunying Maenmas Chavalit, head of SPAFA Library and Documentation. 4 2

. •

has n e w s le tte r

'TRANSNATIONAL SOCIETY, MEDIA AND CITIZENSHIP' This integrated multidisciplinary pro gramme studies the complex nature of contemporary cultural identities and the role which globalization o f information and communication technologies (ICT’s) play in the (re)construction o f identities. W hile the programme will be based in the Netherlands, the projects w ill be conduct ed in multiple sites o f fieldwork. The re search programme w ill broaden our un derstanding o f implications o f new media and communications technologies in trans forming political and religious forms, which transcend the nation-state and the rela tionship between consumption practices and identity formation. The programme was initiated by the Amsterdam School fo r Social Science Re search (ASSR) together with the Interna tional Institute fo r Asian Studies (HAS) and is executed w ith financial support from the Netherlands Foundation fo r the Advance ment ofTropical Research (W OTRO). Programme Director:

Prof. P e te r van d e rV e e r (vanderveer@pscw.uva.nl) Research fellows:

D r Shom a Munshi, D r M ahm oud Alinejad. PhD student:

M yrna Eindhoven (see HAS fellows) Http.7/www.iias.nl/iias/research/ transnational/projectdescr.html

N? 2 4 • February 2001

E-mail: iias@pscw.uva.nl

MAS R E S E A R CH

Prof. Karel R. van Kooij Editor South Asia:

HAS BRANCH OFFICE A M S T E R D A M

‘Collective Care Arrangements among W orkers and N on-W orkers in the Informal Sector’ May 2001 (preliminary)

D r Prabhu M o h a p a tra (India), stationed in New Delhi, research fellow within the framework o f the CLARA research programme ‘Industrialisation and W o rk Culture: Steel workers in Jamshedpur: I9 S 0 - 1990s’ I February 1999 - 3 1 January 2002

D r Shom a Munshi (India), stationed at the Amsterdam Branch Office/ASSR, research fellow within the programme ‘Transnational Society, Media and Citizenship’ Transnational Alchemy: Producing the global consumer and diasporic identities via contem porary visual media: India and the Gulf Area’ 1 July 20 00 - I July 2002

D m itr y O lenev (Russia), research guest, Co-sponsor Stichting J. Conda Fonds ‘Ancient Indian Theoretical Texts’ 4 November 20 00 - 20 A pril 2001 D r D agm ar Pospisilova (Czech Republic), affiliated fellow, Co-sponsor: Stichting J. Conda Fonds Typological Determination o f Metal Articles from India from the Collections o f the Naprstek Museum of Asian, African and American Cultures’ / March 2001 - I August 2001 D r Nandini Sinha (India), affiliated fellow ‘Frontiers and Territories: Situating the tribal and pastoral peoples in the historic setting o f Rajastan’ 2 August 2001 - 23 August 2001 Prof. M usashiTachikawa (Japan), affiliated fellow Holder Mum ata Chair at Leiden University I February 2001 - I A pril 2001

INSULAR SO UTH W EST ASIA

Religious Authority in 20th Century Indonesia'

'Rethinking the two Spaces, the Middle East and Southeast Asia. Networks, travelling idea’s, practices and life worlds' I September 2001 - September 2002

D rY u ri Sadoi (Japan), affiliated fellow, co-sponsor Mitsubishi Motors Coorporation T h e Problems o f the Japanese Autom obile Production System in the Different Cultural Setting: the case of the Netherlands’ I September 1 9 9 9 - I September 2 0 0 1

D r H ae-kyung U m (Korea), affiliated fellow

‘Performing A rts in Korea and the Korean Communities in China, the form er Soviet Union and Japan’ Until I July 2001

D r Freek C o lom bijn (the Netherlands), individual fellow

T h e Road to Development. Access to natural resources along the transport axes o f Riau Daratan (Indonesia), 1870-2000’

15 F E BRUARY 2001

Until I January 2002

D r Thom as L. C o o p e r (USA), affiliated fellow

Traditional Balinese paintings, especially non-Kamasan, in Dutch collections' 20 A pril 2 0 0 1 - 18 July 2001 D r E rw iza E rm an (Indonesia),stationed at the MSG, Amsterdam, CLARA fellow ’Violence, Class and Ethnicity: A socio-political history of the Ombilin Coalminers of West Sumatra, 1892-1996' IS January 2001 - 15 A pril 2001

D r Michael Laffan (Australia), research fellow within the programme 'Dissemination o f Religious Authority in 20th Century Indonesia’ ‘A Change o f Heart: Reformist networks o f religious authority as manifested in journals and education’ September 2001 - September 2003

Prof. C liff G oddard (Australia), affiliated fellow, co-sponsor NWO ‘Lexical and Grammatical Semantics of Malay (Bahasa Melayu)’ 27 February 2 0 0 1 - 1 8 June 2001

D r Doris Jedamski (Germany), affiliated fellow

‘Madame Butterfly and the Scarlet Pimpernel and their metamorphosis in colonial Indonesia’ I November 20 00 - I February 2001

D r Johan M eulem an (The Netherlands), research fellow within the programme ‘Dissemination o f Religious Authority in 20th Century Indonesia'

‘Dakwah Activities in Urban Communities’ I January 2 0 0 1 - 3 1 December 2004

D r M a rtin R am stedt (Germany), senior visiting fellow

STAFF P ro f.W .A .L . Sto kh of (Director) Drs S .A .M . Kuypers (Deputy Director) P. A ren tsh o rst (Trainee) M. Cheung (Trainee) Drs M .T. te Booij (Executive Manager) J. Bruinsm a (Secretary) D rsT .D . C h u te (Managing Editor) Drs A.J.M. D o ek (W W W ) E.F.P. Haneveld (IT-Manager) C.E. Maarse (Secretary) Drs H .M . van d e r M inne (Secretary Branch Office Amsterdam)

D r M.A.F. R utten (Co-ordinator Branch Office Amsterdam)

Drs M. F. Sisterm ans (Co-Editor) Drs J. S tre m m e la a r (Project Co-ordinator)

W . Feldberg (Project Co-ordinator) E.S.U. d e V rie s (Database Assistant) BOARD Prof. F.A.M . Hiisken - C h airm an (Nijmegen University)

Prof. P. van d e rV e e r - C h airm an (per I April 2001) (University o f Amsterdam)

Prof. J.L. Blussé van O ud Alblas (University o f Leiden)

Prof. H .W . B odew itz (University o f Leiden)

Prof. J.C. B rem an (University o f Amsterdam)

Prof. B.J. t e r H a a r (University o f Leiden) Prof. M. van d e r Linden (MSG) Prof. J. O osten (CNWS)

A C A D E M IC C O M M IT TE E D r E.Touw en-Bouw sm a - C h airm an (NIOD, Amsterdam)

‘Hindu Dharma Indonesia - the Hindumovement in present-day Indonesia and its influence in relation to the development of the indigenous culture o f theToraja (AlukTodolo) in South Sulawesi’

D r I.S .A . Baud (University o f Amsterdam) D r J.G. van Brem en (University o f Leiden) D r G .K . Lieten (University o f Amsterdam) D r P.J.M. Nas (University o f Leiden) Prof. C a rla Risseeuw

I December 1 9 9 7 - I February 2 0 0 1

D r R .A. R u tten (University o f Amsterdam) Prof. B.C.E. W alraven

D r Rosanne R utten (The Netherlands), stationed at the Amsterdam Branch Office Dutch senior fellow

(University o f Leiden)

Prof. E.J. Z iirc h e r (University o f Leiden)

‘Revolutionaries in the Community: rise and decline of the CPP-NPA in a Philippine province, 1977 - 1995’

HAS EXTR A O R D IN A R Y CHAIRS

20 August 2000 - 2 0 February 2 0 0 1

Prof. H enk Schulte N o rd h o lt

M r Agus R. Sarjono (Indonesia), research guest

‘Indonesian poetry’ I February 2001 - 20 November 2001

D r Reed W a d le y (USA), individual fellow T h e Ethnohistory o f a Borderland PeopleThe Iban inW est Kalimantan, Indonesia’ I August 1998 - I August 2001

EAST ASIA Prof. Kuo-tung Chen (Taiwan), professorial fellow, Fourth holder o f the European Chair for Chinese Studies I November 2000 - August 2001 D r Evelyne M ico llier (France), stationed at the Amsterdam Branch Office, affiliated fellow

‘Practices and Representations of Health and Illness in the C ontext of Chinese Culture. Interactions with social facts (illness prevention and Human reality o f AIDS)’ 1 July 2 0 0 0 - I July 2001

(the Netherlands)

Special chair at the Erasmus University Rotterdam ,‘Asian H istory’ I October 1 9 9 9 - 1 October 2003

Prof. H ein S teinh auer (the Netherlands) Special Chair at Nijmegen University, ‘Ethnolinguistics w ith a focus on Southeast Asia’ I September 1 9 9 8 - I September 2 0 0 1

Prof. Barend Terw iel (the Netherlands/Germany)

Special chair at the Universiteit Leiden, ‘Cultures of Mainland Southeast Asia’ I September 1 9 9 9 - I September 2002

IN T E R N A T IO N A L REPRESENTATIVES Prof. J.G. V re d e n b reg t (Jakarta, Indonesia)

D r W .G .J. R em m elink Japan-Netherlands Institute (Tokyo, Japan)

HAS

N E WS

New Research Programme at the HAS

Dissemination of Religious Authority in 20th-Century Indonesia From January 2001 onwards the research project ‘The D issem i nation o f R eligious Authority in Tw entieth Century Indone sia’ w ill run for four years. To be executed w ithin the frame work o f the Cultural Agreement betw een Indonesia and the Netherlands, this project entails a co-operative research effort involving specialists in the field o f Islamic Studies from In donesia and the N etherlands. ■ By N I C O J . G . K A P T E I N & S ABI NE A. M. KUYPERS

r I 1 he Royal Netherj lands Academy of Sciences (KNAW) administering the Cul tural Agreement on the Dutch side, is the pro ject’s major funding partner. Addi tional sources are provided by the Department of Religious Affairs of the Republic of Indonesia (Direc torate General Islamic Institutions Development), Jakarta, the Interna tional Institute for Asian Studies (HAS), the International Institute for the Study of Islam in the Modern World (ISIM); and the Research School of Asian, African, and Amerindian Studies (CNWS), all in Leiden. General management lies with the IIAS, and is implemented by S.A.M. Kuypers (general co-ordinator) and Dr N.J.G. Kaptein (academic co-ordinator), in consultation with the Pusat Pengkajian Islam dan Masyarakat (Center for the Study of Islam and Society, PPIM) of the Institut Agama Islam Negeri (Islamic State Institute, IAIN) in Jakarta.

Research Project

Continuedfrom page 41

QIAOXIANG TIES PROGRAMME By Leo Douw and Cen Huang

granted a number of travel subsidies for the other workshops of the pro gramme. Numerous contributions to other related research pro grammes were made in the form of guest lectures, conference papers, and the three editorships of confer ence proceedings publications. A most important corollary of the pro gramme’s activity was the stimula tion of PhD research at the Amster dam School for Social Scientific Re search, at the University of Amster dam, in which Prof. Heather Suther land played a paramount role as an applicant for funding and as a super visor. Two PhDs have been complet ed, by Li Minghuan (1998) and by Wu Xiaoan (1999). Faye Chan, Sikko Visscher, and Song Ping are at different stages in finalizing their PhD manu scripts.

The entire project is directed by a Steering Committee, which consists of the following persons (in alphabet ical order): Prof. Taufik Abdullah (Lembaga Ilmu Pengetahuan Indone sia, Indonesian Academy of Sciences, LIPI); Prof. Azyumardi Azra (PPIM); Prof Herman Beck (Catholic Univer sity Brabant); Prof Martin van Brui nessen (Utrecht University); Prof. Kees van Dijk (Leiden University, Royal In stitute of Linguistics and Anthropolo gy); Dr Andrée Feillard (Centre Na tional de Recherche Scientifique, Paris); Prof. M.Kh. Masud (ISIM); Prof J.G. Oosten (CNWS); and Prof Wim Stokhof(IlAS). The aim of the project is to study and document important changes in Muslim authority in Indonesia in the past century, thought to account sig nificantly for the present state of af fairs. As the twentieth century has been a period of rapid change as the result of a spectacular rise in literacy, urbanization, economic growth, and the increasing visibility and influence of the state, among other things, the processes of dissemination of reli gious authority have acquired highly dynamic and complex characteristics.

Future prospects There was little doubt among the participants of the 18 July assessment meeting that the programme has in creased the visibility of this research field as an important concern of the Dutch academic community. It was insisted therefore that the pro gramme be continued in some form, capitalizing on the established exten sive and friendly network and the prestige of its participants. The HAS principally can no longer be the major

Analytically, the project has been carved up into four different - albeit overlapping - research fields which pertain to the most important areas of religious dissemination in Indonesia in the period concerned, namely: a. ‘Ulama and Fatwa: the Structures of Traditional Religious Authority in Twentieth Century Indonesia’. This part of the project will focus on the institution of fatwa, which is an opinion of a traditional Islamic scholar (ulama) who gives this opin ion from the perspective of Islamic Law at the request of a person, or a group of persons, or organization. A jatwa deals with controversial is sues and in it the ulama establishes whether or not the issue at stake is congruent with Islamic Law. In this way, fatwas might play a role in the accommodation of new or contro versial phenomenon (like, for in stance, family planning) in Islam. A major research question in this part of the project is what function fat was might have in the shaping and reshaping ofbeliefs and practices in Indonesia. b.‘Tarekat: Mystical Associations in Urban Communities in Twentieth Century Indonesia’. Although tare kat (Muslim brotherhoods) are strongly associated with rural soci eties, recent research has shown that these brotherhoods often serve as the replacement of the tradition al social networks which have dis

sponsor of such initiatives, but may continue to play a supportive role. Ba sically, however, the programme’s ob jectives must be transferred to the universities and other academic re search institutes. Several options for continuation were suggested during the seminar. There are many new programmes and organizations at present, which en gage in the study of transnational communities and economies, which may use the programme’s expertise in

appeared through migration to the cities. In this part of the project, the dynamics and dissemination of tarekat-based authority in urban centres will be paid systematic at tention, which has scarcely been done so far. Among the issues ad dressed will be the composition of tarekat leadership and their follow ing; the strategies to sustain and enlarge the tarekats; and the social functions they provide, c. ‘Dakwah Organizations and Activi ties in Urban Communities in Twentieth Century Indonesia’. Dakwah, or propagation of the faith, is one of the main forms of networks of religious authority and, by definition, the main instru ment of dissemination. In contrast to traditional dakwah organiza tions, which sought to disseminate Islamic values through education, modern dakwah also does this through welfare programmes. Nearly all types of religious organi zations are now active in dakwah. In addition to private dakwah organi zations, nowadays the state is choosing to take an active role in this field. An important part of the research will be the production of an inventory of Indonesian dakwah movements and, on the basis of this, the establishment of a typolo gy of dakwah movements, d. ‘Education and the Dissemination and Reproduction of Religious Au thority in Twentieth Century In donesia’. The dissemination of reli gious ideas, rituals, and values has always been a primary goal of edu cation. One of the aims of this part of the project is to make an invento ry and a typology of the various forms of Islamic education in In donesia. In particular, attention will be paid to the more advanced stages of religious education (madrasah aliyah, and Institut Agama Islam Negeri, Islamic State Institute, IAIN). The research ques tions focus on the educational strategies of the most important ac tors in the field, including the state, and the effects on the relationship

the form of common publications and conference panels. But also other pro grammes engage in themes related to the programme’s concerns, such as the HAS / ISSH ‘CLARA’ programme, and the programme on ‘Brokers of Capital and Knowledge’ at the ASSR. The productivity of the programme’s book-producing conferences suggests that workshops to be organized on a two to three year basis may be anoth er option. As a matter of course, PhD research in Leiden and Amsterdam, if not elsewehere should continue. Also the link with the Xiamen researchers is an important asset, to be continued and expanded towards other groups in the target areas of research. ■

between religious and political au thority. The research will be executed by a number of researchers who are at tached to various academic institu tions, both in the Netherlands and in Indonesia. In addition to these, a number of postdoctoral positions and PhD scholarships have been made available in the present pro ject. The selection for these positions has already been completed; a future update on this project will soon in troduce the researchers involved, with a survey of the topics on which they are working. Apart from direct academic results of the project in terms of research re ports, seminar proceedings, and other publications, as a spin-off activity of the joint research efforts a prelimi nary hand-list of religious personali ties of Indonesian Islam in the twenti eth century will be produced in the final year of the project. In addition to all this, increasing the effective schol arly exchange between Indonesia and the Netherlands in the field of Islamic Studies is an important secondary ob jective of the project. ■ Anyone who is interested in more detailed inform ation about the research proposal, can consult a more extensive text on the IIAS web site: H ttp://ww w.iias.nl/iias/research/ dissemination, or contact the IIAS.

Dr Nico K aptein is the Academic Co ordinator o f the Dissemination o f Religious Authority in 20,h-Century Indonesia Programme, Co-ordinator o f the IndonesiaNetherlands Co-operation in Islamic Studies (INIS) Programme, and Secretary o f the Islamic Studies Programme at Leiden University. E-mail: nkaptein@rulletleidenuniv.nl Sabine K uypers is Co-ordinator of Dissemination of Religious Authority in 20th-Century Indonesia Programme, and Deputy Director o f the International Institute for Asian Studies, the Netherlands. E-mail: iias@rullet.leidenuniv.nl

The Final Report o f the programme will shortly be published on its web site: Http://iias.leidenuniv.nl/iias/research/ qiaoxiang/ For'The Qiaoxiang Ties: Book Intro ductions’, see page 31 o f this issue o f the IIAS Newsletter.

Dr Leo D ouw was the director o f the IIAS Qiaoxiang Ties Programme and a lecturer o f

References

modern Asian history, University of

Leo Douw, Cen H uang, and Michael

Amsterdam, and the Free University

R. Godley(eds), Qiaoxiang Ties: Interdisciplinary

Amsterdam. E-mail: lm.douw@let.vu.nl ,

approaches to ‘Cultural Capitalism’ in South China, London: Kegan Paul International (1999). - Leo Douw, Cen Huang, and David Ip, Rethinking Transnational Chinese Enterprises: Cultural affinity and business

Dr Song Ping

Dr Cen H uang was a research fellow at the IIAS between November 1996 and January 2000 and between I July and 15 August 2000. She is currently the Director o f the International Programmes and

strategies, London: Curzon Press

Partnerships at the University o f Calgary.

(forthcom ing 2001)

E-mail: chuang@ucalgary.ca

F ebruary 2001 • ii as n e w s l e t t e r 19924 • 4 3

II AS 9 >■ 1 2 D E C E M B E R LEIDEN,

THE

2000

NETHERLANDS

•

Women & Crisis The Indonesian Women Studies Workshop is an interdiscipli nary network o f academics, activists and observers o f the situa tion o f women in Indonesia and is affiliated to the University o f Leiden and the International Institute for Asian Studies in Lei den. Having published three books resulting from various con ferences in the past, this fourth meeting, ‘Women and Crisis in Indonesia’, held at the KITLV, Leiden, was an attempt to bridge the gap between the work o f academics and activists and also to make set up an agenda for collaboration in the future. workshop was funded by the Dutch Ministry of Foreign Affairs, Novib, Hivos, Cordaid, Neys Hoogstraten, NCDO, and Mama Cash. This workshop can be broadly di vided into two parts. The first part concentrated on the constructions of womanhood in social orders experi encing crises and contestations of le gitimacy. In various periods in In donesian history, ‘women’ whether as wife, mother or daughter, as a cat egory have been perceived alternate ly as the enemy’, ‘demon’, ‘sexually loose’, ‘morally threatening', ‘pol luters’ and have been subject to vari ous disciplinary measures, by the state, by the military or by religious institutions. In the present this can particularly be seen in the context of the political crisis that Indonesia currently faces. The second part con

■ By R A T N A SAPT ARI

esearchers and ac tivists came from different parts of the world (Indonesia, United States, United Kingdom, Australia and Europe] and brought research find ings of the political and economic di mensions of Indonesian women in twenty-three papers. An open day was also organized where two key note speakers gave their views on the situation of Indonesian women, in politics and in cultural representa tions. The most striking aspect of this workshop was the participation of twelve Indonesian women from women’s studies centres and non governmental organizations from different parts of Indonesia. This

1 6 > 17 LEIDEN,

MAY THE

2001 NETHERLANDS

Welfare in the Netherlands BY C A R L A RI SSEEUW

| he Impact of a Changing Social Welfare System on Social Relations (mar riage, family and social networks) in the Nether lands and the Public Debate on this Process’ is the theme of an upcoming two-day conference to take place in Leiden on 1 6 - i j May 2001. Over the last fifty years an extensive welfare system has been developed in the Netherlands. With a booming econo my, citizenship and economic inde pendence allowed individuals to by pass mediating social units and networks and deeply affected the ma terial dimensions, intensity, and emotional content of personal rela tionships. In broad terms, this was a general pattern in much of Western Europe. The Dutch system ranked very high in conferring state benefits by the family unit rather than by the indi vidual. While social legislation trans formed inter-generational responsi bilities of family members towards each other, policies assumed notions of gender and parenting responsibili ties as seen in the concept of the male breadwinner and full-time mother. This lead to an unequal division of 4 4

benefits within families and earned the Dutch welfare system the reputa tion of being simultaneously progres sive and traditional. Presentations planned include the following: Prof Maithreyi Krishnaraj, ICSSR, Mumbai, India, will present her findings on structural shifts and local current debates on (gendered) welfare policies of the Dutch welfare state; Prof Carla Risseeuw, Leiden University, will present on literature and historical trends in familial rela tionships in the Netherlands, as well as report on fieldwork-findings con cerning ideas on family and friend ship in the Netherlands; Dr Rajni Palriwala, Reader at the Delhi School of Economics, Delhi University, India, will present her findings on the pub lic debate on single parents as well as her fieldwork on single parents pri marily within the Leiden municipali ty; Dr Kamala Ganesh, Reader at the Department of Sociology, University of Mumbai, India, will focus on the ageing population and their networks (mainly in the Leiden municipality), as well as the public debate on related institutional care services. Some of the specific issues that will arise pertain to the gendered access to work, income, institutional support state or community based - social networks, the paucity of public child

" IIAS n e w s l e t t e r "N?24 • F eb ru ary zoo 1

N E WS

centrated on the economic and social realities that women in different re gions face. These often but not al ways, contradict the cultural con structions imposed on them through the various formal institutions ex isting in specific areas. Through these studies, definitions of crisis be came more nuanced, some findings emphasized the fact that crisis was not a new phenomenon with certain areas, such as Papua, and certain parts of Sulawesi showing an endur ing ecological and economic crisis. Other studies showed the differen tial impact of the crisis, with certain areas benefiting from export prod ucts (such as coffee in South Sumatra and East Java) and the fruits of the harvest not being equally divided. There was also a realization that not all women’s studies centres were in touch with the complex, and multi faceted realities of a nation the legit imacy of which is in question. The gap between ‘economics’ and ‘poli tics’ seem to be still evident here. However questions from the discus sants have brought up issues for re flection, and this will be taken up as the agenda of the WIVS in the future - to support the development of women’s studies in Indonesia and to stimulate discussion among scholars and activists outside Indonesia. ■

Dr Ratna Saptari is Co-ordinator o f the CLARA research programme.

ABIA Update

Search the ABIA index! A B IA

By ELLEN RAVEN

he International Institute for Asian . __ Studies offers a fast 1 and easy route to informaI tion on South and South east Asian art and archae ology. From the enigmatic script of the Indus civilization in Pakistan to the reliefs of the Borobudur, from Buddhist paintings along the Silk Road to contemporary Asian art shows, the ABIA Index database brings detailed bibliographical infor mation to your desktop to help you find the latest publications. Next to prehistory and archaeolo gy, arts and architecture, the database also covers such fields as textiles and ceramics, inscriptions and palaeo

Short News

graphy, coins and seals. The database is compiled by a team of specialists at expertise centres cooperating in a global ABIA network coordinated by the HAS in Leiden. Selections from the database are collected in the ABIA Index in print. Volume 1 appeared in 1999 and is available at the IIAS; ABIA Index 2 is expected to be out by the early autumn of this year. ■ T he database can be visited at http://w w w .abia.net; searching and downloading is free o f charge.

For more information or for submitting data for the ABIA Index, please contact:

Dr Ellen M. Raven E-mail: abiaraven@rullet.leidenuniv.nl or Fax:+31-71-527 4162.

PAATI Update

E-mail: chlia@iisg.nl

care, changing marriage arrange ments and inter-generational ties, child custody, financial responsibili ties and care arrangements, as well as concepts of relatedness. Specialists in the field of the Dutch welfare state and (in)formal care arrangements will be invited to re spond to the papers presented. ■ ‘The Impact o f a Changing Social Welfare System on Social Relations (marriage, family and social networks) in the Netherlands and the Public Debate on this Process’ is funded by IDPAD, 1997-2001, and the HAS.

Professor Carla Risseeuw is an anthro pologist with a special interest in India and Sri Lanka. She lectures at the Department o f Social and Cultural Studies at Leiden and is also a member o f the Academic Committee o f the HAS. E-mail: risseeuw@fsw.leidenuniv.nl

From 23 to 28 August 2000, PAATI (‘Performing Arts o f Asia: Tradition and Innovation: The expression o f identity in a changing world’) successfully held a major conference: ‘Audi ences, Patrons, and Performers’ in co-operation with the CHIME foundation in Leiden. A report is to be found in the IIAS Newsletter 23, p. 45. By W I M V A N Z A N T E N

r Matthew Cohen, research fellow of the project until I 31 December 2000, found j a new job at the Universi ty of Glasgow as of 1 Janu ary 2001. Dr Hae Kyung Um, PAATI research fellow, will stay with the IIAS as affiliated fellow until 1 July 2001. Dr Hanne de Bruin, currently doing field work in India, will con tinue her research until July 2001, as well as Dr Wim van Zanten, pro gramme director. It is expected that the programme be evaluated in the course of 2001 and that it will be con cluded officially in June 2001. ■

Short News

Expected publications: - Cohen, M atthew Isaac (ed.), Popular Theatre in South and Southeast Asia (resulting from the PAATI conference) - Um, Hae-kyung (ed.), Translating Asia’s Traditions: Diasporas and tnterculturalism in Asian performing arts (resulting from the PAATI conference) - Hanne de Bruin and Wim van Zanten are both working on a special in academic j ournals. For m ore in form ation please check our w eb site at: H ttp :// www.iias.nl/iias / research/ iiasresearch.html Dr Wim van Z anten is the programme director for PAATI.

E-mail: zanten@fsw.leidenuniv.nl

MoU with Taiwan n 25 November 2000, a new agree ment that stimu lates international acade mic co-operation has been signed by Professor MawKuen Wu, vice-chairman of the Na tional Science Council of Taiwan, and Professor Wim Stokhof director of the International Institute for Asian Studies, the Netherlands. The new agreement evolved out of the Memorandum of Understanding signed between the HAS and the NSC three years before.

As a result of the new agreement, both institutions have joined forces to create a researcher exchange pro gramme. In order to boost mutual co-operation and to contribute to the development of scientific re search in the field of Asian Studies, the NSC will send, for a period of five years, two post-doctorate reseatchers per year, each for a maximum period of twelve months, to the HAS. It is in tended that this year will be spent performing related research at the HAS that will effectively stimulate future joint research projects. ■

See p. 51 o f these Pink Pages for articles about the MoU research Exchange initiatives.

For more information, contact the IIAS at:

E-mail: iias@rullet.leidenuniv.nl or: Charles Peng

E-mail: Charles.peng@ pophost.eunet.be

MA S Ï O V 11 LEIDEN,

AUGUST THE

NE WS

2000

NETHERLANDS

Environmental Change in Histories o f Borneo During the closing decades o f the twentieth century, the island o f Borneo and its peoples have faced many critical environmen tal challenges. Controversial transmigration, oil palm planta tion development, continued logging and mining, and devas tating forest fires are only a few o f those problems. Set against the transition into a new century, the international seminar, ‘Environmental Change in Native and Colonial Histories of Borneo: Lessons from the Past, Prospects for the Future’, fo cused on environmental change in Borneo historically through native, colonial, and national perspectives, and considered what these processes might bring for the island s future. ■ By REED W A D L E Y

his seminar fo cused on histories of human-envi ronment interactions and included contribu tions from a wide range of scholars and researchers working throughout Borneo. The notion of history here was broad and con cerned both the ancient and the re cent. The past, therefore, was viewed with no arbitrary beginning or end points. A major emphasis was on transitions and ongoing processes of change and continuity. Equally im-

2 7 >- 2 9 N O V E M B E R BANGKOK,

portant was what the past can tell us about how things have come to be as they are today and the lessons it might have for the future. The themes included in the semi nar were long-distance trade ties, conservation and extraction, land rights, health and disease, percep tions of the environment, social and linguistic change, and development. The presentations covered eleven centuries of history in Borneo - from trade ties with China to new devel opment policies. Political ecology, with its focus on the dynamics sur rounding material and discursive struggles over natural resources was

2000

THAILAND

From Fact to Fiction - and Vice Versa From 27 to z9 November zooo, a rather different sort o f confer ence took place at Chulalongkorn University, Bangkok, that combined creative art and various disciplines from the hu manities. The conference bore the title ‘From Fact to Fiction: A history o f Thai-Myanmar relations in cultural context’. The organizers’ intentions were made clear on the very first morn ing; the keynote lecture was a spirited plea for creative free dom for those artists who depict the past as portrayed by Onchuma Yuthavong, a theatre expert. By B.J. T E R W I E L

unait Chutintaranond followed this L / with a witty account of the various depictions over time of the most fa mous woman of Thai his tory, Queen Suriyothai, who lost her life during the first Burmese siege of Ayutthaya in 1549. Notably after the 1920s, when the nationalistic ideolo gy exerted a marked influence on the writing of history, this queen grew in stature and importance. The rest of the morning was devoted to the new Thai historical film Suriyothai, presently being prepared for public release by the famous director Prince Chatri Chalerm Yukol. Prince Chatri told us how he had been inspired by Mendes Pinto in making this film and then gave us a preview. It left us with the impression that the Thais

have created a historical blockbuster of a film. The first afternoon was also devoted to the cinema. We were shown the award-winning film Never Shall We Be Enslaved (1996), featuring a love story between a Shan princess and a Burmese commoner at the time of the fall of the Konbaung Dynasty (1885). Viewing this film was a very rewarding experience and it certainly deserves a wider public. To make things exciting, there followed a dis cussion with the author of the origi nal story, the film’s producer, and the chief consultant, U Khin Maung Tint, Myo Than Tyn, and U Kyi Soe Tun, re spectively. On the second day, Professor B.J. Terwiel, in an analysis of the first Burmese siege of Ayutthaya, con fronted Thai, Burmese, and Por tuguese records. Kwandee Attavavutichai reported on the remnants of Thai culture among the large groups

the dominant, though often implic it, theoretical perspective. In addi tion to the presentations, Freek Colombijn (HAS) and Peter Boom gaard (KITLV) gave some compara tive commentary in order to place the contributions within the broad er context of Southeast Asia. Discus sions were enlivened by the partici pation of scholars attending from Germany, Denmark, Australia, Rus sia, New Zealand, Indonesia, and the Netherlands. Eric Tagliacozzo (Cornell Univer sity, USA) opened the seminar with his examination of ancient trade ties with China and their ramifications on the ecological history of north west Borneo. Cristina Eghenter (University of Hull, UK) and Bernard Sellato (CNRS-IRSEA, France) looked at issues of conservation, sustain able resource use, and extraction of forest products for trade in East Kalimantan. Lesley Potter (Universi ty of Adelaide, Australia) provided a comparative analysis of commodity and economic value in forest prod uct collection and trade. Land of prisoners-of-war that were reset tled in Myanmar after the second fall of Ayutthaya in 1767. Charivat Santaputra of the Ministry of Foreign Af fairs presented a lecture about Thai foreign policy in the 1930s and 1940s. The second afternoon was entirely devoted to yet another historical film, this time the famous The King o f the White Elephant, made by Pridi Phanomyong and first shown to the public in 1941. Charnvit Kasetsiri, who rediscovered this film and has written a book about it, gave an ex tensive commentary afterwards. The third and final day began with an anthropological analysis by James Taylor of the historical character Princess Suphankanlaya. Nai Pan Hla then explained the history of his novel Rajadhirat and Newal Agnihotra introduced the international Ramayana Project. The final afternoon was devoted to dance. One group from Thailand and another from Myanmar performed some very fine dances and, as a rare treat, they dis cussed stylistic and technical differ ences. A book exhibition was organized to accompany the conference and each evening was enlivened by cul tural events. On the whole, the dis cussions provided for an unusual and simulating confrontation be tween data from the past and forms of imagined history. It represented a very ambitious undertaking which left many participants pondering how seldomly representatives from Myanmar and Thailand met to dis cuss their common past. ■

tenure and settlement patterns in East Kalimatan, territorialization and resource access in West Kali mantan, and property rights and power struggles in Sabah respective ly formed the topics presented by Antonio Guerreiro (EHESS, France), Reed Wadley (IIAS), and Amity Doolittle (Yale School of Forestry and Environmental Studies, USA). Adela Baer (Oregon State Universi ty, USA) considered historical and modern responses to malaria, while Graham Saunders (University of Leeds, UK) looked at changing per ceptions of the Borneo environment throughout history. Following up on this theme, Michael R. Dove and Carol Carpenter (Yale School of Forestry and Environmental Studies, USA) used historical writings about the upas ‘poison’ tree to examine changing visions of the Indo-Malay enviroment. Social change formed another important theme, with Sujarni Alloy (Institut Dayakologi, In donesia) and James T. Collins (Universiti Kebangsaan Malaysia) exam ining environmental, social and lin guistic change in southwestern Kali mantan, and Monica Janowski (Uni versity of Greenwich, UK) looking at how rice has come to form an impor tant symbolic bridge between economies produced by internal and external migration in Sarawak. On the theme of development, Jayantha Perera (New Delhi, India) presented a critique of development policy and local impoverishment in Sarawak, while Dimbab Ngidang (Universiti Malaysia Sarawak, Malaysia) examined transformations of native farming systems to a plan tation economy in Sarawak. A selected set of the seminar pa pers are being prepared into an edit ed volume under the tentative title, Histories o f the Borneo Environment: Economic, Political, and Social Dimen sions o f Change and Continuity. Other seminar papers will be submitted to academic journals. The International Institute for Asian Studies was the principal spon sor of the seminar, and the Leiden Universiteit Fonds and the Royal Netherlands Academy of Arts and Sciences contributed supplementary funding. The Borneo Research Coun cil acted as an intellectual sponsor, providing its mailing list and invalu able support network. ■

Reed Wadlejy (IIAS, the Netherlands)

Monicajanowski (University of Greenwich, UK)

Cristina Eghenter (University o f Hull, UK)

Bernard Sellato (Irsea, CNRS, France)

Dr Reed Wadley is an anthropologist who specializes in the environmental and

Professor B.J.Terwiel is the HAS

ethnohistories ofW est Kalimantan and

Extraordinary Chair at Leiden University,

the Iban. He is presently a research fellow

the Netherlands.

at the IIAS, Leiden.

E-mail: baasterwiel@hotmail.com

E-mail: rwadley@rullet.leidenuniv.nl

Amity Doolittle (Yale School of Forestry, USA) February 2001 ■ has

newsletter

*€24 • 45

CLARA

CLARA A n n u a l

R eport 2000 The Changing Labour Relations in Asia programme (CLARA) aims to build a comparative understanding o f labour relations in different parts o f Asia, undergoing diverse historical process es and experiences in terms o f their national economies, their links with international markets and the nature o f state inter vention. This understanding will be based on the promotion o f inter-Asian co-operation and the co-operation between Asian and non-Asian institutions. This programme currently receives support from the International Institute o f Asian Studies (IIAS) and the International Institute o f Social History (IISH). ■ By RATNA SAPTARI

f | 1 he annual oneI day, CLARA semiJL nar was held on 14 ■a ■ September and involved a a a a a a a broader network of schol a a a ars. If in the past this oc casion was a means through which Dutch scholars were brought to gether this year the seminar was held in collaboration with the IIAS Branch Office in Amsterdam which allowed for bringing together inter national scholars. Five scholars pre sented a paper: Prof Utsa Patnaik (JNU, Delhi) on ‘Peasant Movements and Labour in India’; and Dr Kristoffel Lieten and Ms. Anja Rudnick (both: University of Amsterdam) on ‘Bonded Labour in Pakistan’, and on ‘Bangladeshi migrant women in Malaysia’ respectively. Dr Isabelle Vagneron (University of Auvergne in

Clermont) spoke about ‘Homeworkers in the garment industry in Thailand’, and to conclude Dr Nicola Piper (NIAS, Copenhagen) treated the Japanese Policies on Southeast Asian Female Migrants. After two visiting fellows Dr Shigeru Sato (Univ. of Newcastle, Australia) and Dr Adapa Satyanarayana (Univ of Hyderabad, India) saw their terms end, we went through a second round of selec tions for the new fellows. They are: Dr Erwiza Erman from the Indone sian Institute of Sciences and Ms. Rohini Hensman, who works for the Union Research Group and Trade Union Solidarity based in Bombay. Dr Erwiza Erman will work on her completed PhD Thesis on mineworkers in Ombilin, West Sumatra and prepare it for publication. Ms Rohini Hensman will look at the impact of globalization on workers

CL ARA W O R K S H O P S & PANELS IN 2 0 0 1 For more detailed information on each workshop, please turn to the International Conference Agenda in these Pink Pages, pp. 54-55, or, in the case of the EUROSEAS panel, please see p. 49 in these Pink Pages. 5 - 7

25 - 26 M a y 2 0 0 1

Amsterdam, the Netherlands

Iranian Htstoiy From Below 9 - 1 2

Au g u s t

Berlin, Germany

CLARA Pane! at the ICAS 2: Gender, Families, and Labour Movements in Asia: H istorical and comparative perspectives

F e b r u a r y 2001

Amsterdam, The Netherlands

Domestic Service and M obility: Labour, Livelihoods and Lifestyles 9 - 11 M a r c h 2 0 0 1

Karachi, Pakistan

6 - 8

Se p t e m b e r

2001

London, United Kingdom

CLARA Panel at the 3rd EUROSEAS Conference: Environmental Change and Livelihood Politics: Linking Labourand Environmental Agendas

Oral Htstoiy Training Workshop 3 - 5 13-15

D e c e m b e r 2001

Venue t.b.a.

M ay 2001

Indonesian Labour History

Lund, Sweden

Labour Migration in East and Southeast Asia

S i W Ik WORKING PAPERS IjMjlffifflMB

Resurrecction, Babette P.

FROM EROSION CONTROL TO FOOD CRISIS MANAGEMENT: CHANGING GENDER DIVISIONS OF LABOR IN A PHILIPPINE UPLAND VILLAGE

N E WS

in Bombay. Meanwhile, from 15 until 30 November, CLARA received as an affiliated fellow, Prof. Amarjit Kaur from the University of New England, Armidale, Austral ia, who is working on a book on Labour in Southeast Asia. She gave a seminar at the International Institute of Social History, Amsterdam on ‘The Inter national Division of Labour in the Second Tier NICS’. Two workshops scheduled for this year were unfortunately cancelled due to various reasons, and these are: ‘Domestic Service and Labour Mobil ity’ which was to be held in Trivan drum, India and ‘Household Strate gies and Labour Movements’ which was to be held in Taiwan. The first workshop has been rescheduled to early February (5-7) and will be held in Amsterdam, at the International Institute of Social History; and the latter workshop will still be held in Taiwan but has been postponed until autumn of 2001.

W idening the network Apart from these usual round of scholarly activities, in the year 2000 the Changing Labour Relations in Asia Programme has entered a phase of network consolidation and plan ning for future collaborations with European and Asian-Pacific counter parts. CLARA in collaboration with NIAS, Copenhagen has received a grant from the European Science Foundation to organize a workshop on labour migration in East and Southeast Asia. This network is now strengthened with the participation of the Center for East and Southeast Asian Studies of the Lund University, Sweden. This workshop will be the first of a series of activities which will be held in collaboration with other institutions in Europe and the AsiaPacific on labour migration. Efforts are currently being made to seek funding for an integrated research programme which can support such an international collaboration. Addi tionally, CLARA is working together with the Pakistan Institute for Labour Education and Research (PILER) in Karachi, Pakistan to orga nize a training workshop on Oral History in March 2001; and with the School of Environment, University of Brighton to organize a panel at the Euroseas Conference in London, in September. A workshop on Indone sian Labour History will be orga nized, jointly with the Indonesian Institute of Sciences and the Univer sity of Wollongong, Australia, in early December 2001. It is through these collaborations that the study of labour in Asia and other parts of the world can achieve its broadest and richest dimensions, acknowledging the interconnectedness of labour regimes and cultures and concomi tantly, of scholarly endeavour. ■ CLARA

Soto, Shigeru LABOUR RELATIONS IN JAPANESE OCCUPIED INDONESIA

c/o International Institute of Social History Cruquiusweg3i 1019 AT Amsterdam Tel: +31-20-668 58 66

CLARA W orking Paper (2000), No. 8

Fax:+31-20-665 41 81

CLARA W orking Paper (2000), No. 10

E-mail: chlia@iisg.nl MONOGRAPH

4 6 ■ IIAS

Koh, Tommy, and Marcel van der Linden

Dr R atna Saptari is co-ordinator

LABOUR RELATIONS IN ASIA A N D EUROPE

o f the CLARA research programme.

Monograph, CLARA/ASEF publication

E-mail: chlia@iisg.nl

newsletter

N ?24 • Febr uar y 2001

S EPTEMBER

AMSTERDAM,

2000 THE

NETHERLANDS

CLARA One-Day Seminar An increasing number o f scholars in the Netherlands are studying work processes, labour migration and labour move ments in different parts o f Asia. Though many o f them are in corporated in discussion groups in different research schools, they often have little knowledge o f the work o f labour scholars outside their research schools. Within this framework, the in ternational research programme, CLARA, in collaboration with the IIAS branch office Amsterdam, organized a meeting o f these social scientists who are primarily based in the Netherlands. This meeting is part o f an annual initiative and this year five speakers (from the Netherlands, India, France and Denmark) gave a presentation on various aspects o f labour in India and Pakistan, in Malaysia, Thailand and Japan. ■ By RATNA SAPTARI

p '1 i he increasing comI mercialization and J - liberalization of national economies has often resulted in similar governments policies. In terestingly, the outcome of these policies is usually highly diverse, due to the diverse nature of local struc tures. Obviously, structural adjust ment policies have reduced state in tervention and increased both com petitiveness and prices of agricultural inputs and other goods. Prof Utsa Patnaik of JNU, New Delhi, India ar gued that structural adjustment manifested itself in the increased rates of interest on credit for agricul tural inputs in India, which so squeezed the position of well-to-do landowners that political organiza tions could take advantage of the dis content of the landowning class. This resulted in the political alliance be tween agricultural workers and the well-to-do landowners of Gujarat in challenging the policies of the gov ernment. This alliance was however, not free from tension, since agricul tural workers also carried quite spe cific demands. Dr Kristoffel Lieten, from the University of Amsterdam concentrated on the Sindh area in Pakistan and showed that unlike Gu jarat agricultural workers were not politically mobilized and were in fact tied to the traditional feudal struc tures. This is particularly manifest in sharecropping tenancy arrangements where production relations were im bued with feudal relations covering other aspects of the workers’ lives. Another aspect of increased global links is international migration. This issue is treated in two of the studies, namely that of Bangladeshi workers who migrate to the indus trial zones of Malaysia and the Thai and Filipina women who fill the sex industry of Japan. Ms. Anja Rudnick, (University ofAmsterdam) examined the way employment in Malaysia for Muslim Bangladeshi women were a source of independence, but at the same time a site of exploitation. Bangladeshi women, who were the second largest migrant group in Penang, Malaysia, were stigmatised as ‘bad’ women by the communities from which they came, but there the amount of remittances they could

send counterbalanced these images and the prestige women obtain upon return will largely depend on their economic success. Dr Nicola Piper, from NIAS, Copenhagen looked at the less ambiguous situation of Thai and Filipina women in Japan, and how the labour markets in Japan in the present period are a continua tion and reflection of past patterns. Korean women were already serving the demand within the Japanese labour market particularly in the 1950s and the networks which devel oped in the early 1970s which is re lated to Japanese investment policies in the region, have helped to shape the labour market of the present. Ms. Isabelle Vagneron from the University of Auvergne, France ex amined the impact of internal, rather than international migration on the nature of industrial employ ment in Thailand particularly as a result of the developments in the clothing industry and increased competition in the world market. The huge seasonal migratory flows of workers who go to the rural areas to harvest and return to the urban areas again to seek employment have resulted in the development of en terprises which attempt to take ad vantage of the large turnover by using a large number of domestic workers. Again these domestic work ers are in the ambiguous position of obtaining low wages but at the same time are able to combine their in come-earning activities with other types of work be this domestic work or other non-farm wage work. The five regional studies have brought out very clearly that labour relations in different sub-regions of Asia are subject to certain common macro-level structures and yet the way in which these structures mani fest themselves in the different lo calities is clearly shaped and mediat ed by local and historical particulari ties. ■

Dr R atna Saptari is co-ordinator o f the CLARA research programme. E-mail: chlia@iisg.nl

THE

ES F A S I A

COMMI TTEE

N E WS THE ESF ASIA COMMITTEE SECRETARIAT P.O. Box 9515, 2300 RA Leiden The Netherlands Tel:+31-7 1-527 2227 Fax:+31-7 1-527 4 162 E-mail: iias@rullet.leidenuniv.nl Http://www.iias.nl/esfac

Commi t t ee

As i a E U R O P E A N

S C I E N C E

F O U N D A T I O N

4-6

Agenda

£ ESF Asia

JANUARY

The 'Dark Side’oJLife in Asia and the West-mght-ttme and time to sleep 21-23

THE ESF ASIA COMMITTEE T h e Asia C o m m itte e th a t is responsi ble for th e execution of th e ESF p ro g ram m e in Asian Studies is an inde p en dent, academ ic c o m m itte e co m posed of au th o ritativ e, senior schol ars from E uropean countries, who have an in te re st in Asian Studies.T he ESF ensures th a t c o m m itte e m e m bership reflects th e disciplinary and geographical areas co ncerned.T h e AC can invite ad hoc observers from national governm ents, from related bodies in th e US and Asia, and from p rivate foundations. Obvious lacunae in th e disciplinary coverage of th e c o m m itte e can be Filled by individual e x p e rts invited by th e c o m m itte e . T he full c o m m itte e m e e ts a t least once p e r year. An E xecutive G roup m e e ts tw ice a y ear to im p lem e n t and discuss th e decisions tak e n by th e full c o m m itte e , and to p re p a re full c o m m itte e m eetin g s.T h e dayto-day business is co n d u cted by th e c h airm an , P rof.T hom m y Svensson (G o teb o rg , Sw eden), vice-chairm an, Prof. Jean-Luc D om enach (Paris, F rance), secretary , Prof. W im S to k hof (HAS, Leiden, th e N e th e r lands), and ESF secretary , who may involve o th e r c o m m itte e m e m b e rs in th e p re p a ra tio n of full c o m m itte e m e etin g s.T h e Asia C o m m itte e re p o rts to th e S tanding C o m m itte e s for th e H um anities and th e Social Sciences and th e ESF G overning C ouncil. SECRETARIAT OF THE ESF ASIA COMMITTEE: Sabine Kuypers & Marieke te Booi) E-mail: iias@rullet.leidenuniv.nl Http://www.iias.nl/esfac

THE ESF IN A NUTSHELL T h e E uropean Science Foundation (ESF) a c ts as a cataly st for th e d e v e lo p m en t of science by bringing to g e th e r leading scien tists and funding agencies to d e b a te , plan, and im p le m e n t pan-E uropean scientific and science policy initiatives. T he ESF is an association of m o re th an sixty m ajo r n ational funding agencies d evoted to basic scientific re se a rc h in over tw en ty co u n tries. It re p re se n ts all scientific disciplines: physical and engineering sciences, life and en vironm ental sciences, m edical sciences, h um anities, and social sciences.T he Foundation as sists its M em ber O rg an isatio n s in tw o m ain ways: by bringing scien tists to g e th e r in its scientific p ro g ram m es, n etw orks, and E uropean research conferences to w ork on topics of co m m o n concern ; and th ro u g h th e jo in t study of issues of stra te g ic im p o rta n c e in E uropean science policy. ESF OFFICE Mrs Marianne Yagoubi or Ms Madelise Blumenroeder I quai Lezay-Marnésia 67080 Strasbourg Cedex, France Tel.:+33-388-767 151 Fax: +33-388-370 532 E-mail:mblumenroeder@esf.org Http://www.esf.org

2001

V ienna, A ustria

Committee News

MARCH

2001

Ivry-sur-Seine, France Patronage in Indo-Perstan Culture 29

MARCH-1

APRIL

2 0 01

N o ttin g h a m , U n ited K ingdom

In the previous HAS Newsletter the ESF Asia Committee an nounced its ‘research travel grants’ for outstanding young re searchers in Asian Studies. These grants, worth EUR 1,900 per person, are intended for PhD students in the social sciences and humanities who are about to finish their dissertations, and also for PhD degree-holders (obtained no longer than three years ago) in the abovementioned fields. The grants are provided to scholars intending to visit academic institutions in a country outside their own, thus enabling the applicants to acquaint themselves with researchers and research environ ments o f Asian Studies institutes in ESF member countries. ■ By M ARIEKE TE B O O IJ & SA B IN E K UY PERS fter the establish ing meeting in No_ _ vember 1999, the Asia Committee will meet with the presidents of the European Associations for Asian Studies for the second time, 23 February 2001 in Florence. This sec ond meeting of the ‘Conference’ will provide the ground to exchange infor mation and discuss further co-opera tion. During this meeting decisions will be made on all received travel grants applications. A list of the se lected proposals will be published in the next issue of this newsletter and on our website listed below. During the February meeting the Asia Committee will further discuss the future of the ESF Asian Studies Programme. A proposal for an exten sion will be submitted to the ESF later this year. In the meanwhile, the members of the committee have contacted their national research councils to find out whether they are still interested in continuing their contribution for the Asian Studies programme. Quite a few of these re search councils have indicated that they are willing to continue financ ing the activities of the Asia Com mittee. More information will be given in future issues of the HAS Newsletter.

Fellowships and workshops Dr Martin Ramstedt concluded his ESF Asia Committee research fellow ship on 1 December 2000. His re search topic concerned 'Hindu Dharma Indonesia - the Hindu-movement in present-day Indonesia and its influence in relation to the devel opment of the indigenous culture of the Toraja (Aluk Todolo) in South Sulawesi’. His fellowship was fi nanced by the Strategic Alliance be tween the HAS, NIAS, IFA and EIAS. Dr Ramstedt can still be reached at the HAS were he holds a threemonth senior visiting fellowship until 1 March 2001. A final report on his fellowship will be published in the next issue of this newsletter. In 2000 the ESF Asia Committee supported twelve workshops, which

took place throughout Europe and Asia. Reports on these workshops have been, and will be published on these pages. To the right is a list of all selected workshops for the year 2001. As the future of the programme is un certain at the moment, the Asia Com mittee will not issue a new call for workshops to take place in 2002. ■

Marieke te Booi/ is Executive Manager of the HAS, Leiden, the Netherlands. E-mail: mtbooij@rullet.leidenuniv.nl Sabine Kuypers is Deputy Director of the HAS, Leiden, the Netherlands. E-mail: iias@rullet.leidenuniv.nl

ESF AS I A COMMITTEE MEMBERS The Asia Com m ittee consists of the following members nominated by their respective National Research Councils: -

Prof. Alessandro Avanzini (Italy) Prof. Jan Breman (the Netherlands) P ro f. Jean -L u c D o m e n a c h (France) Prof. Jan Fagerberg (Norway) Prof. Marc Gaborieau (France) Prof. Carl le Grand (Sweden) Prof. C hristopher Howe (United Kingdom) Prof. Terry King (Great Britain) Prof. Josef Kreiner (Germany) Prof. Reijo Luostarinen (Finland) Prof. Wolfgang Marschall (Switzerland) Prof. John Martinussen (Denmark) Prof. Rosa Maria Perez (Portugal) Prof. Nicolas S to n d a e r t (Belgium) Prof. Ernst Steinkellner (Austria) Prof. Wim S t o k h o f (the Netherlands) (secretary) P rof.T hom m y Svensson (Sweden) (chairman) Prof. R u d o lf Wagner (Germany)

Observers are: - Prof.Taciana Fisac (Spain) - Chiang Ching-kuo Foundation for International Scholarly Exchange (Taiwan ROC) - Association for Asian Studies (USA) - Academia Europaea, Prof. Jan Breman (the Netherlands)

Political Parties in South Asia: Asianisation o f a Western Model? 11-14 APRIL

2001

Kobe, Japan Immigration tojapan EU and the USA and thejapanese Abroad 23-27

may

2001

H eidelberg, G erm any The Committee selected 10 workshops

Modern Chinese Historiography and Historical Thinking

(from a total o f 34 applications) which will enjoy its support J ot 2001. Abstracts ojthese workshops were printed in the Pink Pages o f HAS Newsletter 23. For the last reports o f w orbhops selected in 1999/2000, please turn to pages 4,20, 25,32, and 33 o f this Newsletter. O ther reports were published in previous issues o f the HAS Newsletter. To the right are listed dates, venues, and titles o j the ten ESF Asia Committee-sponsored workshops th at have already or will be taking place in theyear 2001. Please note th a t the venueJor the 6 -7 ju n e 2001 workshop has changed Jrom Hanoi, Vietnam to Chiang Mai, T hailand and the ‘Intellectual and Spiritual Authorities’ workshop will now take place from 8 -9 November in Paris, France, More details on the upcoming conferences can be fo u n d in the International Conference Agenda on PP-54- 55-

25-26

MAY 2 0 0 1

A m sterdam , th e N eth erlan d s Labour Migration and Socio-Economic Change in Southeast and East Asia

6- 7 J U N E 200 1 C hiang M ai, T h ailand Participatory Technology Development and Local Knowledge/or Sustainable Land use in Southeast Asia 1 5 -1 6 J U N E 2001 Cambridge, U nited Kingdom

Imperialism, Medicine and South Asia: a socio-political perspective, 1800 - 1950 l6-l8

AUGUSTUS

2001

Bergen, Norway Asian Welfare Poliiy Responses to the Crash o f 1997 8-9

NOVEMBER

2001

Paris, France Intellectual and Spiritual Authorities in 20^century Middle Eurasia. Status, networks, discourse, strategies

EUROPEAN AS S O CI AT I O NS FOR ASI AN STUDI ES EUROPEAN SOCIETY FOR CENTRAL ASIA STUDIES, ESCAS DrTuraj Atabaki (President) E-mail: Turaj.Atabaki@Let.uu.nl Secretariat d o Dr Gabriele Rasuly-Paleczek E-mail: gabriele.rasuly@univie.ac.at Http://www.let.uu.nl/~escas/

ASSOCIATION FOR KOREAN STUDIES IN EUROPE, AKSE Prof. Werner Sasse (President) E-mail: or5a007@rrz.uni-hamburg.de Secretariat: d o DrYoung-sook Pak E-mail: Yp@soas.ac.uk Http://www.dur.ac.uk/~dmuOrcp/ aksepage.htm EUROPEAN ASSOCIATION OF CHINESE STUDIES, EACS Prof. Glen Dudbridge (President) E-mail: glen.dudbridge@orinst.ox.ac.uk Secretariat: d o Prof. Christian Henriot E-mail: chenriot@ish-lyon.cnrs.fr http://www.soas.ac.uk/eacs

EUROPEAN ASSOCIATION FOR SOUTHEAST ASIAN STUDIES, EUROSEAS Prof.Thommy Svensson (President) E-mail: thommy.svensson@smvk.se Secretariat Prof. Peter Boomgaard E-mail: EUROSEAS@Rullet.LeidenUniv.nl Http://www.iias.nl/institutes/kitlv/euros eas.html

EUROPEAN ASSOCIATION FOR JAPANESE STUDIES, EAJS Dr Jozef A. Kyburz (President) E-mail: kyburz@ext.jussieu.fr Secretariat: Dr Gaye Rowley E-mail: ggrowley@hotmail.com Http://www.eajs.org

EUROPEAN ASSOCIATION FOR SOUTH ASIAN STUDIES, EASAS Prof. Dieter Rothermund (President) E-mail: ag5@vm.urz.uni-heidelberg.de Secretariat d o Prof. Dirk Kolff E-mail: Kolff@Rullet.LeidenUniv.NL

F ebruary 2001 • h a s

newsletter

74524 •

4 7

ESF 6►8

SEPTEMBER

LONDON,

UNITED

ASIA

COMMITTEE

NEWS

2001

( Adver t i sement )

KINGDOM

3rc* EUROSEAS Conference he Third Confer ence o f the Euro pean Association for Southeast Asian Stud ies (EUROSEAS) w ill be held in London from 6 to 8 September 2001. In order to reflect the interdisciplinary character o f EU ROSEAS, the programme is organized in parallel day sessions, w ith approxi mately twenty-eight panels. There w ill be room for special events such as round tables and guest lectures in the early evenings. The panels are m u lti disciplinary and cover the entire Southeast Asia region. In addition, a special ‘young scholars panel’ w ill allow novice researchers to present their papers and meet their col leagues. We expect at least 300-400 participants from European as well as from Southeast Asian countries. Par ticipation is open to both EUROSEAS members and non-members. The list o f panel titles listed on these two pages gives an accurate in dication o f the great variety o f themes that w ill be discussed during the Third EUROSEAS Conference in London. At this point the list is not definitive. Some o f the panels still need to be confirmed (as indicated) and communication between confer ence organizers and panel convenors regarding themes continues, which may lead to (subtle) changes. For de

T H E 3 rd E U R O S E A S CONFERENCE Contact Addresses o f Individual Panel Convenors:

I.Y O U N G S C H O L A R S PAN EL: D r M ike Parnwell Centre fo r South-East Asian Studies University o f Hull, HULL HU6 7RX East Yorkshire, England Tel: +44-1482-465 760 Fax:+44-1482-465 758 E-mail: M.j.Parnwell@pol-as.hull.ac.uk

2. R IT U A L , P A IN A N D T H E R E L IG IO U S B O D Y IN S O U T H E A S T A S IA D r P eter J. B raeunlein Religionskundliche Sammlung der Philipps-Universitat Marburg Landgraf-Philipp-Str. 4 D-35032 Marburg, Germany Tel:+49-6421-282 2479 Fax: +49-6421-282 2399 E-mail: Braeunle@maiier.uni-marburg.de N ic k B arker Program on International Cultural Studies East-West Center 1601 East-West Road, Honolulu, HI 96848-16 0 1,USA Tel:+ 1-808-944 7 591 Fax: + 1-808-944 7070 E-mail: Barkern@EastWestCenter.org

3. H IS T O R Y O F F O O D -C R O P P R O D U C T IO N A N D A N IM A L H U S B A N D R Y IN S O U T H E A S T A S IA D r P eter Boom gaard KITLV Postbus 9 5 15 2300 RA Leiden, The Netherlands T el:+ 3 1-(0 )7 1-527 2458 Fax:+ 3 1-(0 )7 1-527 26 38 E-mail: Boomgaard@kitIv.nl

4 8

•

has n e w s l e t t e r

tails, please contact the convenor(s) o f the panel(s) that you are interested in. You w ill find their contact details below their panel titles. The deadline for receiving ab stracts (one A4-sized page in length) is 28 February 2001, but abstracts w ill s till be accepted up to m onth m onth after this deadline. Abstracts must be sent directly to the panel convenors (addresses provided w ith b rie f panel descriptions below). All correspondence regarding papers should thereafter be w ith the panel convenors only, w ith the exception o f those abstracts submitted for the young scholars’ sessions, which must be sent to the EUROSEAS Sec retariat in Leiden (c/o Ms Hilga Prins, at the address shown to the right). I f you are interested in attending or participating in the conference, all enquiries regarding conference registration fees, pre-registration and accommodation can be directed to the conference organizers, the ASEUSUK Secretariat, in H u ll (c/o Ms Pauline Khng, at the address shown to the right). Please write/e-m ail a b rie f note o f interest to the confer ence organizers before 31 March 2001. In your message, please state your contact details and indicate whether you wish to make use o f arranged accommodation, although

D r David Henley KITLV Postbus 9 5 15 2300 RA Leiden,The Netherlands Tel:+31-(0)71-527 2913 Fax:+ 3 1-(0 )7 1-527 26 38 E-mail: Henley@kitlv.nl

4 .T O U R IS M A N D H ER ITA G E IN S O U T H E A S T A S IA (to be confirmed) Prof. M ichael H itchcock University o f N o rth London Centre fo r Leisure and Tourism Studies Stapleton House 177-182 Holloway Road London N7 8NH, United Kingdom Tel: +44-171-607 2789 Fax:+44-171-753 5051 E-mail: m.hitchcock@unl.ac.uk

5. S O U T H E A S T A S IA IN T R A N S IT IO N : C R IT IC A L C H A N G E S A F T E R T H E A S IA N CR ISIS P ro f.V in c en t Houben Southeast Asia Studies University o f Passau P.O.Box 25 40. D-94015 Passau Tel: +49-(0)851 -509 2741 Fax: +49-(0)851 -509 2742 E-mail: Vhouben@uni-passau.de D r Gisela M. R e ite re r Lecturer/University ofVienna Halbgasse I / 18,A-1070 W ien/Austria Tel:+43-l522 3607 E-mail: reit@ ping.at

6 .A S IA N C IT IE S ,A S IA N C IT IZ E N S : U R B A N RES ISTA N C E IN A G L O B A L A N D LOC AL LANDSCAPE C a ro lin e Hughes Leverhulme Trust Special Research Fellow School o f Politics University o f Nottingham University Park, Nottingham NG7 2RD United Kingdom Tel: + 4 4 -(0 )II5-846 6228 Fax:+44-(0) 115-951 4859 E-mail: caroline.hughes@nottingham.ac.uk

W 2 4 • February 2001

actual bookings o f the rooms should be done by participants themselves directly w ith the wardens o f the resi dence halls (enquire for further in formation). The accommodation arranged by the conference organiz ers w ill be allocated strictly on a first come first served basis. Please make your reservations no later 31 July 200X. The conference organizers w ill not take any responsibility for p ri vate hotel bookings. ■

For all your English needs, choose

^ ^ s ia £ d it.c o m W e provide English editing and proofreading by e.mail, fax, or snail mail.

For pre-registration and registration details, and other enquiries about the conference

Quality service and fast turn-around.

organization please contact: P a u lin e Khng

Visit our web site at www.AsiaEdit.com

ASEASUK (Centre for Southeast Asian Studies) Hull University Cottingham Road Hull HU6 7RX

write info@AsiaEdit.com for a free estimate.

United Kingdom Email: p.khng@pol-as.hull.ac.uk

Ask about our discount for HAS and A A S members.

For general questions about EUROSEAS, please contact:

W e accept Visa and MasterCard.

H ilga Prins, Management Assistant

EUROSEAS Secretariat Reuvensplaats 2 2311 bE Leiden Tel:+31-(0)71-527 2639 Fax:+ 3 1-(0)71-527 2638 E-mail: euroseas@kitlv.nl

7. G E N D E R , G L O B A L IZ A T IO N A N D G R O W T H W I T H E Q U IT Y D r A nne Jerneck Department o f Economic H istory Lund University Box 70 83, 220 07 Lund, Sweden E-mail: anne.jerneck@ekh.lu.se

8. G L O B A L IZ A T IO N A N D L O C A L IZ E D RES PO N S ES IN S O U T H EAST A S IA - A M O M E N T OF DE M O C R A T IC C H A N G E ? Sven C e d e rro th & Joakim Ö jendal GESEAS (Center fo r East and South east Asian Studies) Göteborg University Box 700, SE 405 30 Göteborg, Sweden E-mail: sven.cederroth@geseas.gu.se E-mail: joakim.ojendal@padrigu.gu.se

9. D E C IS IO N S O N R E S O U R C E USE A N D S O C IA L R E S IL IE N C E U N D E R C O N D IT IO N S O F E N V IR O N M E N T A L C H A N G E Ms C ecilia L u ttre ll School o f Environmental Sciences and CSERGE University o f East Anglia N orw ich, NR4 7TJ, UK T el:+44-(0) 1603-593 742 Fax:+44-(0) 1603-593 739 E-mail: c.luttrell@uea.ac.uk D r Denyse J. Snelder Centre o f Environmental Science Leiden University PO Box 9518 2300 RA Leiden,The Netherlands E-mail: snelder@cml.leidenuniv.nl D r Janet Sturgeon Centre fo r East and Southeast Asian Studies Lund University, Sweden E-mail: janet.sturgeon@ace.lu.se

10. D IV E R S IT Y A N D C O M M O N A L I T Y IN T H E IS L A N D S O FF T H E C O A ST O F W E S T SUM ATRA Prof. R e im a r Schefold Universiteit Leiden Vakgroep CA/SNWS Postbus 9555 2300 RB Leiden, The Netherlands Tel:+3 I -(0)71-527 3475 Fax:+3 I -{0)71-527 3619 E-mail: schefold@fsw.leidenuniv.nl D r G e ra rd A . Persoon Universiteit Leiden Centrum voor Milieukunde Leiden Postbus 9518 2300 RA Leiden,The Netherlands T e l:+ 3 1-(0 )7 1-527 7474 Fax:+ 3 1-(0 )7 1-527 7496 E-mail: persoon@cml.leidenuniv.nl

11. A R T A N D M A T E R IA L C U L T U R E IN S O U T H E A S T A S IA A le x a n d ra G reen 7 1 Ferry Road, Marston, O xford 0 X 3 OEU, United Kingdom Fax:+44-1865-241110 E-mail: 106351.4 16@compuserve.com Sandra Dudley I Scotland Lane, Burton O very Leicestershire LE8 9DR, UK E-mail: sandra@dudIeygill.freeserve.co.uk

12. S O C IA L S E C U R IT Y A N D S O C IA L P O L IC Y IN S O U T H E A S T A S IA Prof. Frans Hiisken & D r H uub de Jonge Cultural and Social Anthropology Catholic University o f Nijmegen Postbus 9104 6500 HE Nijmegen, The Netherlands T el:+ 3 1-(0)24-361 2361 Fax:+ 3 1-(0)24-361 1945 E-mail: F.husken@maw.kun.nl E-mail: H.dejonge@maw.kun.nl

13. L A N G U A G E A N D C U L T U R A L ID E N T IT Y P rof.V ad im B. Kassevitch University o f St. Petersburg P.O.Box 14 St. Petersburg 19 1025, Russia Tel: + 7 -8 12-3 14 6 123 (home) Fax:+7-812-328 1346 (office) E-mail: kasevich@vbk.usr.pu.ru

14. P O L IT IC A L E C O N O M Y O F T R A N S F O R M A T IO N IN S O U T H E A S T A S IA , I9 2 0 S -I9 6 0 S D r J.Thom as Lindblad University o f Leiden, Departm ent of Economic and Social H istory Doelensteeg 16 231 I VL Leiden,The Netherlands Tel:+3 I -(0 )7 1-527 2737 Fax:+ 3 1-(0 )7 1-527 2615 E-mail: lindblad@rullet.leidenuniv.nl

15. R E T H IN K IN G V IE T N A M Duncan M cC argo University o f Leeds E-mail: d.j.mccargo@leeds.ac.uk

16. S O U T H C H IN A SEA Prof. Stein Tennesson Centre fo r Development and the Envi ronm ent (SUM), University o f Oslo P.O. Box 1116, Blindern N-0317 Oslo, Norway Tel: +47-22 85 89 00 (switchboard) Tel: +47-22 85 88 42 (direct) Fax: +47-22 85 89 20 E-mail: stein.tonnesson@sum.uio.no

17.T R A N S IT IO N T O IN D E P E N D E N C E IN E A S T T IM O R : PR O B LEM S A N D PR O S P E C TS David W u rfe l 190 Brunswick Ave Toronto, O N M5S 2M5, Canada E-mail: dwurfel@ yorku.ca

ES F A S I A

COMMI TTEE

EAJS

(Advertisement)

NEW

By F R A N K R O B A S C H I K

J O U R N A L !

EUROPEAN JOURNAL OF EAST ASIAN STUDIES EDITED BY CHRISTIAN HENRIOT A N D PAUL WALEY

V olum e (2

(2001)

ISSUES PER YEAR)

ISSN 1568-0584 I n s t it u t io n s

EU R 74.50 / US$ 89.- / D G L 164.18 I n d iv id u a l s

EUR 29.- / US$ 34.- / DG L 63.91 F ir st in

iss u e t o a p pe a r

J u n e 2001

B R I L L

EuropeanJournal of East Asian Studies is a new multi-disciplinary journal dedicated to East Asia, one of the most varied, complex, and rapidly changing parts of the world. Published in Europe by European specialists, the journal is open to new ideas and findings from wherever they may come. Contributions are welcome from throughout the social science spectrum as well as from modern history (approximately the last 200 years). The journal covers the whole of the broader East Asian region, including Southeast as well as Northeast Asia. The first issue will appear in June 2001.

EUROPEAN JOURNAL OF EAST ASIAN STUDIES

Contributors to the first issue of EJEAS are Augustin Berque, Rudolf Wagner, Hamashita Takeshi, Penny Francks and Virgil Ho.

P.O. Box 9000 2300 PA Leiden T he N etherlands

VISIT U S AT THE AAS!

T el +31 (0)71 53 53 566 Fax +31 (0)71 53 17 532 E-mail cs@briil.nl

w w w . brill.nl

18. DECENTRALIZATION A N D DE M OCRATIZATION IN IN D O N E SIA A N D T H E PHILIPPINES

University of Amsterdam O.Z. Achterburgwal 185 1012 DK Am sterdam,The Netherlands Tel:+31-(0)20-525 2519 Fax:+ 3 1-(0)20-525 3010

E-mail: schultenordholt@pscw.uva.nl Rainer R ohdew ohld GTZ-SFDM PO Box 41 38, Jakarta Pusat, Indonesia Tel:+62-21-3 5 1 1584 / 386 8166 Fax:+62-21-386 8167

E-mail: rainer.rohdewohld@ciptanet.com

19. C O LO NIA L ARMIES IN SO U T H E A ST ASIA Tobias R ettig D epartm ent of History School o r Oriental and African Studies Thornhaugh Street, Russell Square London W C IH OXG, United Kingdom. Fax: +44-20-7323 6046 E-mail: euroseasrettig@ hotmail.com

20. M ANAGEM ENT CULTURE A N D ENTREPRENEURSHIP IN S O U T H EAST A SIA Prof. M ichael H itchcock University of N orth London C entre for Leisure and Tourism Studies Stapleton House 177-182 Holloway Road London N7 8NH, United Kingdom Tel: +44-171-607 2789 Fax: +44-171-753 5051 E-mail: m.hitchcock@unl.ac.uk Tel:+44-207-753 5796 D r O laf H .S m e d a l Dept, of Social Anthropology University of Bergen, Norway E-mail: Olaf.Smedal@sosantr.uib.no Ms Mary van d er B oon Global TMC Eikenlaan 17 1213 SG Hilversum,The Netherlands E-mail: globaltmc@worldmail.nl

Dr R eb ecca Elm hirst School of the Environment University of Brighton Cockcroft Building Mouisecoomb Birghton BN2 4GJ, United Kingdom T el:+44-1273-642 387 E-mail: R.J.Elmhirst@bton.ac.uk

23. SO U T H E A ST A SIAN LITERATURES A N D THEIR C O N C E P T OF THE H UM AN W O RLD Dr Rachel H arrison & P rofessor V ladim ir Braginsky School of Oriental and African Studies X 4247, Room 455 Thornhaugh Street, Russell Square London W C IH OXG, United Kingdom E-mail: rh6@ soas.ac.uk E-mail: vb I @soas.ac.uk

24. EXPERIENCING RELIGION IN SO U T H E A ST ASIA D r W il B urghoorn C entre for East and South-East Asian Studies, G öteborg Universitet Box 700, SE-405 30 Göteborg, Sweden E-mail: wil.burghoorn@geseas.gu.se Dr Jörgen H eilm an Dept. Social Anthropology G öteborg Universitet Box 700, SE-405 30 Göteborg. Sweden

E-mail: Jorgen.Hellman@sant.gu.se 21. POLITICAL VIOLENCE IN M ODERN SO U T H E A ST ASIA Dr H enk S ch u lte N ord h olt D epartem ent of Anthropology / Mod ern Asian History

F elicia H ughes-F reeland Sociology and Anthropology SSSID, Humanities Building University ofW ales Swansea Singleton Park, Swansea SA2 8PP Tel: +44-(0) 1-792 295921 E-mail: F.Hughes-

Freeland@swansea.ac.uk 22. ENVIRONM ENTAL C H A N G E A N D LIVELIHOOD POLITICS: LINKING LABO UR A N D ENVI RONM ENTAL AG END AS

25. PERFORMERS IN SO U T H E A ST ASIA: FACING THE CHALLENGES O F T H E N E W MILLENNIUM

N E WS

26. C O N T IN U IT Y OR CHANGE?: ‘REC O N STR U C TIN G SO U T H E A ST A SIA N HISTORY FROM A PER SPECTIVE O F T H E PHILIPPINES, 1870s-1920s’ Dr W igan Salazar D epartm ent of History School of Oriental and African Studies Thornhaugh Street, Russell Square London W C IH OXG, United Kingdom E-mail: hatira@gmx.de D rY oshiko N agan o Faculty of Foreign Studies Kanagawa University I Yokohama, Japan E-mail: ynagano@ma.kcom.ne.jp

27. C O P IN G , A D A PT IN G ,T H R IV ING: W H A T ROLE F O R T H E T H E ATRE IN CONTEM PORARY SO U T H E A ST ASIA C ath erin e D iam ond (provisional) D epartm ent of English Soochow University Shih-lin,Taipei,Taiwan Fax: 886-2-2881-7609 E-mail: diamond@mai!.scu,edu.tw

2 8 .THE RELIGIOUS FACTOR IN RECENT POLITICAL TR A N SFO R M ATIONS IN SO U T H E A ST ASIA Dr Johan M eulem an INIS Rijksuniversiteit Leiden Nonnensteeg 1-3 2 3 11 VJ Leiden,The Netherlands T el:+ 31-(0)71-527 4141 E-mail: meuleman@ruilet.leidenuniv.nl

he year 2000 was a busy year for the EAJS. Most impor tantly it was the year of its ninth International Con ference from 23 to 26 Au gust in Lahti, Finland. In addition to the eight sections (Urban and Envi ronmental Studies; Linguistics and Language Teaching; Literature; Visu al and Performing Arts; Anthropolo gy and Sociology; Economics, Eco nomic and Social History; History, Politics and International Relations; Religion and History of Ideas), there were also alternative sessions, a poster session, a roundtable discus sion, a keynote speach by Ian Nish, professor emeritus at the London School of Economics and Political Sci ence, and a number of other activities such as performances by the FinnKanteleet Orchestra, an organ concert by Maestro Kalevi Kiviniemi, an exhi bition of rare Japanese books brought from Waseda University, and ikebana displays. The efforts of the local orga nizers at the Palmenia Centre of Con tinuing Education, headed by Dr Sonja Servomaa, the work of the sec tion convenors, and the generous fi nancial support of the Japan Founda tion, the Toshiba International Foun dation, and a number of Finnish or ganizations and institutions ensured that it was a very pleasant conference. A more detailed conference report is available at the EAJS homepage (see below). The next conference will be held in Warsaw in 2003. Another major activity of the EAJS in the year 2000 was the organization of a workshop for advanced students in Japanese Studies in Cambridge in July. Dr Peter Kornicki, president of the EAJS 1997 - 2000, organized this workshop and raised funds from Cambridge University to bring ten students either of European nation ality or who are studying at a Euro

pean university and three discus sants (Dr Josef Kyburz, Dr Ivo Smits and Prof. Stanca Scholz) to Cam bridge. The students presented pa pers about their doctoral research. All participants found the workshop to be a valuable experience and it was decided in Lahti that such work shops should be held every two or three years. At an EAJS workshop of the na tional and regional associations for Japanese Studies that took place in Duisburg in December 1998, it had been decided to establish a database in co-operation with the associa tions. A start was made with an on line database on European disserta tions in Japanese Studies. Thanks to the support of the associations, the database is currently being filled. It now has more than seventy-five en tries and we hope that it will become a valuable source for researchers and students. The database can be ac cessed through the EAJS homepage. Last but not least, there were elec tions for a new EAJS Council. The new president is Dr Josef A. Kyburz of the CNRS, Paris, the new Treasur er is Prof. Franz Waldenberger of Munich University, while the duty of the Secretary remained with Dr Peter Kornicki, as Immediate Past President, Prof Viktoria EschbachSzabo, Dr Harald Fuetë, Prof. Judit Hidasi and Prof. Agnieszka Kozyra. ■ The EAJS Office moved from Duisburg to Munich in November 2000. Its new address is: Office o f th e E uropean Association for Japanese Studies (EAJS) Japan Centre, Munich University Oettingenstr. 67 D-80538 Munich, Germany Tel.: +49-89-2178 2823 Fax: +49-89-2178 2827 E-mail: eajs@lrz.uni-muenchen.de Http://www.eaj s.org Frank Robosch/k is a research associate in East Asian Economic Studies at Duisburg University and is the outgoing Council Assistant for the EAJS. E-mail: robaschik@uni-duisburg.de

INFORMATION ON ADVERTISEMENTS IN THE 11AS-NEWS LETTER RATES • Standard A: full page: w. 270 x h. 375 mm: US$ 1,250 • Standard B: half page: w. 270 x h. 180 mm: US$ 675 • Standard C: 3 columns: w. 160 x h. 180 mm: US$ 400 • Standard D: 2 columns: w. 105 x h. 180 mm: US$ 270 • Standard £■ 2 columns: w. 105 x h. 100 mm: US$ 150 ADVERTISEMENT GUIDELINES • Material: Positive film (emulsion down) or positive on paper. • Photographs and shaded areas must be pre-screened. • Not-camera ready:Text on disc, clear logo's o r digital, including print-out. • Screen number 40 l/cm (=100 l/inch) Minimum point 10% Maximum point 85%

CIRCULATION The HAS Newsletter has a circulation of 2 1,000 copies world-wide and is published 3 times a year. ADVERTORIALS Article of maximum 1,200 words in combination with an advertisement of minimum St. D size. Reservation: 8 weeks prior to release date. Note: Copy subject to approval, advertorial texts will be edited. INSERTS All addresses, inch institutes, specialists, and non-specialists, world-wide, or selected countries. Price (including postage): Up to 45 grams: US$ 3000. every 25 grams over 45 grams: US$ 500. MAILING LABEL RENTAL it is possible to order addresses from the HAS Database of Asia specialists for direct mail use. US$ 250 per search; US$ 0.50 per address, on self-adhesive labels. INFORMATION For further information contact the editors at the HAS: Tanja Chute or Maurice Sistermans E-mail: iiasnews@rulletleidenuniv.nl

F e b r u a r y 2 0 0 1 • IIAS N E W S L E T T E R N ? 2 4 •

ALLI ANCE

THE STRATEGIC ALLIANCE P i t he ‘Strategic Alliance’ is a coI operative framework of EuJ L ropean institutes special izing in Asian Studies, which con sists of the International Institute for Asian Studies (HAS), Leiden/Amsterdam; the Institut für Asienkunde, Hamburg, the Nordic Insti tute of Asian Studies (NIAS), Copen hagen, and the European Institute for Asian Studies (EIAS), Brussels. The Alliance, established in 1997, aims to bring together existing forces on Asian Studies in Europe to facilitate scholarly excellence to the benefit of national research environ ments and those of the European Union at large. The Strategic Alliance implies the establishment of a co-ordinated framework for joint planning, for the pooling of resources in conduct ing various jointly organized pro jects, and for co-ordinated fund-rais ing on an international basis. The Strategic Alliance has an open struc ture, which will enable other Euro pean institutes to join in the future.

For information about the Strategic Alliance, please contact:

INTERNATIONAL INSTITUTE FOR ASIAN STUDIES (HAS) P.O.Box 9515 2300 RA Leiden The Netherlands Tel:+31-71-527 2227 Fax:+ 3 1-7 1-527 4 162 E-mail: iias@rullet.leidenuniv.nl Http://www.iias.nl/

NORDIC INSTITUTE OF ASIAN STUDIES (NIAS) Leifsgade 33 2300 Copenhagen S Denmark Tel: +45-32-54 8844 Fax: +45-32-96 2530 E-mail: sec@nias.ku.dk Http://www.nias.ku.dk (Http://130.225.203.37/info/)

INSTITUT FÜR ASIENKUNDE (I FA) Rothenbaumchaussee 32 D-20148 Hamburg Germany Tel. +49-40-44 30 01-03 Fax +49-40-41 07 945 E-mail: ifahh@uni-hamburg.de Http://www.rrz.unihamburg.de/duei/ifa/

EUROPEAN INSTITUTE FOR ASIAN STUDIES (EIAS) 35 Rue des deux Eglises 1000 Brussels, Belgium Tel:+32-2-230 8 122 Fax: +32 2 230 54 02 E-mail: z.mccarthy@eias.org Http://www.eias.org/index.cfm

• h a s

n ew sletter

NS2 4 ■

NE WS

Asia Update in Berlin

cepts of the cold war. A whole range of government reforms is presently carried out, such as inflation control, government help in disaster areas, combatting smuggling, reorganiz ing government agencies. The quanxi economy is on the way down. This development is good for labour in tensive export producing firms, but bad for state firms. Heilmann pre dicts that in ten to fifteen years the On 11 October 2000, the Asia Pacific Committee o f the German years since it began in 1997. In retro political system will undergo funda Economy held its third Asia Update in Berlin, a one-day cau spect the basic problem is the huge mental change. To prove his trust in cus (Tagung) on the theme ‘Economic potentials and political debt of the private sector, in the China’s economic future Heilmann stability in Asia’. The conference was attended by approxi order of 65 billion dollars. Prior to announced that he had recently mately 180 people from government departments, the busi 1997 Asian business people had too bought shares in the Chinese stockness and academic worlds. The conference was co-organized by much confidence in their govern market. the European institutes for Asian studies, which form the ment’s ability to keep the currency Discussing the political and eco Strategic Alliance: the Institut fur Asienkunde (Hamburg), the stable vis-a-vis the dollar. Surpris nomic crisis in Japan, Prof Werner International Institute for Asian Studies (Leiden), the Nordic ingly little hedging was done. When Pascha came up with an interesting Institute for Asian Studies (Kopenhagen) and the European In the Asian currencies started to deval hypothesis. Although the 1990s in stitute for Asian Studies (Brussels). uate against the dollar, the borrow Japan is generally seen as a lost ers were losing money and they decade, it can very well be a period of erating in Asia do not form an associ started a run our of the national cur By WI LLEM G. WOLTERS modernization like the 1920s and rhe ation, interacting in a transparent rencies, causing the exchange rates 1970s. Control of the financial sys he Committee way with the government. And nei of these currencies to drop sharply. tem is sharpening. In 1997 the Cen (Asien-Pazifik Austher the government nor the private In the discussion following his pre tral Bank was made independent, schuss der Deutsector seems interested in academic sentation, Lindblad made the inter and this institution is now interfer schen Wirtschaft) is an specialists. On the other hand it esting remark that if the Asian gov ing strongly in financial affairs, even umbrella organization of should be pointed out that one ernments had not tried to fix the ex going against the government. Japan German interest associa rarely encounters world economists change rate between their currencies is now trying to implement the tions of business and industry, with who are at the same time country and the dollar, but had allowed some WTO liberalization measures. A member firms active in Asia. The specialists with command of the lan fluctuation instead, the borrowers problem is still the huge private sec Committee has been created in 1993, guage in the Dutch academic. This would have hedged their capital tor debt, which the government can on the initiative of Chancellor Kohl, combination in mainly found against exchange risks, and would not eliminate by resorting to infla to arouse more interest in Asia and among social scientists and historinot have incurred such dramatic tion. The speaker still remained op the Pacific in German business cir losses as they have now done, in timistic: he observes in Japan ‘pro cles, and to create a body that could 1997-1998. ductive efforts at consolidation.’ function as a discussion partner for Asian crises The main problem in the coun the German government. The Com The main conference theme was Regional variation tries affected by the Asian crisis, are mittee advises the government on the Asian crisis, with a number of Prof Michael von Hauff (Kaiser the political and economic institu policies and strategies in Asia, and economists giving presentations on slautern University) discussed eco tions, according to Dr Riidiger Masends representatives to join govern Indonesia, India, China, the Korean nomic developments in India. He ar chetzki (Institut für Asienkunde, ment missions to Asian countries. peninsula, and Japan. The economic gued that although the economic Hamburg). Dr Patrick Köllner (Insti The close co-operation of private historian Dr Thomas Lindblad (Lei growth figures seem to be impres tut für Asienkunde, Hamburg), dis business and government has been den University) presented a broad sive, there are a number of serious cussed recent developments on the politically anathema in Germany overview of the causes of the Asian weaknesses in the Indian economy, Korean peninsula, with special focus since the early 1950s, but became po crisis in retrospective. Lindblad mainly of an institutional nature. on the opening up of North Korea. litically acceptable in the early 1990s. pointed out that that the analysis There has been little productivity in German government and business In the Netherlands a similar scheme and interpretation of the crisis has crease in the 1990s, poverty is on the are eager to participate in these new is lacking: Dutch business firms op undergone a couple of changes in the increase, and there is a growing en developments and have made strong vironmental crisis. Foreign direct in representations in Pyongyang. vestment in India is low (20 billion The Conference ended with an in NEW AL L I ANC E P U B L I C A T I O N dollars) compared to China (300 bil teresting discussion. Dr Willem van lion). A positive note is that the de der Geest (EIAS, Brussels) brought in centralization policy seems to be a more cautious and even pessimistic successful. note when he warned that in the Anja Osiander Prof Sebastian Heilmann (Trier next few years economic growth in University and Institute for Asian some Asian countries may slow Settings for East Asian Studies Affairs), an economist speaking the down again as the region is faced in Europe and the USA Chinese language, gave a very well with more difficult external condi An Explorative Survey informed presentation on recent de tions, such as economic slowdown in velopments in China. Although the United States, less growth in the Mitteilungen des Instituts für Asienkunde Hamburg Nr. 333 there are numerous worrying as European Union and continued Hamburg 2001 - 5- ISBN 3-88910-250-6 -o- 108 S. -o- DM 28 00 pects about the Chinese economy, stagnation in Japan. He also pointed the speaker was optimistic about the to political unrest in Indonesia as a Efforts to reform any given institutional arrangement must start from taking a look future. It is true that the high negative factor. In a rejoinder Lind a t the environment within which the reform is to take place. This survey provides an overview over the 'm eta-settings' for East Asian Studies in Europe and the USA. growth figures are not to be trusted, blad emphasized positive economic Portraying six institutions for East Asian Studies from Europe and four from the USA it seeks to answer two main questions: that state enterprises are losing developments, particularly the fact 1) W hat kinds of institutional arrangements for East Asian Studies are currently money, and that 100 - 150 million that investments in Indonesia have in use? 2) Which trends mark current debates for reform of institutional arrangements for people are socially marginalized. But not decreased significantly. Political East Asian Studies? since the beginning of the Asian cri separatism only exists in two re The data presented here supply comprehensive information on institutions for East sis the Chinese government seems to gions, Aceh and Irian Jaya. It was to Asian Studies and on their environments. The key concept in collecting and interpret ing them has been the idea of 'embeddedness' This idea implies that institutional be determined to regulate the finan be regretted that the two aspects, arrangements are not good' or 'bad' by themselves. The data reveal three main trends in current debates on reforming East Asian Studies. Across Europe, the debates revolve cial sector, to supervise the stockeconomic prospects versus political around the issue of resource allocation. Shrinking public funds and the problem of market (in Shanghai and Shenzen), fragmentation are the main driving factors for reform efforts. By contrast, the debate instability, could not be discussed in in the USA focuses on the problem of how to justify and redefine area studies' and to create internationally com sufficient depth. The organizers of Interestingly enough, the trends of the debates do not allow to predict how any given individual institution will change. Rather, institutions tend to evolve along patterns petitive financial markets. the conference, Asia Pacific Commit carved out in the past. The legacy of an institution seems to serve as the main These measures will eventually guideline for designing strategies for the future. tee chairman Edgar Nordmann and lead to the abolition of the commu the director of the Hamburg insti nist party. Remarkably, this is done tute, Dr Werner Draguhn, can be Zu beziehen durch: by the government in co-operation congratulated with an interesting with the communist party, under conference, worth repeating else In stitu t für Asienkunde centralized control, and so we wit Rothenbaumchaussee 32 D-20148 Hamburg where in the European arena. ■ Telefon: (040) 42 88 740 -»■ Telefax: (040) 410 79 45 ness the paradoxical phenomenon E-Mail: ifahh@uni-hamburg.de that communism is being phased Homepage: www rrz.uni-hamburg.de/ifa Professor Willem G. Wolters (mit Publikationsverzeichnis und Bestellmöglichkeit) out with Leninist instruments. This is professor o f Economic Anthropology is a new situation, which cannot be at Nijmegen University. explained with the analytical con E-mail: W.Wolters@maw.kun.nl

Economic potential and political sta b ility in Asia

February 2001

SHORT 12 AUGUST 200 1 BERLI N, GE RMA NY

ICAS

ICAS 2 A

11 Asia scholars are

invited to participate in the Second International Convention of Asia Scholars (ICAS 2), to be held in Berlin from 9 to 12 August 2001. All information about ICAS 2, hotel bookings, registration proce dures, registration fees, and contact details of all organizers involved can be found on the website listed below. Please note that 31 March is the deadline for submitting proposals, payment of fees, and pre-registra tion, to be listed in the printed pro gramme. As facts and dates are sub ject to change, please visit our web site frequently for the most up-todate information. The ICAS 2 is organized jointly by the AAS and the Asia Committee of the ESF. They are joined by the ACPS and the University of Singapore, poL

International Convention of Asia Scholars

tential organizer of ICAS 3. The IIAS in Leiden is also involved, having or ganized the first ICAS meeting, as is the DGA. Local organization lies in the hands of Prof. Eberhard Sandschneider of the Free University Berlin. ■

Contact

ICAS 2 STAFF d o Prof. Eberhard Sandschneider

Otto-Suhr-lnstitute of Political Science Free University Berlin Ihnestr. 22 D-I4I95 Berlin, Germany Tel: +49-30-838 53252 Fax: +49-30-838 55049 E-mail: icas2@zedat.fu-berlin.de Http://www.fu-berlin.de/icas2

4 > 6 OCTOBER 2 0 0 1 A V I G N O N , F RANCE

Slavery, U nfree Labour & Revolt

N E WS 2 3 >- 2 5 O C T O B E R 2 0 0 1 NEW D E L H I , I N D I A

Scholars Invited to Taiwan -r n order to invigorate I scientific knowledge X. and to promote and strengthen the interna tional exchange of sci ence and technology, the National Science Council (NSC) of Taiwan has set up a programme to invite international scholars of sci ence and technology for short-term visits to Taiwan. The qualification standards for eligibility are set so as to include the following only: Nobel Prize winners; internationally wellknown scholars having contributed to important academic achieve ments; professors, researchers, and associates having a special expertise and working in universities or re search institutes; and outstanding university assistant professors or re searchers. Each year 240 different scholars are invited. A scholar can only visit by means of this pro gramme once per year, in most cases staying a seven-day period or less. In this period, invitees are required to give at least two academic lectures. Only in special cases may the dura tion be extended to a period of up to fourteen days. Those scholars stay ing for a longer period are expected to incorporate an extra activity into their stay: to deliver a keynote ad dress to a conference or workshop; to assist in ongoing research projects or

to provide scientific and technologi cal instruction; or, lastly, to take on an advisory role for research projects. In all cases, invitees are required to submit a statement that the acade mic activities and a detailed agenda in advance. The NSC will provide re muneration according to the invi tee’s academic achievements and the duration of the visit. Applications, including a letter and curriculum vitae should be sub mitted to the NSC liaison office, which will then contact the host in stitute in Taiwan (a public or private university or research institute sup ported by the NSC). All applications need be submitted at least three months prior to the visit, which has to be made before the year’s close. In order not to underrate less popular research areas, the NSC will, after careful examination of applications, pay attention to the balance between the various research fields. ■

Contact: Charles C.T. Peng, Director Science Division,Taipei Representative Office in Belgium

C hild Labour in South Asia esearch on chil dren in South Asia will be the subject of a workshop at Jawaharlal Nehru University, New Delhi. The main purpose of the seminar will be to ex tend the analytical, empirical and policy understanding on this topic by means of establishing a region wide framework for understanding child labour, its impact on education and the effectiveness of different op tions and strategies. The partici pants to the seminar will include academics, policy makers, social ac tivists, and members of internation al agencies from the South Asian re gion, the Netherlands, and other countries. Proposals for papers are welcome. ■

Avenue des Arts 38 / Kunstlaan 38 B-1040 Brussels

Organisers: Prof. G.K. Lieten (University o f

Belgium Tel.:+32-2-223 0180

Amsterdam) and Prof. Ravi Srivastaval

Fax:+32-2-218 7658 E-mail: charles.peng@pophost.eunet.be

University)

Sukhadeo Thorat (Jawarharlal Nehru E-mail: irewoc@pscw.uva.nl

THE IIAS NEWSLETTER WELCOMES ARTICLE SUBMISSIONS! PLEASE CHECK OUR WEB SITE OR ENQUIRE WITH THE EDITORS FOR OUR ' GUIDELINES FOR CONTRI BUTORS' E- ma i l : i i a s n e w s @ r u M e t . l e i d e n u n i v . n l

n international con ference on ‘Slavery, lUnfree Labour, and Revolt in Asia and the In dian Ocean Region’ will take place in Avignon from 4 - 6 October 2oot. It will exam ine protest against slavery and other forms of unfree labour in Asia and the Indian Ocean region. Themes include: - the relationship between revolt and different systems of unfree labour (indigenous and imported); - the forms that protest assumed (passive/violent; timing; durability); - the structure of revolt (leadership, ideology, demographics, survival tactics); - gender relations in protest and in rebel communities; - the ethnic characterisation and composition of revolt; - the language of revolt; - the consequences of protest. Those wishing to attend are invit ed to submit a title and a short out line of their paper in French or Eng lish by 30 June 2001 (please accompa ny with personal contact details, in cluding: name / institution / status / e-mail address) to the convenor,

Gwynn Campbell, at the address noted below. All papers accepted for the conference must reach the con venor by 1 September 2001 on disk (Word 6 or more recent) and on a hard copy. These will be made avail able to all participants. The confer ence will be organized into thematic sessions at which discussants will present a 30-minute summary of rel evant papers, which will be followed by discussion. For more information about the conference itself, registration fees, and other activities planned for dur ing the conference, contact the con venor at the address below. ■ C o n fe re n c e sp o n so rs:

The IIAS (Leiden), the Institute for American Universities (Avignon), Stephane Piat (Le Morne Project, Mauritius), UCLA (USA), and the University of Avignon.

Gwyn Campbell, Convenor CAROME, UFR/SLA University of Avignon 74 rue Louis Pasteur Case No. 19 84029 Avignon Cedex I, France Tel:+33-04 90 16 27 18 Fax:+33-04 90 16 27 19 E-mail: gwyn.campbell@univ-avignon.fr E-mail: gcampb3 195@aol.com

Ht t p: / /w ww.i ias. nl

E uropean Sum m er In s titu te in Taiw an programme was set up last year by the National Sci ence Council (NSC) ofTaiwan that would enable European graduate stu dents to receive training at academic research institutes in Taiwan during the summer months. This was insti tuted in order to promote world wide bilateral co-operation in science and technology and, at the same time, to produce a more internation al academic environment in Taiwan. Covering a period of eight weeks from late June till late August, the programme requires all students to attend some basic courses and activi ties (e.g. Chinese language training and cultural exchange) in their first week. Thereafter, students will par ticipate in research work suited to their own specialties. Only PhD or graduate students

who are either European citizens or permanent residents, and who have completed both a dissertation with a relevant research topic, and at least one year of academic study are eligi ble to apply. Up to ten European graduate students in all fields of sci ence may receive a subsidy per year. Those wishing to apply should do so in accordance with the counterpart organizations’ regulations. These or ganizations will recommend appro priate candidates to the NSC’s liaison office, which will in turn review the potential candidates a second time. The National Tsing Hua Universi ty is the entity that implements NSC policy and bears responsibility for planning, co-ordination, liaison, submission of expenses, and report ing of results. Supporting the programme jointly with its counterpart organizations, the NSC will provide accommoda

tion and allowances for food and pro fessional travel within Taiwan. The host institute is reimbursed for its administrative costs by ten per cent of the total amount incurred. Coun terpart organizations will provide each graduate student the airfare and USD 2000 remuneration. All other costs are to be paid by the graduate students themselves. After comple tion of the assignment and before leaving Taiwan, each student is to submit a report to the NSC and to the counterpart organizations, all ac cording to the set regulations. ■

For more information about this programme and application procedures contact the International Institute for Asian Studies. Leiden, the Netherlands a t E-mail: iias@rulletleidenuniv.nl

February 2001 •

has n e w s l e t t e r

NS24 • 5 1

SHORT Short News

NE WS

ASEM Asia-Curope Co-operation Framework 2000

I. Introduction 1. At the inaugural Asia-Europe Meeting (ASEM) in Bangkok on 1 - 2 March 1996, all participants agreed to work together to create a new Asia-Europe partnership, to build a greater understanding between the people of the two regions, and to es tablish a strengthened dialogue among equals. 2. The second ASEM in London on 3 -4 April 1998 confirmed the im portant role which ASEM has played, and will continue to play, in reinforcing the partnership between Asia and Europe in the political, eco nomic, cultural and other areas of co-operation. That Meeting also adopted an Asia-Europe Co-operation Framework (AECF) to guide, focus and co-ordinate ASEM activi ties, and commissioned an Asia-Eu rope Vision Group to develop a medium to long-term vision to help guide the ASEM process into the twenty-first century. 3. The third ASEM in Seoul on 20 21 October 2000 was an historic milestone in the evolution of the ASEM process and provided an op portunity to review progress and achievements so far and to consoli date this foundation for a compre hensive and sustained co-operation between the two regions. 4. The AECF adopted by Heads of State/Government at ASEM 3 in Seoul in 2000 sets out the vision, principles, objectives, priorities and mechanisms for the ASEM process for the first decade of the new mil lennium.

II. A Vision into the 21st

Century 5. Recognising that the Asia-Eu rope Meeting was initiated with the aim of strengthening links between Asia and Europe in this era of grow ing global interdependence, ASEM partners have agreed to strive for a common goal of maintaining and enhancing peace and stability as well as promoting conditions con ducive to sustainable economic and social development. ASEM Leaders envisage Asia and Europe as an area of peace and shared development with common interests and aspira tions such as upholding the purpos es and principles of the UN Charter, respect for democracy, the rule of law, equality, justice and human rights, concern for the environment and other global issues, eradication of poverty, protection of cultural heritage and the promotion of intel lectual endeavours, economic and social development, knowledge and educational resources, science and technology, commerce, investment, and enterprise. To this end, Asia and Europe, building a comprehensive and fu ture-oriented partnership, should work together to address challenges and to translate them into common opportunities. They should in par ticular be addressed through our di alogue and joint endeavours in rela tion to political, economic, and so 5 2. •

has n e w s l e t t e r

cial, cultural and educational issues. ASEM partners also recognize the need to work together in addressing the new challenges posed by, among other things, globalization, infor mation technology, e-commerce, and the New Economy. 6. Synergy between Asia and Europe will be of tremendous value, not only for the two regions but also for the global community as a whole. Strength ened dialogue and co-operation be tween Asia and Europe in a spirit of equal partnership and mutual bene fit will also enhance international co-operation, thereby contributing positively to security, prosperity and sustainable development for the benefit of all and to building a new international political and economic order, taking into account changes in the international arena including globalization.

III. Key Principles and Objectives 7. The first ASEM in Bangkok agreed to develop a common vision of the future, to foster political dia logue, to reinforce economic co-operation, and to promote co-operation in other areas. 8. The second ASEM in London reaffirmed the key role which the partnership between Asia and Eu rope should play in a highly-interdependent world, and pursued our work in fostering political dialogue, reinforcing economic co-operation, and promoting co-operation in other areas, including social, cultur al and global issues. The Summit confirmed that the ASEM process should: be conducted on a basis of equal partnership, mutual respect and mutual benefit; be an open and evolutionary process: enlargement should be conducted on the basis of consensus by the Heads of State/Government; enhance mutual understanding and awareness through a process of dialogue and lead to co-operation on the identifi cation of priorities for concerted and supportive action; carry forward the three key dimensions with the same impetus: fostering political dia logue, reinforcing economic co-op eration, and promoting co-opera tion in other areas; as an informal process, ASEM need not be institu tionalised. It should stimulate and facilitate progress in other fora; go beyond governments in order to promote dialogue and co-operation between the business/private sectors of the two regions and, no less im portantly, between the peoples of the two regions. ASEM should also encourage the co-operative activities of think tanks and research groups of both regions. 9. Reflecting the common desire to strengthen the political dialogue between Asia and Europe, this should be fostered by highlighting and expanding common ground, by enhancing understanding and friendship, and by promoting and deepening co-operation. As agreed at the Bangkok and London Summits,

W 2 4 • February 2001

this comprehensive political dia logue should be conducted on the basis of the principles reflected in paragraphs 5,6 and 7 of the Bangkok Chair Statement. 10. Acknowledging that the grow ing economic links between the two regions formed the basis for a strong partnership, the Bangkok Summit had agreed to forge a new compre hensive Asia-Europe Partnership for Greater Growth. Events since then have amply confirmed the impor tance of this partnership in a highly-interdependent global economy, as emphasised at the London Sum mit. lx. In promoting co-operation in other areas, the Bangkok and Lon don Summits had likewise affirmed the importance to be attached to co operation in the cultural and social fields, responding to and encourag ing the wide interest in strengthen ing links between the two regions shown by the public, think-tanks, research groups, universities and all sectors of society generally, thereby promoting the human dimension in the ASEM process. Building on the discussions in Bangkok, the London Summit had also reiterated the im portance to be attached to enhanc ing the ASEM dialogue on global is sues.

IV. Key Priorities 11. In the political field, ASEM ef forts should focus on issues of com mon interest, proceeding step-bystep in a process of consensus-build ing, with a view to enhancing mu tual awareness and understanding between partners, drawing strength from our diversity while not exclud ing any issue beforehand but exer cising wisdom and judiciousness in selecting the topics for discussion. The political dialogue should be conducted on the basis of mutual re spect, equality, promotion of funda mental rights and, in accordance with the rules of international law and obligations, non-intervention, whether direct or indirect, in each other’s internal affairs. 13. In this context, key priorities shall include: intensifying the highlevel political dialogue, including at SOM level; taking forward the dia logue on issues of common interest arising in the context of relevant in ternational institutions, including on UN reform; enhancing our infor mal political dialogue on regional and international issues of common interest, in line with the principles laid down in Bangkok and London and confirmed in this present AECF, including informal ASEM seminars and workshops, proposed by indi vidual partners and endorsed by SOM, in the fields of international relations, politics and economics. 14. ASEM efforts should also ad dress global issues of common con cern such as: strengthening efforts in the global and regional context towards arms control, disarmament and non-proliferation of weapons of mass destruction; combating illicit

trafficking in and accumulation of small arms and light weapons; pro moting the welfare of women and children; enhancing the ASEM dia logue and co-operation on other global issues such as human re sources development, community health care improvement, and food security and supply; tackling the global environmental issues, striv ing for sustainable development, and supporting the work of the Asia-Europe Environmental Tech nology Centre; managing migratory flows in a globalized world; combat ing transnational crime, including money laundering, the smuggling and exploitation of migrants, the trafficking of persons in particular women and children, international terrorism and piracy, and fighting against illegal drugs; combating racism and xenophobia. 15. In the economic and financial fields, ASEM efforts should focus on strengthening dialogue and co-op eration between the two regions, with a view to facilitating sustain able economic growth, contributing together to the global economic dia logue and addressing the impact of globalization. 16. In this context, key priorities shall include: intensifying dialogue in Economic Ministers’ Meeting and Senior Officials’ Meeting on Trade and Investment (SOMTI), with par ticular regard to: - complementing and reinforcing efforts to strengthen the open and rules-based multilateral trading system embodied in the WTO. Full participation in the WTO by ASEM partners will strengthen the organization; - strengthening two-way trade and investment flows between Asia and Europe, notably through the active implementation and fur ther enhancement of the Trade Facilitation and Investment Pro motion Action Plans (TFAP and IPAP); - establishing an enhanced climate for business-to-business dialogue and co-operation between the two regions, emphasizing the central role of the Asia-Europe Business Forum (AEBF) and the importance of continuity therein, facilitating two-way dialogue between gov ernment and the business/private sector in order to respond to the concrete issues facing our busi ness community, and paying par ticular attention to the problems faced by SMEs; - enhancing dialogue and co-opera tion in priority industrial sectors, focusing on high technology sec tors of common interest, for ex ample, agro-technology, food pro cessing, bio-technology, informa tion and telecommunication (in cluding e-commerce), transport, energy, environmental engineer ing, etc.; intensifying dialogue in Finance Ministers’ Meeting and Finance Deputies’ Meeting with particular regard to: - enhancing our dialogue on global

financial issues, including the in ternational financial architecture; - enhancing co-operation, inter alia on technical assistance, the ex change of expertise, and the mon itoring of trends, in relation to the prevention of possible future crises; - enhancing macro-economic policy consultation; - strengthening co-operation in fi nancial supervision and regula tion; - strengthening co-operation against money-laundering; - strengthening customs co-opera tion; enhancing our dialogue in the field of science and technolo gy, promoting networking and exchanges among researchers and policy-makers, particularly in pri ority fields of common interest; enhancing a broad-based dialogue on key issues relating to the sus tained development of our two re gions and of the global economy including important socio-eco nomic issues. 17. In the social, cultural and edu cational fields, ASEM efforts should focus on promoting enhanced con tact and strengthened mutual awareness between the people of our two regions, with a view to helping peoples in Europe and Asia to be more aware of the common issues affecting our common future, and to better understand each other through dialogue. 18. In this context, ASEM partners should continue strong support and encouragement for ASEF which is an important vehicle to promote and catalyse cultural, intellectual and people-to-people exchanges. 19. In this same context, key prior ities shall include: enhancing our contacts and exchanges in the field of education, including student, academic and information ex changes, inter-university co-opera tion, facilitating electronic network ing between schools, exploring the possibilities for mutual recognition of degrees and licenses between our educational and related institutions, and substantially increasing student exchanges between our two regions, reflecting work being carried for ward through, inter alia, the ASEM Education Hubs, the Asia-Europe University and other initiatives; strengthening our dialogue and co operation in the protection and pro motion of cultural heritage; pro moting networking and sharing of experience in the social sciences, arts, humanities and sports; encour aging a broad-based dialogue and networking among all sectors of so ciety, including inter alia parlia mentary representatives; improving dissemination of information about ASEM in the public and about the importance of closer Asia-Europe re lations. lo. These priorities will be updat ed by Heads of State and Govern ment at their Summit meetings. They will form the basis of two-year work programmes drawn up by For eign Ministers on the occasion of each Summit, and reviewed and up dated at the Foreign Ministers’ meetings between Summits.

SHORT V. Mechanisms fo r Co ord inatin g, Focusing and M ana^in^ ASEM Activities

informal basis. Proposed initiatives will then be considered and selected by SOM, who will include them as appropriate in the updated work programme to be considered by For eign Ministers. 27. The results and outputs of all ASEM initiatives will be reported to SOM on a timely basis. SOM shall also be responsible for reviewing the progress achieved under all ASEM initiatives on a regular basis, and for recommending if individual initia tives be continued or terminated. To

N E WS

facilitate this review process, it shall be carried out in such a way as togroup activities addressing related issues into thematic clusters.

ment should be conducted in pro gressive stages, each candidature should be examined on the basis of its own merits and in the light ofits potential contribution to the ASEM process, the two-key approach: a final decision on new participants will be made by consensus among all part ners only after a candidate has first got the support ofits partners within its region, any decision regarding the admission of new participants will be taken by the Heads of State and Government on a consensus basis.

21. Foreign Ministers, Economic Ministers and Finance Ministers VI. ASEM participation will meet on a regular basis, nor 28. Building on the conclusions of mally once a year. Occasional confer ASEM 1 in Bangkok and ASEM 2 in ences bringing together other Min London, the following principles isters may be decided upon by Heads should guide future enlargement of ofState/Government as appropriate. the ASEM participation: the ASEM 22. As established by the Bangkok process, which is open and evolu Summit and confirmed in London, tionary, is intended to reinforce the Foreign Ministers and Senior Offi Asia-Europe partnership, enlarge cials (SOM) are responsible for the overall co-ordination of ASEM activ ities. ASEM Co-ordinators, to be ap 7 >• 1 0 N O V E M B E R 2 0 0 1 pointed by their respective regions, JAIPUR, INDIA shall facilitate the co-ordination of the ASEM process. 23. To facilitate a rapid and effec tive exchange of information among all ASEM partners and their relevant officials, the network of ASEM con and comparative approach will cer he International tact officers, appointed by Foreign tainly have a greater academic value. Conference on Sri Ministers, will provide a direct and We are also seeking academics/reLanka Studies informal channel of communica searchers who would like to organize (ICSLS) is a bi-ennial tions. a session/panel or two on particular meeting of the scholars 24. Economic Ministers (including themes to contact us with their pro preoccupied in research SOMTI) and Finance Ministers (in posal. on Sri Lankan history, society, eth cluding their deputies) should be Deadline for abstracts (100 to 250 nicity, demography, economy, edu the primary channels for carrying words) and a one-page curriculum cation, polity, literature, foreign pol forward the ASEM work programme vitae: 15 May 2001. The Preliminary icy, international relations, diaspora in their respective areas. They would Conference Programme shall be and other related aspects of the is each provide their inputs to the available after this date. The last date land-nation. It is an academic forum work programme to be co-ordinated for the submission of full Paper is 15 where scholars on Sri Lanka Studies and put together by the SOM and August 2001. ■ exchange their research findings and Foreign Ministers. Their respective ideas in order to advance scholarly senior officials will liaise closely For abstract, cv, and paper submission, and exchange and have more innovative with the SOM through a regular ex further information: research in future. change of information. Officials C o-ord in ator for th e 8th ICSLS The 7th Conference was held in from the co-ordinating partners will Canberra, Australia in 1999. The 8th South Asia Studies Centre, assist in this co-ordination and liai University o f Rajasthan, ICSLS is to be held at Jaipur (The Pink son. Jaipur-302004, City) in India. Participants who 25. To be included in the ASEM INDIA share scholarly interests on Sri Lanka work programme, any proposed Tel.: +91-141-513551 Studies will have an opportunity to ASEM initiative should have the Fax: +91-141 -5 2 1404 interact with scholars from Asia, support of all ASEM partners, and E-mail: karsiapc@jp I .dotnetin America, Africa, Europe and Pacific. should be in line with the princi The papers are sought for the Con ples, objectives and priorities set out ference from different fields and a in this AECF. In addition, any pro wide range of topics. The papers hav posed ASEM initiative should meet ing strong theoretico-conceptual the following guidelines: the pro orientation with interdisciplinary posed initiative should be of mutual benefit, and must receive the full consensus of all ASEM partners; it 9 > 12 S E P T E M B E R 2 0 0 1 should contribute to advance the overall objectives and perspectives of A L C A L A , S P A I N the ASEM process; the participation of a large number of ASEM partners must be ensured; the proposal should clearly state goals, prime ac tors (government, business, civil so ciety), target audience, likely cost, he University of those of other nations and cultures and possible means of finance; du within the region. Alcala and the plication with existing ASEM initia Contributions from any field or Spanish Pacific tives should be avoided; initiatives topic on Philippine Studies such as Studies Association are should, where suitable, have a coun politics, economic development, ar pleased to announce the terpart Asian and European partner; chaeology, gender, history, environ 4th European Philippine participation will be open to ASEM ment, are welcome. The conference’s Studies Conference (Europhil) to be partners only, though SOM may, on keynote speaker is Benedict Ander held in Alcala, Spain on 9 to 12 Sep a case-by-case basis and with the son. The deadline to apply for confer tember 2001. Europhil is co-ordinat consensus of all ASEM partners, ence participation is 1 May 2001. ■ ed to follow directly on from the agree to extend an invitation to a completion of the Euroseas Confer non-ASEM country as well as appro For more information: ence in London. The aim of Europhil priate international organizations C o n feren ce S ecreta ria t is to increase the level of awareness and institutions to take part in a E-mail: europhil@ aeep.es of Philippine Studies in Europe and specific event; the activity must re Http://www.aeep.es/europhil to enhance contact between scholars ceive SOM’s blessing and its results of the Philippines both within the reported to the ASEM SOM. continent and beyond. Previous suc 26. Any proposals for new ASEM cessful conferences have been held in initiatives will be presented to all Amsterdam (1991), London (1994) ASEM partners. They may be chan and, most recently, Aix-en-Provence nelled via the Co-ordinators, who (1997). The thematic title of the con will rapidly disseminate the infor ference is The Philippines in South mation to their respective regional east Asia and Beyond. While it is partners, and collate comments as hoped to encourage discussion and necessary. ASEM partners may in ad generate debate through compara dition use the network of contact of tive studies of Filipino society with ficers to share new proposals on an

29. The application of this Frame work will be kept under review by SOM and Foreign Ministers on a routine basis, and any necessary ad justments may be recommended by Foreign Ministers for consideration at a future Summit. ■

This text can be found on the ASEM website: Http://www.asem3.go.kr/english/d07.htrr

N otes ueries

The 8th ICSLS

The 4 th E urophil

VII. Review o f AECF

1 " NTERNATIONAL Relations of th e Asia-Pacific is a major, new inter-

national journal publishing the best original research in that regional field. It is to be based at the Japan Association of International Relations and will be published by Oxford university Press. The journal will be launched in 2001, publishing two issues in its first year. Papers from all Inter national Relations scholars are welcomed. International Relations o f the Asia-Pacific, will focus on: the relations between the countries within the Asia-Pacific region; those between the region and the rest of the world; and on general issues and theories of international relations that have a bearing on one or more countries of the Asia-Pacific. The journal will be open to all methodological approaches and schools of thought. ■ Papers should be submitted to: Prof.Takashi Inoguchi, Editor-in-Chief, In ternational R elation s o f th e A sia-P acific, In stitu te o f O riental C u lture, University of Tokyo. 7-3-1 Hongo, Bungkyo-ku,Tokyo I 13-0033 Japan Tel.:+ 8 1-3-5841 5871

Fax:+81-3-5684 5197 E-mail:irasia@ioc.u.Tokyo.ac.jp Notes for authors and subscription information are available on the journals web site. Http://www.oup.co.uk/irasia?RL3005

f - |- 1 H E International Centre for Kerala St u d ie s , established by

J the University of Kerala in 1988, is a nodal agency for the generation I and dissemination of knowledge about Kerala state, society, and cul ture. Currently, the Centre is engaged in quite a few research programmes in particular academic frontier areas in Kerala Studies. The Centre also holds a literary archive, a documentation division of classical art forms, and a well endowed library. ■ For details please contact: Dr J. Prabhash, Hon. Director, In ternational C e n tr e for Kerala S tu d ies, U n iversity o f Kerala Kariavattom.Thiruvananthapuram, Pin. 695581, Kerala, India E-mail: dlcampus@md2.vsnl.net.in

r-rl

he Society fo r In d ia n P hilo so ph y & Re l ig io n commenced pubfishing the Journal on Indian Philosophy & Religion annually in autumn 1996. The journal is designed to cover the wide range of philosophies and religions that are indigenous to South Asia. In the near future it is to con tain sections with discussion articles and book reviews, and also to include scholarly work of comparative and critical studies of eastern as well as west ern philosophies and religions. ■

Scholars interested in submitting manuscripts are asked to contact Dr C handana C hakrabarti, Editor-in-Chief Elon College, Campus Box 2336, Elon College, NC 27244, USA Tel:+ 1-336-538 2705 Fax: + 1-336-538 2627 E-Mail: Chakraba (gnumen.elon.edu

F e b r ua r y z o o 1 •

ii as n e w s l e t t e r

N?24 •

INTERNATIONAL 2 9 - 3 1 M a r c h 2001

2001

Amsterdam, the Netherlands

M a r c h 2001

Locating Southeast Asia: Genealogies, concepts, comparisons and prospects: Workshop in honour o f Professor Heather Sutherland’s contribution to Southeast Asian studies in the Netherlands Organized by: N ational University of Singapore; Netherlands Institute for War Documentation (NIOD); University o f Amsterdam; International Institute o f Asian Studies (HAS); N etherlands Foundation for the Advancement of Tropical Research (WOTRO) Information: Prof Henk Schulte Nordholt, Universiteit van Amsterdam, O.Z. Achterburgwal 185, 1012 DK Amsterdam, The Netherlands Tel:+31-20-525 2519 E-mail: schultenordhoft@pscw.uva.nl

9-11 M a r c h

20 01

Karachi, Pakistan

(jiïs^ CLARA Workshop: Oral History Training IIAS/IISH/CLARA research programme Convenors: Prof. Willem van Schendel and Dr Ratna Saptari Co-organized by PILER, Pakistan Contact address: Dr Ratna Saptari International Institute o f Social History Cruqiusweg3i, 1019 AT Amsterdam^ Teh +31-20-668 5866 Fax: +31-20-665 4281 E-mail: Rsa@iisg.nl H ttp:// www.iisg.nl/ clara 9 - 1 1 M a r c h 2001

Steyning, West Sussex, UK Critical Engagement Wilton Park Conferences Miss Fran Martin, Wiston Hse, Steyning, West Sussex, BN44 3DZ, UK Teh+44-1903-817777 Fax:+44-1903-815244 E-mail: france.martin@wiltonpark.org.uk H ttp://w w w .wiltonpark.org.uk 15-

17 M a r c h

2001

Williamsport, PA, United States East West Points o f Contact Amy Golahny, Associate Professor o f Art History, Lycoming College, Williamsport, PA 17701. Fax: 570-321-4090 E-mail: golanny @lycoming.edu, 1 6 - 18 M a r c h

2001

Los Angeles, USA Establishing a Discipline: The past, present and fu tu re o f Korean art history Organizers: Los Angeles County M useum o f Art (LACMA) and University o f California Los Angeles (UCLA) Support: The Korea Foundation Contact address: The Far Eastern Art Department, Los Angeles County Museum o f Art, 5905 Wilshire Boulevard, Los Angeles, CA 90036, United States o f America Tel: +1-323-857 6029 Fax: +1-323-857 6217 E-mail: Kwilson@lacma.org, Jungmann@ hum net.ucla.edu, Khwang@lacma.org, or Esung@lacma.org Deadline for abstracts: June 1, 2000 21-23 M a r c h

CONFERENCE

2001

Ivry sur Seine, France

ESF Workshop: op: Fatronagi Patronage in Indo-Persian Culture. ESF/CNRS Contact address: Dr Frangoise ‘N alini’ Delvoye, c/o Monde Iramen, CNRS,27, rue Paul Bert, 94200 Ivry sur Seine, France Tel: +33-1-49-604 005 Fax: +33-1-45-219 419 E-mail: iran@ivry.cnrs.fr

Agenda For a more extensive agenda, see the HAS website:

H ttp://w w w .iias.nl/iias/agenda.htnil

A p r i l 2001

Bangi, Selangor, Malaysia The State o f Plantation Economy in Southeast Asia Organizer: The Dept o f Political Science, National University of Malaysia and the Dept o f Human Geography, Tokyo University Professor P. Ramasamy/Assoc Prof Junji Nagata, D epartment o f Political Science, National University o f Malaysia, 43600 Bangi, Selangor, Malaysia Tel: +60-3-8929 2821 Fax: +60-3-8929 3540 E-mail: drrama@pkrisC.cc.uk.my/ prsamy@hotmail.com 4-

AKSE Conference Dr Youngsook Pak, School o f Oriental & African Studies, University of London, Thornhaugh Street, London, WCiH OXG, United Kingdom Tel: +44-20-789 84 224 Fax: +44-20-/89 84 229 E-maibyp@SOAS.ac.uk Deadline for proposals: 1 September 2000 Deadline for papers: 15 January 2001 5 A p r i l 20 01

Leiden, The Netherlands

Tel: +1-202-6378881 Fax: +1-202-6379244 E-mail: smcginnis@nflc.org Http://www.councilnet.org/pages/ Cnet-Announcem ents.ntm f #fourthconference 7 - 1 0 A p r i l 2001

Beijing, PR China Esthetique du Divers: International comparative literature symposium Professor Yue Daiyun and Professor Meng Hua, Institute o f Comparative Literature and Culture, Peking University, Beijing 100871, PR China Tel: +86-10-6275 1246 Fax: +86-10-6275 1240 1 1 - 1 4 A p r i l 2001

Kobe, Japan

ESF Workshop: ‘im m igration to Japan, EU and the USA and thejapanese Abroad’ ESF/CNRS Contact address: Prof. C. Peach, c/o Monde Iranien, CNRS, 27, rue Paul Bert, 94200 Ivry sur Seine, France Tel: +33-1-49-604 005 Fax: +33-1-45-219 419 E-mail: iran@ivry.cnrs.fr and ceri.peach@geog.ox.ac.uk 2 6 - 2 7 A p r i l 2001

Canberra, Australia Selves Crossing Cultures: Autobiography and Globalisation Centre Administrator, Centre for Cross-Cultural Research, The Australian N ational University, Canberra ACT 0200 Australia. Tel: +61 2 6249 2434 Fax: +61 2 6248 0054 E-mail: admin.ccr@anu.edu.au H ttp://www.anu.edu.au/ culture/activities/ conferences-auto-rego.html

20 0 1

Chicago, United States o f America Tne 53rtl Annual Meeting of the Association fo r Asian Studies Karen F. Fricke, 1021 East H uron Street, Ann Arbor, Michigan 48104, USA Tel: +1-734-665 2490 Fax: +1-734-665 3801 E-mail: Kfricke@aasianst.org Http://www.aasianst.org/ 24 M a r c h 2 0 0 1

Siam Inter-Continental Bangkok, Thailand The first International Education Fair 2001 Organizer: Thai International Education Consultants Association (TIECA) Manager: Saijai Sriiayanta, Thai International Education Consultants Association Tel: +66-2-642 6114 Fax: +66-2-642 6115 E-mail: admin@tieca.com H ttp:/ /www. tieca.com 26-28 M a r c h

Wilton Park Conferences Miss Fran Martin, Wiston Hse, Steyning, West Sussex, BN44 3DZ, UK Teh+44-1903-817777 Fax:+44-1903-815244 E-mail: france.martin@wiltonpark.org.uk H ttp://w w w .wiltonpark.org.uk

newsletter

5 - 9 A p r i l 2001

New Delhi, India World Sanskrit Conference (New Delhi, India Sponsor: Government o f India Information: Vigyan Bhawan, New Delhi Teh+91-011-685 1253, 656 4003 E-mail: wscnd@rediffmail.com, wscndi@rediffmail.com, wscndi i@rediffmail.com or contact: Prof. Vachaspati Upadhyaya, Secretary General, World Sanskrit Conference Secretariat, Shri Lai Bahadur Shastri, Rashtriya Sanskrit Vidyapeeth, Q utub Institutional Area, New Demi, INDIA - 110016

2001

Steyning, West Sussex, UK Prospects fo r the global economy and its governance

5 4 • IIAS

IIAS Filmpresentation ‘Told in Heaven to Become Stories on Earth’. A study o f change in Randai theatre o f the Minangkabau in West Sumatra using visual documentation jrom the 1980’s. HAS Contact address: Dr W. van Zanten E-mail: zanten@fsw.leidenuniv.nl

8 A p r i l 2001

Washington, DC, USA 4tfl Annual Conjerence o f the National Council o f O rganizations o f Less Commonly Taught Languages (NCOLCTLj. Theme: Research and Development in the Less Commonly Taught Languages Dr Scott McGinnes, Executive Director, NCOLCTL, National Foreign Language Center, 1029 Vermont Ave., NW, Suite 1000, Washington, DC 20005

NS24 • February 2001

ESF Workshop: Labour Migration and Socio-Economic Change in Southeast and East Asia Conveners: Dr Ratna Saptari and Prof Per Ronnas, co-organized by: NIAS, Copenhagen and Lund University, Sweden. Contact address: Dr Ratna Saptari International Institute of Social History, Cruqiusweg 31,1019 AT Amsterdam Tel: +31-20-668 5866 Fax: +31-20-665 4181 E-mail: Rsa@iisg.nl www.iisg.nl/clara

The Impact o f a changing social welfare system on social relations (marriage, fa m ily and social networks) m the Netherlands and the public debate on this process. (IDPAD funded, 1997-2001) IIAS/IDPAD conference Prof Carla I. Risseeuw, Dept, o f Social and Cultural Studies, PO BOX 9555, 2300RB Leiden, The Netherlands Tel: +31-71-5273485 Fax: +31-71-526 3619 E-mail: risseeuw@rulfsw.LeidenUniv.nl See also: Prof Risseeuw's article in this Newsletter (page 44). 1 5 - 1 8 M ay 2001

Beijing, PR China International Conference, Oriental Literature and Culture Professor JI Xianlin and Professor Wang Bangwei. For information, contact: Ms. An Xiaopeng (E-mail: oriental@pku.edu.cn) and/or Mr Wang Xu (E-mail: icos@pku.edu.cn), Academy of Oriental Studies (Yanyuan Campus, No. 1 Yuan), Peking University, Beijing 100871, P. R. China Tel: +86-10-6276 5006 Fax: +86-10-6275 8829 2 i - 2 2 M ay 2001

Bangkok, Thailand Sanskrit in Southeast Asia: The harmonizing factor o f cultures Dr Hari D utt Sharma or Dr Chirapat Prapandvidya, Sanskrit Studies Centre, Silpakorn University, 22 Boromaracnachonnani Road, Ta ling Chan, Bangkok 10170, Thailand Tel: +662-880 7374 ext. 2801 / +662-222 6818 Fax: +662-880 7374 ext. 2801 / +662-226 5355 E-mail: hmts@hotmail.com/ pchirapat@hotmail.com

CLARA Seminar Iranian History From Below, IIAS/IISH/CLARA research programme Main organizer: Dr Turaj Atabaki International Institute of Social History Cruqiusweg 31,1019 AT Amsterdam T eh+31-20-668 5866 Fax: +31-20-6654181 E-mail: tat@iisg.nl H ttp://w ww. i isg.nl/clara 29 M ay

[ u n e 200 1

Moscow, Russia Historical Sources o f Eurasian and North African Civilizations: Computer approaches Special topic: Digital Fund o f Oriental Historical Sources: Inner Asia Institute o f Oriental Studies Orientalists’ Society (both Russian Academy o f Sciences), Orientalist Information Centre, Eurasian Oriental Server Fax: +7-95-925 7788 E-mail: ivran@orc.ru Deadline for abstracts: 30 November 2000 31 M a y - 2 J u n e

2001

Amsterdam, The Netherlands Chinese Concepts o f Privacy Organized by the University o f Leiden and the HAS Main organizer: Prof Maghiel v. Crevel Contact address: Sinologisch Instituut, Leiden University Arsenaalstraat 1, P.0 . Box 9515 2300 RA Leiden Tel: +31-71-527 2524 Fax: +31-71-527 2526 E-mail: m.van.crevel@let.leidenuniv.nl J une zooi 6-7 J u n e

2001

Chiang Mai, Thailand

Participatory Technology Development and Local Knowledge fo r Sustainable Land use in Southeast Asia Main organizer: Prof. Franz Heidhues, Institute o f Agricultural Economics and Social Sciences in the Tropics and Subtropics, University ofHohenheim (490 A), 70593 Stuttgart, Germany Tel:+49-711-459 3934 E-mail: lfeufuM @ um-lioiienheim.de 6-

10 J u n e

2001

Amsterdam, The Netherlands 12th Beeld voor Beeld Festival (Picture for Picture Festival). Film, Video and Photography Festival w ith special emphasis on Asia. Theme: Misunderstanding’ Contact address: Natascha Bregstein Tel./Fax: +31-20-620 1368 E-mail: heeldvoorbeeld@savan.nl Http://www.beeldvoorbeeld.com

2 3 - 2 5 M ay 2001 M ay 2001

22-25 M a r c h

Amsterdam, The Netherlands

sJIAS

8 A p r i l 2001

London, United Kingdom

2 5 - 2 6 M ay 2001

Lund, Sweden

1 6 - 1 7 M ay 2001

Nottingham, United Kingdom

A p r i l 2001

1 3 - 1 5 M ay 2 0 0 1

Leiden, the Netherlands

29 M a r c h - 1 A p r i l 2001

ESF Workshop: Political Parties in South Asia: Asianisation o f a Western Model?’ ESF Contact address: Prof. S.K. M itra The School o f Politics, University of N ottingham , University Park N ottingham NG7 2RD, UK Tel +44-115-951 4863 Fax +44-115-951 4859 E-mail: subrata.m itra@ nottingham.ac.uk

AGENDA

9 - 1 3 M ay 2001

Amsterdam, the Netherlands Symposium: ‘The Arts and Thinking o f Rabindranath Tagore Amsterdam School for Cultural Analysis, University o f Amsterdam Spuistraat 210,1012 VT Amsterdam Tel: +31-20-525 3874 Fax: +31-20-525 3052 E-mail: asca@hum.uva.nl Http://www.hum.uva.nl/-asca 1 1 - 1 2 M a y 2 00 1

Leiden, The Netherlands Changing the Guard, Guarding the Past: Oral histories o f the end o f colonialism and the birth o f new nations in Asia Organizer: the Foundation for the Oral History o f Indonesia (Stichting Mondelinge Geschiedenis Indonesië, SMGI) Conference Secretariat: Dr Fridus Steijlen, SMGI, c/o Royal Institute for Anthropology and Linguistics (KITLV), P.0 . Box9515, 2300 RA Leiden, The Netherlands Tel: +31-71-527 2639 Fax: +31-71-527 2638 E-mail: smgi@kitlv.nl

Singapore, Singapore The ASEAN Inter-University Seminar on Social Development Carole Faucher, National University of Singapore, D epartment o f Sociology, ASi, #03-10,11 Arts Links, 117570, Singapore Tel: +65- 874 6356 / fax: +65-777 9579 E-mail: soccf@nus.edu.sg Http://www.fas.nus.edu.sg/soc/asean/ asean-inter.htm l

2 3 - 2 7 M ay - J u n e

2001

7- 9 June

2001

Montreal, Canada International Conference on the ‘Mahabharatha’ Organized by the Chair o f Hindu Studies, Concordia University Dr Shrinivas Tilak, Departm ent o f Religion, Concordia University 1455 de Maissonneuve. Blvd. W. Montreal, Quebec, Canada H3G 1M8 Frank Morales Tel. +1-608-288 0266 (home) E-mail:fmorale@students.wisc.uni Http://www.dharmacentral.com 1 5 - 1 6 J u n e 2001

Heidelberg, Germany

Cambridge, United Kingdom

Modern Chinese Historiography and Historical Thinking Main organizer: Dr Axel Schneider, Institute o f Chinese Studies, University o f Heidelberg, Akademiestr. 4-8,69117 Heidelberg, Germany Tel: + 49-6221-542 476 Fax: +49-6221-542 439 E-mail: sws@gw.sinb.uni-heidelberg.de Http://w ww .let.leidenuniv.nl/ axelschneider/hg/index.htm

Imperialism, Medicine and South Asia: A socio-political perspective, 1800-1950 Main organizer: Dr Sanjoy Bnattacharva, 12 Kirkby Cose, M ilton Road, Cambridge CB4 1XP, UK Tel: +44-1223-47 4407 Fax: +44-1223-47 4407 E-maihjoygeeta@hotmail.com 22-24 J u n e

2001

London, United Kingdom 1900: The Boxers, China, and the World Dr Robert Bickers /.Dr Flans van de Ven E-mail: robert.bickers@bristol.ac.uk ijvio@cus.cam.ac.uk uvio@cus.cam.ac.uk iail.1 ■ Flttp://mail.bris.ac.uk/ -h ira b1/190 /1900.html Deadline for abstracts: 1 December 2000 Deadline for papers: 1 May 2001

INTERNATIONAL

CONFERENCE

A G ENDA

29-30 Se p t e m b e r J uly 2001 J u l y 2001

Beijing, PR China Beijing Seminar on Tibetan Studies Mr Lian Xiangmin, The Chinese Center for Tibetan Studies, P.O. Box 9704, The Asian Games Village, Beijing 100101, PR China Tel: +86-10-6497 2885 Fax: +86-10-6491 7897 E-mail: lianxm@netchina.com.cn 2-3 J u l y 2001

London, United Kingdom Maritime Empires: The operation and impact of nineteenth century British imperial trade Helen Jones, Research Administrator, N ational M aritime Museum, Greenwich, London SE10 9NE, United Kingdom Tel: +44-20-8312 6716 Fax:+44-20-83126722 E-mail: research@nmm.ac.uk Http://www.nmm.ac.uk Deadline tor abstracts: 1 January 2001 2-7 J u l y 2001

Edinburgh, Scotland, UK Japanese Theatre in the 21st Century Organizer: Dr Helen S E Parker, Conference secretary: Carol Rennie, Japanese Theatre in the 21st Century, c/o School o f Asian Studies, The University o f Edinburgh, 8 Buccleuch Place, Edinburgh EH8 9LW, Scotland, UK Tel: +44-131-650 4227 Fax:+44-131-6511258 E-mail: JapanTheatre@ed.ac.uk Http://www.ed.ac.uk/~eteo9/ JapanTneatre/JapaneseTheatre.html 4-

6 J u l y 2001

Beijing, P.R. China International Conference on the Chinese Economy: Achieving Growth with Equity Organized by the Association tor Chinese Economic Studies, Australia (ACESA), Chinese Academy of Social Sciences (CASS] and Australian N ational University [ANU] Dr Yanrui Wu, D epartm ent of Economics, University ofW estern Australia, 35 Stirling Highway Crawley WA 6009, Australia Fax: +61-8-9380 1016 E-mail: acesa@uwa.edu.au 5-

6 J u l y 2001

San Jose, California 3rd Annual Meeting: Vietnamese-North American University Professors (VNAUPj Network Professor Ngo Dinh Thinh (Sacramento California State University) E-mail: ngothinh@csus.edu Professor Vo Van Toi (Tufts University, Electrical Engineering and Computer Science D epartment Biomedical Engineering Laboratory, Halligan Hall, Medford, MA 02155, Massachusetts, USA) E-mail: vanvo@eecs.tufts.edu Tel:+617-627 5191 Fax: +617-627 3220 Http://www.tufts.edu/-vvo 5 - 8 J u l y 20 01

Canberra, Australia Chinese Studies Association ofAustralia 7th Biennal Conference: Call fo r papers Dr Rato deCrespigny, President o f the CSAA, University House, Australian National University, Canberra 0200, Australia Tel: +61-2-6249 5281 Fax: +61-2-6349 5252 E-mail: Rafe.de Crespigny@anu.edu.au 9 J u l y 2001

Paris, France Conference: Nationality and Citizenship in Post-Communist Europe Panel: Islam and Politics in Central Asia' Fondation Nationale des Sciences Politiques/Association for the Study of Nationalities, Nasrin Dadmehr E-mail: nazrin-D adm ehr@ harvard.edu 1 5 - 2 8 J u l y 2001

Dunhuang, China Dunhuang Art anaSociety: On-site International Seminar (China) Sponsor: The Silkroad Foundation and the Center for Chinese Studies at the University o f Michigan Contact: Prof N ing Qiang E-mail: Ningq@umich.edu Contact: Silkroad Foundation P.O. Box 2275, Saratoga, CA 95070. E-mail: Into@silk-road.com Http://www.silk-road.com.

A u g u s t 2001 2-3 A u g u s t

2001

Leiden, The Netherlands International workshop ‘The impact o f new roads on urban and regional development in Southeast Asia; anthropological and historical perspectives’ Freek Colombijn, International Institute for Asian Studies, PO Box 9515, 2300 RA Leiden, The Netherlands Fax:+31-71-5274162 E-mail: colombijn@let.leidenuniv.nl

Agenda For a more extensive agenda, see the HAS website:

H ttp://w w w .iias.nl/iias/agenda.htm l

Berlin, Germany 2nd International Convention of Asia Scholars (ICAS 2) ICAS 2 organizing unit: Prof Dr Eberhard Sandschneider, Arbeitsstelle Politik Chinas und Ostasiens, Freie Universitat Berlin, Ihnestr. 22, D-14195, Berlin, Germany Tel: +49-30-838 53 252 Fax: +49-30-838 55 049 Registration deadline: 31 March 2001 E-mail: sandschn@zedat.fu-berlin.de and: polchina@zeda.fu-berlin.de

jil^> At: ICAS 2: Clara Panel ‘Gender, Families and Labour Movements in Asia: Historical and Comparative Perspectives’ IIAS/IISH/CLARA research programme Main organizers: Prof. Marcel van der Linden and Dr Ratna Saptari Contact address: International Institute of Social History Attn. CLARA, Cruquiusweg 31 1019 AT Amsterdam Tel: +31-20-668 5866 Fax: +31-20-665 4181 E-mail: mvl@iisg.nl or rsa@iisg.nl 16-18 Au g u s t

2001

Bergen, Norway

Asian Welfare Policy Responses to the Crash of 1997 Main organizer: Prof. Stein Kuhnle, D epartm ent o f Comparative Politics, and Centre for Social Research, University o f Bergen, Christiesgt. 15, N 5007 Bergen, Norway Tel: +47-5558 2175 Fax: +47-55589425 E-mail: Stein.Kuhnle@isp.uib.no 1 6 - 2 0 A u g u s t 2001

Edmonton, Canada Across Time and Genre: Reading and Writing Japanese Women’s Texts Sponsor: University o f Alberta University o f Alberta, Canada Contact: Janice Brown. Tel: +1-780-492-2951 or 780-492-2836 Fax: +1-780-492-7440 E-mail: brown@gpu.srv.ualberta.ca Http://www.arts.ualberta.ca/-jbrown/ 30 A u g u s t - 1 S e p t e m b e r 2001

Amsterdam, the Netherlands People and the Sea: Maritime Research in the social sciences - an agenda for the 21st century, Inaugural conference for the Center fo r Maritime Research Center for M aritime Research (MARE), Plantage M uidergracht 4,1018 TV Amsterdam, The Netherlands Tel: +31-20-5270661 Fax: +31-20-6229430 E-mail: mare@siswo.uva.nl Http://www.siswo.uva.nl/mare

O c t o b e r 2001

4 -6 October 2001

Amsterdam, the Netherlands

21 - 2 3 N o v e m b e r 2001

S e p t e m b e r 2001 5 Se p t e m b e r 2001

Singapore, Singapore Asian Diasporas ana Cultures: Globalization, hybridity, intertextuality Dr Robbie Goh, D epartm ent of English Language and Literature, National University o f Singapore, Block AS5,7 Arts Link, Singapore 11750 Fax: +65-773 2981 E-mail: ellgohbh@nus.edu.sg 6- 8 Se p t e m b e r 2000

Rome, Italy 2nd Conference ofEuropean Association of Chinese Linguistics, CEACL 2 Alessandra Brezzi, D ipartim ento di Studi Orientali, Facolta di Lettere e Filosofia, Universita di Roma ‘La Sapienza’, Piazzale Aldo Moro, 5,00185 Roma, Italy Tel: +39-06-4991 3864 Fax: +39-06-445 1209 E-mail: alessandfra.brezzi@uniromai.it Http://digilander.iol.it/chinesedep/ index.html Deadline for intention to participate: 30 November 2000 Deadline for abstracts: 31 Januani 2001 Notification ofacceptance: 15 March 2001 6 - 8 Se p t e m b e r 2001

London, United Kingdom 3rd EUROSEAS Conference Ms Hilga Prins, M anagement Assistant, EUROSEAS Secretariag, c/o KITLV, P.O. Box 9515, 2300 RA Leiden, The Netherlands Tel: +31-71-5272639 Fax:+31-71-5272638 E-mail: euroseas@rullet.leidenuniv.nl Deadline for abstracts: 28 February 2000 7 - 9 Se p t e m b e r

2001

Uppsala, Sweden 7th Himalayan Languages Symposium Anju Saxena, Department of Linguistics, Uppsala University, Box 527, SE-751 20 Uppsala, Sweden Tel: +46-18-471 1457 Fax: +46-18-4711416 E-mail: anju.saxena@ling.uu.se 1 4 - 1 5 Se p t e m b e r 2001

Singapore, Singapore Internet and development in Asia Dr Eric C. Thompson, research fellow UCLA Centre for Southeast Asia Studies 11362 Bunche Hall, Box 951487 Los Angeles, CA 90095-1487 20- 23 Se p t e m b e r 2001

Venice, Italy VIIth International CHIME Conference ‘Music and Meaning in China and East Asia: Beauty - Power - Emotions' Organizer: The Giorgio Cini Foundation, Istitio Venezia e 1’Oriente and Venice University Ca’Foscari, co supported by the CHIME Foundation and the School o f Oriental and African Studies (SOAS) in London Dr Luciana Galliano, Universita Ca’Foscari di Venezia, Dipartimento Studi sull Asia Oriëntale, Ca’Soranzo, San Polo 2169, 30125, Venezia, Italy Tel: (until 30 March 2001): +39-011-431 0400, (from 1 April 2001): +39-041-528 5570 Fax:+39-041-720 0809 E-mail: galliano@unive.it Deadline for A stracts: 15 March 2001

Paris, France

Intellectual and Spiritual Authorities in 20th century ary Middle Middli Eurasia. Status, networks, discourse, strategies Main organizer: Dr Stephane Dudoignon, U.M.R. 7571 Protasi, Centre de Recherche sur 1’Asie intérieure, le monde turc et 1’espace ottom an, 23, rue du Loess - Bat. 50, F-67037 Strasbourg Cedex 02, France Tel: +33-3-8810 6086 Fax: +33-3-8810 6094 E-mail: dudoignon@aol.com

Avignon, France

6- 8 A u g u s t 2001

9 - 1 2 A u g u s t 2001

Knowledge. In the series: The Indian Ocean: Trans-regional creation o f societies and cultures The Institute o f Social and Cultural Anthropology (ISCA), University of Oxford. Gina Burrows, 51 Banbury Road, Oxford OX2 6PE UK Fax: 44 1865 274 630 Closing date tor abstracts: 1 May 2001

E-mail: gina.burrows@anthro.ox.ac.uk Http://www.bodley.ox.ac.uk/isca Http://www.trans comm.ox.ac.uk

Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia 3rd Intem ationalM alaysian Studies Conference (MSC3) Organizer: Malaysian Social Science Association (MSSA) Mr Foo Ah Hiang, Institute of Postgraduate Studies and Research, University o f Malaya, 50603 Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia Tel: +6-03-7959 3606 Fax: +6-03-7956 7252 E-mail: hifoo@umcsd.um.edu.my Http://www.phuakl.tripod.com/ pssm /homepage.htm

-9 N o v e m b e r 2 0 0 1

2001

Oxford, United Kingdom Traditions of Learning and Networks of

Slavety, Unfree Labour & Revolt in Asia and the Indian Region Sponsors: IIAS (Leiden), Institute for American Universtities (Avignon), Stephane Piat (Le Morne Project, Mauritius), UCLA (USA) an d the University o f Avignon. Gwyn Campbell, Universite d’Avignon, 74 rue Louis Pasteur, Case No. 19, 84029 Avignon, Cedex 1, France Tel: +33-049-016 2718 Fax:+33-049-016 2719 E-mail: gwyn.campell@univavign0n.fr/gcampb3195@aol.com 11-12 O c t o b e r

2001

Leiden, the Netherlands

41*5 HAS Workshop: New Global Networking in the Auto Industry: The effects on technology transfer-in the case o f Japanese Transplants in East Asia and Europe. Main organizers: Dr Yuri Sadoi (HAS) an a D r R.B.P.M. Busser (UL) Contact address: International Institute for Asian Studies, P.O. Box 9515,2300 RA Leiden The Netherlands Tel: +31-71-527 2227 Fax: +31-71-5274162 E-mail: iias@rullet.leidenuniv.nl 15-17 O c t o b e r

2001

New Delhi, India Child Labour in South Asia Organizers: G.K. Lieten (University of Amsterdam) and Ravi Srivastava/Sukhadeo Thorat (Jawarharlal N ehru University) E-mail: irewoc@pscw.uva.nl 2 5 - 2 8 O c t o b e r 2001

Lund, Sweden 5th Nordic Conference, The Middle East: Interpreting the Past

IIAS/KITLV/NIOD Conference ‘The Asia Pacific War: Experiences and Reflections' Contact address: Dr Elly Touwen Bouwsma, N etherlands fnstitute for War D ocumentation (NIOD) Herengracht 380,1016 CJ Amsterdam Tel:+31-20-523.38.32 Fax: +31-20-627.82.08 E-mail: e.touwen@oorlogsdoc.knaw.nl 28 N o v e m b e r - 1 D e c e m b e r 2001

Christchurch, New Zealand Asian F utures, Asian T raditions: New Zealand Asian Studies Society 14th International Conference Dr Edwina Palmer, Asian Languages Department, University of Canterbury, Private Bag 4800, Christchurch, New Zealand Tel: +64-3-364 2987 ext. 8566 Fax: +64-3-364 2598 E-mail: nzasia@asia.canterbury.ac.nz

Http://www.asia.canterbury.ac.nz Deadline for abstracts: 15 June 2001 D e c e m b e r 2001 3-5 D e c e m b e r 2001

Venue to be announced CLARA Workshop ‘Indonesian Labour History’ Convened by Dr Ratna Saptari, Dr Erwiza Erman and D rjan Elliot Co-organized by: LIPI, Jakarta, Indonesia; Gadjah Mada University, Yogjakarta, Indonesia; Capstrans, University ofWollongong, Australia Contact adress: Dr Ratna Saptari Tel: +31-20-668 5866 E-mail: Rsa@iisg.nl

Http:.//www.hist.lu.se/ middleeast/middle—east.htm

2002

29 O c t o b e r - 1 N o v e m b e r

F ebruary 2002

Steyning, West Sussex, UK Dialogue of Civilisations: a key priority for the 21st century? Wilton Park Conferences Miss Fran Martin, Wiston Hse, Steyning, West Sussex, BN44 3DZ, UK Teb+44-1903-817777 Fax:+44-1903-815244 E-mail:

france.martin@wiltonpark.org.uk Http://www.wiltonpark.org.uk N o v e m b e r 2001 1 N o v e m b e r 2001

14-15 F e b r u a r y 2002

Singapore The 60th Anntversaiy of this Maj or Event o f the Second World War Sixty Years On The Fall of Singapore Revisited: A Conference to Commemorate Organizer: D epartm ent of History, National University o f Singapore, Dr Brian P. Farrel, 10 Kent Ridge Crescent, Singapore 119260 Fax: +65-774 2528 E-mail: hisbpf@nus.edu.sg Deadline for submissions: 15 August 2001

Cortona (Arezzo), Italy International Workshop on: Emotions and the Analysis o f Historical Sources in China P ro f Paolo Santangelo (E-mail: p.santangelo@iol.it) and Prof. Patrizia Carioti [E-mail: 0575601263@i0l.it), D epartm ent of Asian Studies, Instituto Universitario Oriëntale. Piazza S. Domenico Maggiore, 12. 80134 Napoli, Italy. Tel: +39-081-552 6178/ 552 4970 Fax: +39-081-5517852 Deadline for title o f paper: 1 December 2000 Deadline for abstract: 31 May 2001 Deadline for paper: 31 August 2001

IF YOU WISH YOUR CONFERENCE TO BE INCLUDED IN THESE PAGES, PLEASE CONTACT THE EDITORS, TANJA CHUTE OR MAURICE SISTERMANS

J uly 2 0 0 2 J u l y 2002

Saint Petersburg, Russia Second International Conference on Hierarchy and Power in the History o f Civilizations Organizer: Institute o f Oriental Studies of the Russian Academy of Sciences (St. Petersburg Branch) and the Center Civilizational and Regional Studies the Russian State University for the H um anities (Moscow) Dr Serguei A. Fantsouzoff Institute of Oriental Studies (St. Petersburg Branch) 18, Dvortsovaya nab. 191186 St. Petersburg, Russia Tel: +7-812-315 8490 Fax: +7-812-312 1465 E-mail: invost@mail.convey.ru

11ASNEWS@ RULLET.LEIDENUNIV.NL

Febr uar y 2001 • i i as n e w s l e t t e r n ? 2 4 •

PRODUCTS

& SERVI CES

P AGE

VhxrdudAr 6c ^PeAuiceA

C a m b r id g e Informal Politics in East Asia

The Ritual of Rights in Japan

Edited by Lowell Dittmer, Haruhiro Fukui

Law, Society, and Health Policy

and Peter Nan-shong Lee

EricA. Feldman

Political agendas are set and achieved in Asian countries as much by behind-the-scenes 'informal politics’ as by formal politics conducted within the parameters of institutional, authoritative, legal structures. This book is a pioneering effort to develop some common theoretical principles about informal structures in East Asian political cultures.

The Ritual o f Rights in Japan rejects the traditional view that Japan is a nation where overt conflict and the assertion of rights are unacceptable. It examines both historical events and contemporary policy, in concluding that rights-based conflict is an important part of Japanese legal, political, and social practice.

£37.50 £13.95

HB PB

0 521 64232 9 0 521 645387

342pp

N ew in (P a p e rb a c k

The Fate o f State-Owned Industry

Edward S. Steinfeld

... I his book is required reading for anyone working on Chinese reforms or on reform in transitional economies generally. Even if they do not agree with Steinfeld’s conclusions, they will have to address the arguments developed ... an enormously impressive and valuable piece of work. The Times Higher Education Supplement PB

0 521 77861 1

HB PB

0 521 770408 0 521 77964 2

234pp

Elisabeth Hsu

Based on her experience as disciple of a private practitioner, participating in scholarly seminars of a senior Chinese doctor, and studying at a college ofTraditional Chinese Medicine, Elisabeth Hsu provides an insider’s account of traditional medical education in China, revealing the way in which context of instruction shapes knowledge. £40.00 £14.95

HB PB

0 521 64236 1 0 521 64542 5

Regular free lists of books (old and new), ephem era and antique prints and maps on the countries of Asia, (also the Middle East and Africa) issued by email and post. Join our mailing list!

A r t h u r Probs thai n O ri e n t a l Booksellers

The Transmission of Chinese Medicine

Forging Reform in China

£12.95

£40.00 £14.95

I NF ORMAT I ON CARRIERS

Regular Free Lists of B o o k s on Asia

The Old Bookroom Unit I, S4/60W eedon Close Belconnen

41 G reat Russell Street

ACT 2 6 17

London W C IB 3PL

Australia

United Kingdom Tel./Fax.- +44-20-7636 1096

Tel.:+ 6 1-2-6251 5191 (24-hours)

E-mail: m s6l@ soas.ae.uk

Fax: +6I-2-62SI 5536

Http://www,orien tal-african-books.com

E-mail: books@ OldBookroom.com

306pp We produce regular lists o f new publications

318pp

Http://www.Oldbookroom.com

on China, Japan, Korea, South Asia,

Democratic Politics and Economic Reform in India

Southeast Asia, and Central Asia

S ter li ng Publishers (P) Ltd.

and can send these on request

Rob Jenkins

Successive Indian governments have remained committed to market-oriented reform since its introduction in 1991. In a well-argued examination of the political dynamics which underlie that commitment, Jenkins challenges existing theories of the relationship between democracy and economic liberalisation.

E D W A R D > > I L I N FELL»

£45.00 £16.95

HB PB

0 521 65016X 0 521 65987 6

260pp

Cambridge books are available from good bookshops. Alternatively you may order direct using your credit card. Phone UK+44 (0)1223 326050, fax UK +44 (0)1223 326111, or e-mail directcustserve@cup.cam.ac.uk

C A M B RI DGE

The Edinburgh Building, Cambridge, w w w .cam bridge.org

U N IV E R SIT Y PRESS

C B 2 2R f,

(Advertisement)

—

New Delhi 110 016, India Tel:+91-11-619 1 7 84/1785 / 1023

United States of America

Fax:+91-11-619 0028

Tel:+1-212 -3 16 5334

E-mail: ghai@nde.vsnl.net.in

Fax: + 1-212-316 3408

Please visit our website at:

E-mail: arbs@ erols.com

Http://www.steriingpu blishers.com

Http://www.erols.com/arbs/

We invite manuscripts on

Business by A ppointm ent

Social Sciences and Humanities.

A world-class management challenge

Suite 16-D New York, NY 10025-9344

Master’s in International Management

"© 04

L-IO, G reen Park Extension

Leiden University School of Management

Books on Japanese a r t & culture

» **£

Southeast, and East Asia

175 W. 93rd Street

(Advertisement)

Jigl’ Hotei Publishing

Publishers of books on South.

Asian Rare B oo ks

Leiden University School of Management offers an exciting one-year, full-time management programme for young, ambitious graduates. The unique features of the programme are: • a strong focus on intercultural management, • an inspiring academic environment since 1575 • a truly international programme design.

Start of the programme: September 2001 Application deadline: March i, 2001

Leiden University School of Management Ms. Marleen Dieleman, Assistant Dean Rapenburg 67, P.O. Box 9500 2300 RA Leiden, The Netherlands Phone: +31 (0)71527 3123 Fax: +31 (0)71 5277298 e-mail: info@lusm.leidenuniv.nl website: www.lusm.leidenuniv.nl

144 pp.. 80 colour ills. 2jo x 220 mm, cloth I SBN 90-74822-36-3 Euro 36.13/lJSD 32.00

Universiteit Leiden The Netherlands

Identifying Japanese dolls Notes on ningyö by Lea Baten Lea Baten’s unique and resourceful book identifies and describes Japanese dolls, detailing their history and meaning. It contains one of the most extensive bibliographies on the doll m otif ever published

HAS f o r A*

in English. Scholarship, clear illustrations, and a touch o f hum our guarantee a fresh and original approach to known and unknown ningyö. Baten is an authority on the dolls, folk toys, and games of Japan.

info (a) hotei-publishing.com

www.hotei-publishing.com /-cel -•woud.-exin^ci 6 / t'hone +

5 6

•

has n ew sletter

it h

LK 1. i<ien f lu Netherlands

u ifm go / Tax +31(0 -1 5f»6ii9r

N? 2 4 • February zoo 1

HAS